Justinian•CODEX
Abbo Floriacensis1 work
Abelard3 works
Addison9 works
Adso Dervensis1 work
Aelredus Rievallensis1 work
Alanus de Insulis2 works
Albert of Aix1 work
HISTORIA HIEROSOLYMITANAE EXPEDITIONIS12 sections
Albertano of Brescia5 works
DE AMORE ET DILECTIONE DEI4 sections
SERMONES4 sections
Alcuin9 works
Alfonsi1 work
Ambrose4 works
Ambrosius4 works
Ammianus1 work
Ampelius1 work
Andrea da Bergamo1 work
Andreas Capellanus1 work
DE AMORE LIBRI TRES3 sections
Annales Regni Francorum1 work
Annales Vedastini1 work
Annales Xantenses1 work
Anonymus Neveleti1 work
Anonymus Valesianus2 works
Apicius1 work
DE RE COQUINARIA5 sections
Appendix Vergiliana1 work
Apuleius2 works
METAMORPHOSES12 sections
DE DOGMATE PLATONIS6 sections
Aquinas6 works
Archipoeta1 work
Arnobius1 work
ADVERSVS NATIONES LIBRI VII7 sections
Arnulf of Lisieux1 work
Asconius1 work
Asserius1 work
Augustine5 works
CONFESSIONES13 sections
DE CIVITATE DEI23 sections
DE TRINITATE15 sections
CONTRA SECUNDAM IULIANI RESPONSIONEM2 sections
Augustus1 work
RES GESTAE DIVI AVGVSTI2 sections
Aurelius Victor1 work
LIBER ET INCERTORVM LIBRI3 sections
Ausonius2 works
Avianus1 work
Avienus2 works
Bacon3 works
HISTORIA REGNI HENRICI SEPTIMI REGIS ANGLIAE11 sections
Balde2 works
Baldo1 work
Bebel1 work
Bede2 works
HISTORIAM ECCLESIASTICAM GENTIS ANGLORUM7 sections
Benedict1 work
Berengar1 work
Bernard of Clairvaux1 work
Bernard of Cluny1 work
DE CONTEMPTU MUNDI LIBRI DUO2 sections
Biblia Sacra3 works
VETUS TESTAMENTUM49 sections
NOVUM TESTAMENTUM27 sections
Bigges1 work
Boethius de Dacia2 works
Bonaventure1 work
Breve Chronicon Northmannicum1 work
Buchanan1 work
Bultelius2 works
Caecilius Balbus1 work
Caesar3 works
COMMENTARIORUM LIBRI VII DE BELLO GALLICO CUM A. HIRTI SUPPLEMENTO8 sections
COMMENTARIORUM LIBRI III DE BELLO CIVILI3 sections
LIBRI INCERTORUM AUCTORUM3 sections
Calpurnius Flaccus1 work
Calpurnius Siculus1 work
Campion8 works
Carmen Arvale1 work
Carmen de Martyrio1 work
Carmen in Victoriam1 work
Carmen Saliare1 work
Carmina Burana1 work
Cassiodorus5 works
Catullus1 work
Censorinus1 work
Christian Creeds1 work
Cicero3 works
ORATORIA33 sections
PHILOSOPHIA21 sections
EPISTULAE4 sections
Cinna Helvius1 work
Claudian4 works
Claudii Oratio1 work
Claudius Caesar1 work
Columbus1 work
Columella2 works
Commodianus3 works
Conradus Celtis2 works
Constitutum Constantini1 work
Contemporary9 works
Cotta1 work
Dante4 works
Dares the Phrygian1 work
de Ave Phoenice1 work
De Expugnatione Terrae Sanctae per Saladinum1 work
Declaratio Arbroathis1 work
Decretum Gelasianum1 work
Descartes1 work
Dies Irae1 work
Disticha Catonis1 work
Egeria1 work
ITINERARIUM PEREGRINATIO2 sections
Einhard1 work
Ennius1 work
Epistolae Austrasicae1 work
Epistulae de Priapismo1 work
Erasmus7 works
Erchempert1 work
Eucherius1 work
Eugippius1 work
Eutropius1 work
BREVIARIVM HISTORIAE ROMANAE10 sections
Exurperantius1 work
Fabricius Montanus1 work
Falcandus1 work
Falcone di Benevento1 work
Ficino1 work
Fletcher1 work
Florus1 work
EPITOME DE T. LIVIO BELLORUM OMNIUM ANNORUM DCC LIBRI DUO2 sections
Foedus Aeternum1 work
Forsett2 works
Fredegarius1 work
Frodebertus & Importunus1 work
Frontinus3 works
STRATEGEMATA4 sections
DE AQUAEDUCTU URBIS ROMAE2 sections
OPUSCULA RERUM RUSTICARUM4 sections
Fulgentius3 works
MITOLOGIARUM LIBRI TRES3 sections
Gaius4 works
Galileo1 work
Garcilaso de la Vega1 work
Gaudeamus Igitur1 work
Gellius1 work
Germanicus1 work
Gesta Francorum10 works
Gesta Romanorum1 work
Gioacchino da Fiore1 work
Godfrey of Winchester2 works
Grattius1 work
Gregorii Mirabilia Urbis Romae1 work
Gregorius Magnus1 work
Gregory IX5 works
Gregory of Tours1 work
LIBRI HISTORIARUM10 sections
Gregory the Great1 work
Gregory VII1 work
Gwinne8 works
Henry of Settimello1 work
Henry VII1 work
Historia Apolloni1 work
Historia Augusta30 works
Historia Brittonum1 work
Holberg1 work
Horace3 works
SERMONES2 sections
CARMINA4 sections
EPISTULAE5 sections
Hugo of St. Victor2 works
Hydatius2 works
Hyginus3 works
Hymni1 work
Hymni et cantica1 work
Iacobus de Voragine1 work
LEGENDA AUREA24 sections
Ilias Latina1 work
Iordanes2 works
Isidore of Seville3 works
ETYMOLOGIARVM SIVE ORIGINVM LIBRI XX20 sections
SENTENTIAE LIBRI III3 sections
Iulius Obsequens1 work
Iulius Paris1 work
Ius Romanum4 works
Janus Secundus2 works
Johann H. Withof1 work
Johann P. L. Withof1 work
Johannes de Alta Silva1 work
Johannes de Plano Carpini1 work
John of Garland1 work
Jordanes2 works
Julius Obsequens1 work
Junillus1 work
Justin1 work
HISTORIARVM PHILIPPICARVM T. POMPEII TROGI LIBRI XLIV IN EPITOMEN REDACTI46 sections
Justinian3 works
INSTITVTIONES5 sections
CODEX12 sections
DIGESTA50 sections
Juvenal1 work
Kepler1 work
Landor4 works
Laurentius Corvinus2 works
Legenda Regis Stephani1 work
Leo of Naples1 work
HISTORIA DE PRELIIS ALEXANDRI MAGNI3 sections
Leo the Great1 work
SERMONES DE QUADRAGESIMA2 sections
Liber Kalilae et Dimnae1 work
Liber Pontificalis1 work
Livius Andronicus1 work
Livy1 work
AB VRBE CONDITA LIBRI37 sections
Lotichius1 work
Lucan1 work
DE BELLO CIVILI SIVE PHARSALIA10 sections
Lucretius1 work
DE RERVM NATVRA LIBRI SEX6 sections
Lupus Protospatarius Barensis1 work
Macarius of Alexandria1 work
Macarius the Great1 work
Magna Carta1 work
Maidstone1 work
Malaterra1 work
DE REBUS GESTIS ROGERII CALABRIAE ET SICILIAE COMITIS ET ROBERTI GUISCARDI DUCIS FRATRIS EIUS4 sections
Manilius1 work
ASTRONOMICON5 sections
Marbodus Redonensis1 work
Marcellinus Comes2 works
Martial1 work
Martin of Braga13 works
Marullo1 work
Marx1 work
Maximianus1 work
May1 work
SUPPLEMENTUM PHARSALIAE8 sections
Melanchthon4 works
Milton1 work
Minucius Felix1 work
Mirabilia Urbis Romae1 work
Mirandola1 work
CARMINA9 sections
Miscellanea Carminum42 works
Montanus1 work
Naevius1 work
Navagero1 work
Nemesianus1 work
ECLOGAE4 sections
Nepos3 works
LIBER DE EXCELLENTIBUS DVCIBUS EXTERARVM GENTIVM24 sections
Newton1 work
PHILOSOPHIÆ NATURALIS PRINCIPIA MATHEMATICA4 sections
Nithardus1 work
HISTORIARUM LIBRI QUATTUOR4 sections
Notitia Dignitatum2 works
Novatian1 work
Origo gentis Langobardorum1 work
Orosius1 work
HISTORIARUM ADVERSUM PAGANOS LIBRI VII7 sections
Otto of Freising1 work
GESTA FRIDERICI IMPERATORIS5 sections
Ovid7 works
METAMORPHOSES15 sections
AMORES3 sections
HEROIDES21 sections
ARS AMATORIA3 sections
TRISTIA5 sections
EX PONTO4 sections
Owen1 work
Papal Bulls4 works
Pascoli5 works
Passerat1 work
Passio Perpetuae1 work
Patricius1 work
Tome I: Panaugia2 sections
Paulinus Nolensis1 work
Paulus Diaconus4 works
Persius1 work
Pervigilium Veneris1 work
Petronius2 works
Petrus Blesensis1 work
Petrus de Ebulo1 work
Phaedrus2 works
FABVLARVM AESOPIARVM LIBRI QVINQVE5 sections
Phineas Fletcher1 work
Planctus destructionis1 work
Plautus21 works
Pliny the Younger2 works
EPISTVLARVM LIBRI DECEM10 sections
Poggio Bracciolini1 work
Pomponius Mela1 work
DE CHOROGRAPHIA3 sections
Pontano1 work
Poree1 work
Porphyrius1 work
Precatio Terrae1 work
Priapea1 work
Professio Contra Priscillianum1 work
Propertius1 work
ELEGIAE4 sections
Prosperus3 works
Prudentius2 works
Pseudoplatonica12 works
Publilius Syrus1 work
Quintilian2 works
INSTITUTIONES12 sections
Raoul of Caen1 work
Regula ad Monachos1 work
Reposianus1 work
Ricardi de Bury1 work
Richerus1 work
HISTORIARUM LIBRI QUATUOR4 sections
Rimbaud1 work
Ritchie's Fabulae Faciles1 work
Roman Epitaphs1 work
Roman Inscriptions1 work
Ruaeus1 work
Ruaeus' Aeneid1 work
Rutilius Lupus1 work
Rutilius Namatianus1 work
Sabinus1 work
EPISTULAE TRES AD OVIDIANAS EPISTULAS RESPONSORIAE3 sections
Sallust10 works
Sannazaro2 works
Scaliger1 work
Sedulius2 works
CARMEN PASCHALE5 sections
Seneca9 works
EPISTULAE MORALES AD LUCILIUM16 sections
QUAESTIONES NATURALES7 sections
DE CONSOLATIONE3 sections
DE IRA3 sections
DE BENEFICIIS3 sections
DIALOGI7 sections
FABULAE8 sections
Septem Sapientum1 work
Sidonius Apollinaris2 works
Sigebert of Gembloux3 works
Silius Italicus1 work
Solinus2 works
DE MIRABILIBUS MUNDI Mommsen 1st edition (1864)4 sections
DE MIRABILIBUS MUNDI C.L.F. Panckoucke edition (Paris 1847)4 sections
Spinoza1 work
Statius3 works
THEBAID12 sections
ACHILLEID2 sections
Stephanus de Varda1 work
Suetonius2 works
Sulpicia1 work
Sulpicius Severus2 works
CHRONICORUM LIBRI DUO2 sections
Syrus1 work
Tacitus5 works
Terence6 works
Tertullian32 works
Testamentum Porcelli1 work
Theodolus1 work
Theodosius16 works
Theophanes1 work
Thomas à Kempis1 work
DE IMITATIONE CHRISTI4 sections
Thomas of Edessa1 work
Tibullus1 work
TIBVLLI ALIORVMQUE CARMINVM LIBRI TRES3 sections
Tünger1 work
Valerius Flaccus1 work
Valerius Maximus1 work
FACTORVM ET DICTORVM MEMORABILIVM LIBRI NOVEM9 sections
Vallauri1 work
Varro2 works
RERVM RVSTICARVM DE AGRI CVLTURA3 sections
DE LINGVA LATINA7 sections
Vegetius1 work
EPITOMA REI MILITARIS LIBRI IIII4 sections
Velleius Paterculus1 work
HISTORIAE ROMANAE2 sections
Venantius Fortunatus1 work
Vico1 work
Vida1 work
Vincent of Lérins1 work
Virgil3 works
AENEID12 sections
ECLOGUES10 sections
GEORGICON4 sections
Vita Agnetis1 work
Vita Caroli IV1 work
Vita Sancti Columbae2 works
Vitruvius1 work
DE ARCHITECTVRA10 sections
Waardenburg1 work
Waltarius3 works
Walter Mapps2 works
Walter of Châtillon1 work
William of Apulia1 work
William of Conches2 works
William of Tyre1 work
HISTORIA RERUM IN PARTIBUS TRANSMARINIS GESTARUM24 sections
Xylander1 work
Zonaras1 work
CJ.1.1.0. De summa trinitate et de fide catholica et ut nemo de ea publice contendere audeat.
CJ.1.2.0. De sacrosanctis ecclesiis et de rebus et privilegiis earum.
CJ.1.3.0. De episcopis et clericis et orphanotrophis et brephotrophis et xenodochis et asceteriis et monachis et privilegio eorum et castrensi peculio et de redimendis captivis et de nuptiis clericorum vetitis seu permissis.
CJ.1.4.0. De episcopali audientia et de diversis capitulis, quae ad ius curamque et reverentiam pontificalem pertinent.
CJ.1.5.0. De haereticis et manichaeis et samaritis.
CJ.1.6.0. Ne sanctum baptisma iteretur.
CJ.1.7.0. De apostatis.
CJ.1.8.0. Nemini licere signum salvatoris christi vel in silice vel in marmore aut sculpere aut pingere.
CJ.1.9.0. De iudaeis et caelicolis.
CJ.1.10.0. Ne christianum mancipium haereticus vel paganus vel iudaeus habeat vel possideat vel circumcidat.
CJ.1.11.0. De paganis sacrificiis et templis.
CJ.1.12.0. De his qui ad ecclesias confugiunt vel ibi exclamant.
CJ.1.13.0. De his qui in ecclesiis manumittuntur.
CJ.1.14.0. De legibus et constitutionibus principum et edictis.
CJ.1.15.0. De mandatis principum.
CJ.1.16.0. De senatus consultis.
CJ.1.17.0. De veteri iure enucleando et auctoritate iuris prudentium qui in digestis referuntur.
CJ.1.18.0. De iuris et facti ignorantia.
CJ.1.19.0. De precibus imperatori offerendis et de quibus rebus supplicare liceat vel non.
CJ.1.20.0. Quando libellus principi datus litis contestationem facit.
CJ.1.21.0. Ut lite pendente vel post provocationem aut definitivam sententiam nulli liceat imperatori supplicare.
CJ.1.22.0. Si contra ius utilitatemve publicam vel per mendacium fuerit aliquid postulatum vel impetratum.
CJ.1.23.0. De diversis rescriptis et pragmaticis sanctionibus.
CJ.1.24.0. De statuis et imaginibus.
CJ.1.25.0. De his qui ad statuas confugiunt.
CJ.1.26.0. De officio praefectorum praetorio orientis et illyrici.
CJ.1.27.0. De officio praefecti praetorio africae et de omni eiusdem dioeceseos statu.
CJ.1.28.0. De officio praefecti urbis.
CJ.1.29.0. De officio magistri militum.
CJ.1.30.0. De officio quaestoris.
CJ.1.31.0. De officio magistri officiorum.
CJ.1.32.0. De officio comitis sacrarum largitionum.
CJ.1.33.0. De officio comitis rerum privatarum.
CJ.1.34.0. De officio comitis sacri patrimonii.
CJ.1.35.0. De officio proconsulis et legati.
CJ.1.36.0. De officio comitis orientis.
CJ.1.37.0. De officio praefecti augustalis.
CJ.1.38.0. De officio vicarii.
CJ.1.39.0. De officio praetorum.
CJ.1.40.0. De officio rectoris provinciae.
CJ.1.41.0. Ut nulli patriae suae administratio sine speciali permissu principis permittatur.
CJ.1.42.0. De quadrimenstruis tam civilibus quam militaribus brevibus.
CJ.1.43.0. De officio praefecti vigilum.
CJ.1.44.0. De officio praefecti annonae.
CJ.1.45.0. De officio civilium iudicum.
CJ.1.46.0. De officio iudicum militarium.
CJ.1.47.0. Ne comitibus rei militaris vel tribunis lavacra praestentur.
CJ.1.48.0. De officio diversorum iudicum.
CJ.1.49.0. Ut omnes tam civiles quam militares iudices post administrationem depositam per quinquaginta dies in civitatibus vel certis locis permaneant.
CJ.1.50.0. De officio eius qui vicem alicuius iudicis obtinet.
CJ.1.51.0. De adsessoribus et domesticis et cancellariis iudicum.
CJ.1.52.0. De annonis et capitu administrantium vel adsessorum aliorumve publicas sollicitudines gerentium vel eorum, qui aliquas consecuti sunt dignitates.
CJ.1.53.0. De contractibus iudicum vel eorum qui sunt circa eos et inhibendis donationibus in eos faciendis et ne administrationis tempore proprias aedes aedificent sine sanctione pragmatica.
CJ.1.54.0. De modo multarum, quae ab iudicibus infliguntur.
CJ.1.55.0. De defensoribus civitatum.
CJ.1.56.0. De magistratibus municipalibus.
CJ.1.57.0. De officio iuridici alexandriae.
CJ.1.1.0. On the supreme Trinity and on the Catholic faith, and that no one dare to contend about it publicly.
CJ.1.2.0. On the sacrosanct churches and on their property and privileges.
CJ.1.3.0. On bishops and clerics and orphanotrophs and brephotrophs and xenodochs and asceteries and monks, and their privilege, and the military peculium, and on redeeming captives, and on the marriages of clerics, forbidden or permitted.
CJ.1.4.0. On episcopal audience and on diverse chapters which pertain to the right, care, and reverence of the pontifical office.
CJ.1.5.0. On heretics and Manichaeans and Samaritans.
CJ.1.6.0. That holy baptism be not repeated.
CJ.1.7.0. On apostates.
CJ.1.8.0. That it be permitted to no one to sculpt or paint the sign of the Savior Christ either on flint or on marble.
CJ.1.9.0. On Jews and heaven-worshipers.
CJ.1.10.0. That a heretic or pagan or Jew not have or possess or circumcise a Christian slave.
CJ.1.11.0. On pagan sacrifices and temples.
CJ.1.12.0. On those who flee to the churches or cry out there.
CJ.1.13.0. On those who are manumitted in churches.
CJ.1.14.0. On laws and constitutions of princes and edicts.
CJ.1.15.0. On mandates of princes.
CJ.1.16.0. On senatorial decrees.
CJ.1.17.0. On elucidating the ancient law and the authority of the jurists who are reported in the Digests.
CJ.1.18.0. On ignorance of law and of fact.
CJ.1.19.0. On petitions to be offered to the emperor and about which matters it is permitted or not permitted to supplicate.
CJ.1.20.0. When a petition given to the princeps makes the contestation of the suit.
CJ.1.21.0. That while a suit is pending or after an appeal or a definitive sentence it be permitted to no one to supplicate the emperor.
CJ.1.22.0. If contrary to law or public utility, or through falsehood, something has been requested or obtained.
CJ.1.23.0. On various rescripts and pragmatic sanctions.
CJ.1.24.0. On statues and images.
CJ.1.25.0. On those who flee to statues.
CJ.1.26.0. On the office of the praetorian prefects of the East and of Illyricum.
CJ.1.27.0. On the office of the praetorian prefect of Africa and on the whole condition of the same diocese.
CJ.1.28.0. On the office of the prefect of the city.
CJ.1.29.0. On the office of the master of the soldiers.
CJ.1.30.0. On the office of the quaestor.
CJ.1.31.0. On the office of the master of the offices.
CJ.1.32.0. On the office of the count of the sacred largesses.
CJ.1.33.0. On the office of the count of the private estates.
CJ.1.34.0. On the office of the count of the sacred patrimony.
CJ.1.35.0. On the office of the proconsul and the legate.
CJ.1.36.0. On the office of the count of the East.
CJ.1.37.0. On the office of the Augustal prefect.
CJ.1.38.0. On the office of the vicar.
CJ.1.39.0. On the office of the praetors.
CJ.1.40.0. On the office of the governor of a province.
CJ.1.41.0. That administration of his own homeland be permitted to no one without the special permission of the princeps.
CJ.1.42.0. On four-monthly briefs, both civil and military.
CJ.1.43.0. On the office of the prefect of the watch.
CJ.1.44.0. On the office of the prefect of the grain-supply.
CJ.1.45.0. On the office of the civil judges.
CJ.1.46.0. On the office of the military judges.
CJ.1.47.0. That baths be not furnished to counts of the military service or to tribunes.
CJ.1.48.0. On the office of diverse judges.
CJ.1.49.0. That all judges, both civil and military, after their administration is laid down, remain for 50 days in the cities or in certain places.
CJ.1.50.0. On the office of him who holds the place of some judge.
CJ.1.51.0. On assessors and domestics and chancellors of judges.
CJ.1.52.0. On rations and pay of administrators or assessors and others conducting public concerns, or of those who have attained certain dignities.
CJ.1.53.0. On the contracts of judges or of those who are around them, and on forbidding donations to be made to them, and that in the time of administration they not build private houses without a pragmatic sanction.
CJ.1.54.0. On the measure of fines which are inflicted by judges.
CJ.1.55.0. On defenders of the cities.
CJ.1.56.0. On municipal magistrates.
CJ.1.57.0. On the office of the iuridicus of Alexandria.
Cunctos populos, quos clementiae nostrae regit temperamentum, in tali volumus religione versari, quam divinum petrum apostulum tradidisse romanis religio usque ad nunc ab ipso insinuata declarat quamque pontificem damasum sequi claret et petrum alexandriae episcopum virum apostolicae sanctitatis, hoc est ut secundum apostolicam disciplinam evangelicamque doctrinam patris et filii et spiritus sancti unam deitatem sub pari maiestate et sub pia trinitate credamus. * grat. valentin.
we wish all peoples, whom the moderation of our clemency governs, to be engaged in that religion which the divine peter the apostle handed down to the romans, as the religion instilled by himself up to now declares, and which it is clear that the pontiff damasus and peter, bishop of alexandria, a man of apostolic sanctity, follow; that is, that according to apostolic discipline and evangelical doctrine we believe the father and the son and the holy spirit to be one deity under equal majesty and under the pious trinity. * gratian, valentinian.
Hanc legem sequentes christianorum catholicorum nomen iubemus amplecti, reliquos vero dementes vesanosque iudicantes haeretici dogmatis infamiam sustinere, divina primum vindicta, post etiam motus nostri, quem ex caelesti arbitrio sumpserimus, ultione plectendos. <a 380 d. iii k. mart. thessalonica gratiano v et theodosio aa. conss.>
We order those following this law to embrace the name of Catholic Christians, but judging the rest demented and raving to endure the infamy of heretical dogma, to be punished first by divine vengeance, and afterwards also by the retribution of our motion, which we have assumed from celestial arbitration. <a 380 on the 3rd day before the Kalends of march, thessalonica, gratian 5 and theodosius, augusti, consuls.>
Nullus haereticis mysteriorum locus, nulla ad exercendam animi obstinatioris dementiam pateat occasio. sciant omnes, etiamsi quid speciali quolibet rescripto per fraudem elicito ab huiusmodi hominum genere impetratum sit, non valere. arceantur cunctorum haereticorum ab illicitis congregationibus turbae: unius et summi dei nomen ubique celebretur: nicaenae fidei dudum a maioribus traditae et divinae religionis testimonio atque adsertione firmatae observantia semper mansura teneatur.
Let there be no place in the mysteries for heretics, let no occasion be open for exercising the madness of a more obstinate mind. let all know that, even if anything has been obtained by some special rescript, elicited by fraud from this sort of men, it has no force. let the throngs of all heretics be kept away from illicit congregations: let the name of the one and highest God be celebrated everywhere: let the observance of the Nicene faith—long ago handed down by the elders and confirmed by the testimony and assertion of divine religion—be maintained, destined to endure forever.
Is autem nicaenae adsertor fidei et catholicae religionis verus cultor accipiendus est, qui omnipotentem deum et christum filium dei uno nomine confitetur, deum de deo, lumen ex lumine, qui spiritum sanctum, quem ex summo rerum parente speramus et accipimus, negando non violat, apud quem intemeratae fidei sensu viget incorruptae trinitatis indivisa substantia, quae graeco verbo ousia recte credentibus dicitur. haec profecto nobis magis probata, haec veneranda sunt. <a 381 d. iiii id. ian.
But he is to be received as a defender of the Nicene faith and a true cultor of the catholic religion, who confesses the omnipotent God and Christ the Son of God under one name—God from God, light from light—who does not violate the Holy Spirit by denial, the Holy Spirit whom we hope for and receive from the highest Parent of things; in whose sense of undefiled faith the undivided substance of the incorrupt Trinity flourishes, which by the Greek word ousia is called by those rightly believing. These, assuredly, are more approved by us; these are to be venerated. <a 381 on the 4th day before the Ides of January.
Qui vero isdem non inserviunt, desinant adfectatis dolis alienum verae religionis nomen adsumere et suis apertis criminibus denotentur: ab omnium submoti ecclesiarum limine penitus arceantur, cum omnes haereticos illicitas agere intra oppida congregationes vetemus. ac si quid eruptio factiosa temptaverit, ab ipsis etiam urbium moenibus exterminato furore propelli iubemus, ut cunctis orthodoxis episcopis, qui nicaenam fidem tenent, catholicae ecclesiae toto orbe reddantur. <a 381 d. iiii id. ian.
But those who do not adhere to the same, let them cease, with affected wiles, to assume the alien name of the true religion, and let them be marked out by their own open crimes: removed from the threshold of all churches, let them be utterly kept away, since we forbid all heretics to hold illicit congregations within the towns. And if any factious eruption should attempt anything, we order them, their frenzy exterminated, to be driven even from the very walls of the cities, so that to all orthodox bishops, who hold the Nicene faith, the Catholic churches may be restored throughout the whole world. <a 381, on the 4th day before the Ides of January.
Nemo clericus vel militans vel alterius cuiuslibet condicionis de fide christiana publice turbis coadunatis et audientibus tractare conetur in posterum, ex hoc tumultus et perfidiae occasionem requirens. * marcian. a. palladio pp. * <a 452 d. vii id. febr.
Let no cleric or soldier or anyone of any other condition attempt henceforth to treat of the Christian faith publicly, with crowds assembled and listening, seeking from this an occasion for tumult and perfidy. * Marcian Augustus to Palladius, praetorian prefect. * <year 452 day 7 before the ides of Feb.
Nam iniuriam facit iudicio reverentissimae synodi, si quis semel iudicata ac recte disposita revolvere et publice disputare contendit, cum ea, quae nunc de christiana fide a sacerdotibus, qui chalcedone convenerunt, per nostra praecepta statuta sunt, iuxta apostolicas eitiones et instituta sanctorum patrum trecentorum decem et octo et centum quinquaginta definita esse noscuntur. <a 452 d. vii id. febr. constantinopoli sporacio cons.>
For he does injury to the judgment of the most reverend synod, if anyone strives to roll back and to dispute publicly things once judged and rightly arranged, since those matters which now concerning the Christian faith have been established by our precepts by the priests who came together at Chalcedon are known to have been defined according to the apostolic constitutions and the institutes of the holy fathers, 318 and 150. <a 452, on the 7th day before the Ides of February, at Constantinople, Sporacius consul.>
Igitur si clericus erit, qui publice tractare de religione ausus fuerit, consortio clericorum removebitur: si vero militia praeditus sit, cingulo spoliabitur: ceteri etiam hiusmodi criminis rei, si quidem liberi sint, de hac sacratissima urbe pellentur, pro vigore iudiciario etiam competentibus suppliciis subiugandi, sin vero servi, severissimis animadversionibus plectentur. <a 452 d. vii id. febr. constantinopoli sporacio cons.>
Therefore, if there is a cleric who has dared to treat publicly concerning religion, he shall be removed from the consort of the clerics: but if he be endowed with military service, he shall be despoiled of the belt: the rest also guilty of a crime of this kind, if indeed they are free, shall be driven from this most sacred city, to be subjected as well to the punishments competent according to judicial rigor; but if they are slaves, they shall be punished with the most severe animadversions. <a 452, on the 7th day before the Ides of February (February 7), at Constantinople, in the consulship of Sporacius.>
Inter claras sapientiae mansuetudinis vestrae laudes, christianissime principum, puriore luce tamquam aliquod sidus irradiat, quod amore fidei, quod caritatis studio, edocti ecclesiasticis disciplinis, romanae sedis reverentiam conservatis et ei cuncta subicitis et ad eius deducitis unitatem, ad cuius auctorem, hoc est apostolorum primum, domino loquente praeceptum est: ' pasce oves meas '. * gloriosiss. et clementiss. fil.
Among the clear praises of your wisdom and mansuetude, most Christian of princes, there shines with purer light, like some star, this: that, by love of faith, by zeal of charity, taught by ecclesiastical disciplines, you preserve the reverence of the Roman See, and you subject all things to it and lead them to its unity—to whose author, that is, the first of the apostles, when the Lord was speaking, it was commanded: ' feed my sheep '. * most glorious and most clement son.
Quam esse omnium vere ecclesiarum caput et patrum regulae et principum statuta declarant et pietatis vestrae reverentissimi testantur affatus. patet igitur in vobis impletum fore, quod scripturae loquuntur: ' per me reges regnant et potentes scribunt iustitiam '. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
that it is truly the head of all churches both the rules of the fathers and the statutes of princes declare, and the most reverent addresses of your piety bear witness. it is evident therefore that in you there will be fulfilled what the scriptures say: ' through me kings reign and the potent write justice '. <in the year 534, on the 8th day before the kalends of april, at rome; our lord justinian, perpetual augustus, consul for the 4th time, and paulinus the younger, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Nihil est enim, quod lumine clariore praefulgeat, quam recta fides in principe: nihil est, quod ita nequeat occasui subiacere, quam vera religio. nam cum auctorem vitae vel luminis utraque respiciant, recte et tenebras respuunt et nesciunt subiacere defectui. <a 534 d. viii k. april.
For nothing shines forth with a brighter light than upright faith in a prince; nothing is so unable to be subject to decline as true religion. For since both look to the Author of life or of light, they rightly reject the darkness and do not know how to be subject to eclipse. <a 534 d. viii k. april.
Quam ob rem, gloriosissime principum, votis omnibus exorabitur divina potentia, ut pietatem vestram in hoc ardore fidei, in hac devotione mentis, in hoc integrae religionis studio sine defectu sui in tempora longiora conservet: hoc enim et sanctis credimus ecclesiis expedire. scriptum est enim: ' labiis regit rex ', et iterum: ' cor regis in manu dei, et ubi voluerit, inclinabit illud '. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
Wherefore, most glorious of princes, with all vows the divine power will be entreated, that it may preserve your piety in this ardor of faith, in this devotion of mind, in this zeal of intact religion without any failure of itself for longer times: for we believe that this also is expedient for the holy churches. For it is written: ' by the lips the king rules ', and again: ' the heart of the king is in the hand of God, and wherever he will, he will incline it '. <a 534 on the 8th day before the Kalends of April, Rome, under our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in the 4th year, and Paulinus the Younger, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Neque enim parva ei vicissitudo a potentia divina tribuitur, per quem nullis rugis ecclesia divisa secernitur, nullis insertis maculis variatur. scriptum est enim: ' quia cum rex iustus sederit supra sedem, non adversabitur sibi quicquam malignum '. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
For no small recompense is granted to him by divine potency, through whom the church is separated by no wrinkles and is varied by no inserted stains. For it is written: 'because when the just king shall have sat upon the throne, nothing malign will oppose itself to him.' <a 534, on the 8th day before the Kalends of April, Rome; our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 4th consulship, and Paulinus the Younger, a most illustrious man, consuls.>
Proinde serenitatis vestrae apices per hypatium atque demetrium sanctissimos viros fratres et coepiscopos meos reverentia consueta suscepimus: quorum etiam relatione comperimus, quod fidelibus populis proposuissetis edictum amore fidei pro submovenda haereticorum intentione secundum apostolicam doctrinam, fratrum et coepiscoporum nostrorum interveniente consensu. quod, quia apostolicae doctrinae convenit, nostra auctoritate confirmamus. <a 534 d. viii k. april.
Accordingly, we have received with the customary reverence the letters of Your Serenity through Hypatius and Demetrius, most holy men, my brothers and fellow bishops: by whose report also we learned that you had proposed to the faithful peoples an edict, out of love of the faith, for the removing of the intention of the heretics, according to apostolic doctrine, with the intervening consent of our brothers and fellow bishops. Which, because it agrees with apostolic doctrine, we confirm by our authority. <a 534 on the 8th day before the Kalends of April.
Textus autem epistulae talis est: <a. 533 d. viii id. iun. constantinopoli dn. iustiniano perpetuo augusto iii consule. > victor iustinianus pius felix inclitus triumphator semper augustus iohanni sanctissimo archiepiscopo almae urbis romae et patriarchae.
But the text of the letter is as follows: <year 533, on the 8th day before the Ides of June, at Constantinople, under our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, consul for the 3rd time. > the victorious Justinian, pious, felicitous, illustrious, triumphator, always Augustus, to John, most holy archbishop of the kindly city of Rome and patriarch.
Reddentes honorem apostolicae sedi et vestrae sanctitati, quod semper nobis in voto fuit et est, ut decet, patrem honorantes vestram beatitudinem omnia, quae ad ecclesiarum statum pertinent, festinamus ad notitiam deferre vestrae sanctitatis, quoniam semper magnum nobis fuit studium unitatem vestrae apostolicae sedis et statum sanctarum dei ecclesiarum custodiri, qui hactenus obtinet et incommote permanet nulla intercedente contrarietate. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
Rendering honor to the apostolic see and to your sanctity—which has always been and is our desire—honoring, as is fitting, your beatitude as a father, we hasten to bring to the notice of your sanctity all the things that pertain to the state of the churches, since it has always been our great zeal that the unity of your apostolic see and the standing of the holy churches of God be guarded, which until now obtains and remains unmoved, with no opposition intervening. <in the year 534, on the 8th day before the Kalends of April [March 25], at Rome, when our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, for the 4th time, and Paulinus the Younger, a most distinguished man, were consuls.>
Ideoque omnes sacerdotes universi orientalis tractus et subicere et unire sedi vestrae sanctitatis properavimus. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
And therefore we have hastened both to subject and to unite all the priests of the entire eastern region to the See of your Holiness. <in the year 534, on the 8th day before the Kalends of April (March 25), at Rome, when our lord Justinian, Augustus for the 4th time, and Paulinus the Younger, a most distinguished man, were consuls.>
Et in praesenti ergo quae hic commota sunt, quamvis manifesta et indubitata sint et secundum apostolicae vestrae sedis doctrinam ab omnibus semper sacerdotibus firme custodita et praedicata, necessarium duximus, ut ad notitiam vestrae sanctitatis perveniant. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
And therefore at present the things that have been raised here, although they are manifest and indubitable, and, according to the doctrine of your apostolic See, have always been firmly kept and proclaimed by all priests, we have judged it necessary that they should come to the notice of your Holiness. <in the year 534, on the 8th day before the Kalends of April, at Rome, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 4th consulship, and Paulinus the Younger, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Nec enim patimur quicquam, quod ad ecclesiarum statum pertinet, quamvis manifestum et indubitatum sit, quod movetur, ut non etiam vestrae innotescat sanctitati , quia caput est omnium sanctarum ecclesiarum. per omnia enim, ut dictum est, properamus honorem et auctoritatem crescere vestrae sedis. <a 534 d. viii k. april.
For we do not permit anything that pertains to the condition of the churches, even if it is manifest and undoubted, that is being set in motion, not also to become known to your sanctity , because it is the head of all the holy churches. for in all things, as has been said, we hasten that the honor and authority of your see may grow. <a 534 d. 8 k. april.
Manifestum igitur facimus vestrae sanctitati, quod pauci quidam infideles et alieni sanctae dei catholicae atque apostolicae ecclesiae contradicere iudaice ausi sunt adversus ea, quae ab omnibus sacerdotibus secundum vestram doctrinam recte tenentur et glorificantur atque praedicantur, denegantes dominum nostrum ihesum christum, unigenitum filium dei et deum nostrum, incarnatum ex sancto spiritu et sancta atque gloriosa virgine et dei genetrice maria hominem factum atque crucifixum, unum esse sanctae et consubstantialis trinitatis, coadorandum et conglorificandum patri et spiritui sancto, consubstantialem patri secundum divinitatem et consubstantialem nobis eundem ipsum secundum humanitatem, passibilem carne, eundem ipsum impassibilem deitate. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iust iniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
Therefore we make manifest to your Holiness that certain few unbelievers, strangers to the holy Catholic and Apostolic Church of God, have dared, in a Judaizing way, to contradict those things which by all the priests, according to your teaching, are rightly held and glorified and proclaimed—denying that our Lord Jesus Christ, the Only-Begotten Son of God and our God, incarnate of the Holy Spirit and of the holy and glorious Virgin and God-bearer Mary, made man and crucified, is one of the holy and consubstantial Trinity, to be co-adored and co-glorified with the Father and the Holy Spirit; that he is consubstantial with the Father according to the divinity, and the very same consubstantial with us according to the humanity; passible in the flesh, the very same impassible in the Godhead. <a 534, day 8 before the Kalends of April. Rome. Our Lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in year 4, and Paulinus the Younger, most distinguished man, consuls.>
Recusantes enim dominum nostrum ihesum christum unigenitum filium dei et deum nostrum fateri unum esse sanctae et consubstantialis trinitatis videntur nestorii malam sequentes doctrinam, secundum gratiam dicentes eum filium dei et alium dicentes deum verbum et alium christum. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
For those who refuse to confess that our Lord Jesus Christ, the only-begotten Son of God and our God, is one of the holy and consubstantial Trinity, seem to be following the evil doctrine of Nestorius, saying that he is the Son of God “according to grace,” and saying that one is God the Word and another is Christ. <a 534, on the 8th day before the Kalends of April, at Rome, under our Lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, consul for the 4th time, and Paulinus the Younger, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Omnes vero sacerdotes sanctae catholicae atque apostolicae ecclesiae et reverentissimi archimandritae sacrorum monasteriorum sequentes sanctitatem vestram et custodientes statum et unitatem sanctarum dei ecclesiarum, quam habent ad apostolicam vestrae sanctitatis sedem, nihil penitus immutantes de ecclesiastico statu, qui hactenus obtinuit atque obtinet, uno consensu confitentur et glorificant , praedicantes dominum nostrum ihesum christum, unigenitum filium et verbum dei et deum nostrum, ante saecula et sine tempore de patre natum, in ultimis diebus descendisse de caelis et incarnatum ex spiritu sancto et sancta atque gloriosa virgine et dei genetrice maria natum et hominem factum et crucifixum unum esse sanctae et consubstantialis trinitatis, coadorandum et conglorificandum patri et sancto spiritui. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et pa ulino iuniore vc. conss.>
All the priests of the holy catholic and apostolic Church, and the most reverend archimandrites of the sacred monasteries, following Your Holiness and guarding the condition and unity of the holy churches of God, which they hold toward the apostolic See of Your Holiness, changing nothing at all of the ecclesiastical order which has hitherto prevailed and does prevail, with one consent confess and glorify , proclaiming our Lord Jesus Christ, the Only-begotten Son and Word of God and our God, begotten of the Father before the ages and outside time, in the last days to have descended from the heavens and to have been incarnate of the Holy Spirit and of the holy and glorious Virgin and God-bearer Mary, born and made man and crucified, to be one of the holy and consubstantial Trinity, to be adored together with and co-glorified with the Father and the Holy Spirit. <a 534, on the 8th day before the Kalends of April, at Rome, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in year 4, and Paulinus the younger, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Nec enim alium deum verbum et alium christum cognoscimus, sed unum atque eundem ipsum consubstantialem patri secundum divinitatem et consubstantialem nobis eundem ipsum secundum humanitatem, passibilem carne, eundem ipsum impassibilem deitate. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
For we do not know one God the Word and another Christ, but one and the same, consubstantial with the Father according to divinity, and consubstantial with us, the same one, according to humanity, passible in the flesh, the same one impassible in deity. <a 534, on the 8th day before the Kalends of April, at Rome, under our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, for the 4th time, and Paulinus the Younger, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Ut enim est in divinitate perfectus, ita idem ipse et in humanitate perfectus est: in una enim subsistentia unitatem suscipimus et confitemur, quod dicunt graeci tyn kav hupostasin henwsin homologumen. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
For as he is perfect in divinity, so the selfsame one is also perfect in humanity: for in one subsistence we receive and confess unity, which the Greeks say, “we confess a union according to hypostasis.” <a 534 on March 25, at Rome, our lord Justinian Augustus, in his 4th consulship, and Paulinus the Younger, most distinguished man, consuls.>
Et quoniam unigenitus filius et verbum dei, ante saecula et sine tempore de patre natus, idem ipse et in ultimis diebus descendens de caelis, incarnatus ex sancto spiritu et sancta atque gloriosa virgine et dei genetrice maria et homo factus, dominus noster ihesus christus proprie et vere deus est, ideo et sanctam et gloriosam virginem maria proprie et vere dei matrem dicimus: non quia deus verbum principium ex ipsa sumpserit, sed quod in ultimis diebus descendit de caelis et ex ipsa incarnatus et homo factus natus est. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
And since the Only-begotten Son and Word of God, born of the Father before the ages and without time, the very same also in the last days descending from the heavens, incarnate of the Holy Spirit and the holy and glorious Virgin and God-bearer Mary, and made man, our Lord Jesus Christ, is properly and truly God, therefore we also call the holy and glorious Virgin Mary properly and truly the Mother of God: not because God the Word took his beginning from her, but because in the last days he descended from the heavens and from her was incarnate and, having been made man, was born. <in the year 534, on the 8th day before the Kalends of April, at Rome; our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, year 4, and Paulinus the Younger, most distinguished man, consuls.>
Quem confitemur et credimus, sicut dictum est, consubstantialem esse patri secundum deitatem et consubstantialem nobis eundem ipsum secundum humanitatem, eiusdem miracula et passiones, quas sponte carne sustinuit, cognoscentes. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
Whom we confess and believe, as it has been said, to be consubstantial with the Father according to deity and the same himself consubstantial with us according to humanity, recognizing his miracles and passions, which of his own accord he endured in the flesh. <a 534 on the 8th day before the kalends of april, rome, our lord justinian, perpetual augustus, in his 4th consulship, and paulinus the younger, most illustrious man, consuls.>
Suscipimus autem sancta quattuor concilia, id est trecentorum decem et octo sanctorum patrum, qui in nicaea congregati sunt, et centum quinquaginta sanctorum patrum, qui in hac regia urbe convenerunt, et sanctorum patrum, qui in epheso primo congregati sunt, et sanctorum patrum, qui in chalcedone convenerunt, sicut vestra apostolica sedes docet atque praedicat. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
We receive, moreover, the four holy councils: that is, of the three hundred and eighteen holy fathers who were congregated at Nicaea, and of the one hundred and fifty holy fathers who convened in this royal city, and of the holy fathers who were first congregated at Ephesus, and of the holy fathers who convened at Chalcedon, as your apostolic see teaches and preaches. <year 534, on the 8 Kalends of April, at Rome; our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, and Paulinus the Younger, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Unde properavimus haec ad notitiam deferre vestrae sanctitatis per hypatium et demetrium, beatissimos episcopos, ut nec vestram sanctitatem lateat, quae a quibusdam paucis monachis male et iudaice secundum nestorii perfidiam denegata sunt. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
Whence we have hastened to bring these things to the notice of your sanctity through Hypatius and Demetrius, most blessed bishops, so that it may not be hidden from your sanctity what has been wickedly and Judaically denied by certain few monks, according to the perfidy of Nestorius. <in 534, on the 8th day before the Kalends of April, at Rome, our lord Justinian, Father of the Fatherland, consul for the 4th time, and Paulinus the Younger, a most distinguished man, were consuls.>
Petimus ergo vestrum paternum adfectum, ut vestris ad nos destinatis litteris et ad sanctissimum episcopum huius almae urbis et patriarcham vestrum fratrem, quoniam et ipse per eosdem scripsit ad vestram sanctitatem festinans in omnibus sequi sedem apostolicam beatitudinis vestrae, manifestum nobis faciatis, quod omnes, qui praedicta recte confitentur, suscipit vestra sanctitas et eorum, qui iudaice ausi sunt recte denegare fidem, condemnat perfidiam. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
We therefore beg your paternal affection, that by letters of yours sent to us and to the most holy bishop of this kindly city and your brother the patriarch—since he too through these same has written to your sanctity, hastening in all things to follow the apostolic see of your beatitude—you make clear to us that your sanctity receives all who rightly confess the aforesaid, and condemns the perfidy of those who have dared, Judaically, to deny the right faith. <a 534 on the 8th day before the kalends of april, rome, in the consulship of our lord justinian, augustus, year 4, and of paulinus the younger, most distinguished man, consuls.>
Plus enim ita et circa vos omnium amor et vestrae sedis crescit auctoritas et quae ad vos est unitas sanctarum ecclesiarum inturbata servabitur, quando per vos didicerint omnes beatissimi episcopi eorum, quae ad vos relata sunt, sinceram vestrae sanctitatis doctrinam. petimus autem vestram beatitudinem orare pro nobis et dei nobis adquirere providentiam. <a 534 d. viii k. april.
For thus both the love of all around you and the authority of your See increase, and the unity of the holy churches that looks to you will be kept untroubled, when through you all the most blessed bishops learn the sincere doctrine of your holiness concerning the things that have been reported to you. we ask moreover your beatitude to pray for us and to acquire for us the providence of God. <a 534 d. viii k. april.
Liquet igitur, gloriosissime imperator, ut lectionis tenor et legatorum vestrorum relatio patefecit, vos apostolicis eruditionibus studere, cum de religionis catholicae fide ea sapitis, ea scripsistis, ea populis fidelibus publicastis, quae, sicut diximus, et sedes apostolica docet et patrum veneranda decrevit auctoritas et nos confirmavimus in omnibus. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
It is clear therefore, most glorious emperor, as the tenor of the reading and the report of your legates has made plain, that you devote yourself to apostolic eruditions, since concerning the faith of the catholic religion you think such things, you have written such things, you have made public to the faithful peoples such things, which, as we have said, both the Apostolic See teaches and the venerable authority of the Fathers has decreed, and we have confirmed in all things. <a 534, on the 8th day before the Kalends of April, Rome, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, for the 4th time, and Paulinus the Younger, most distinguished man, consuls.>
Neque enim quisquam est, in quo christi caritas fervet, qui tam rectae, tam verae confessionis vestrae fidei refragator existat, cum impietatem evidenter nestorii eutychisque et omnium haereticorum damnantes, unam veram catholicam fidem domini et dei nostri salvatoris ihesu christi magisterio institutam et propheticis apostolicisque praedicationibus ubique diffusam et sanctorum per totum orbem confessionibus roboratam, patrum atque doctorum sententiis adunatam et nostrae doctrinae consentaneam inconcusse atque inviolabiliter devota deo et pia mente servatis. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iu niore vc. conss.>
For there is no one, in whom the charity of Christ burns, who would stand as a gainsayer of so upright, so true a confession of your faith, since—condemning manifestly the impiety of Nestorius and Eutyches and of all heretics—you keep without wavering and inviolably, devoted to God and with a pious mind, the one true catholic faith, instituted by the magisterium of our Lord and God, the Savior Jesus Christ, poured abroad everywhere by prophetic and apostolic preachings, strengthened by the confessions of the saints throughout the whole orb, united by the opinions of the Fathers and Doctors, and consonant with our doctrine. <a 534, on the 8th day before the Kalends of April, at Rome: our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 4th consulship, and Paulinus the younger, a most distinguished man, being consuls.>
Soli etenim vestris professionibus adversantur, de quibus divina scriptura loquitur dicens: ' posuerunt mendacium spem suam et mendacio operiri speraverunt ': et iterum qui secundum prophetam dicunt domino: ' recede a nobis, vias tuas scire nolumus ', propter quos salomon dicit: ' semitas propriae culturae erraverunt , colligunt autem manibus infructuosa '. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
for they are opposed only to your professions, about whom divine scripture speaks, saying: ' they have set falsehood as their hope and have hoped to be covered by falsehood ': and again, those who, according to the prophet, say to the Lord: ' depart from us, we do not wish to know your ways ', on account of whom Solomon says: ' the paths of their own cultivation they have strayed from , but they gather with their hands unfruitful things '. <a 534, on the 8th day before the Kalends of April, at Rome, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in year 4, and Paulinus the younger, most distinguished man, consuls.>
Haec est igitur vestra vera fides, haec certa religio, hoc beatae recordationis, ut diximus, patres omnes praesulesque romanae ecclesiae, quos in omnibus sequimur, hoc sedes apostolica praedicavit hactenus et inconvulse custodivit: huic confessioni, huic fidei quisquis contradictor extiterit, alienum a sancta communione, alienum se ipse ab ecclesia iudicavit esse catholica. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
Therefore this is your true faith, this the certain religion; this the fathers of blessed memory, as we have said, and all the prelates of the Roman Church, whom we follow in all things—this the Apostolic See has hitherto proclaimed and has kept unshaken: to this confession, to this faith, whoever has stood forth as a contradictor has judged himself to be alien from holy communion, alien from the Catholic Church. <in the year 534, on the 8th day before the Kalends of April, at Rome, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 4th year, and Paulinus the Younger, most distinguished man, consuls.>
Nos enim in romana cyrum cum sequacibus suis invenimus civitate, qui de acoemetensi monasterio fuit, quos apostolicis suasionibus ad rectam fidem et velut oves , quae perierant errantes, ad ovile contendimus revocare dominicum, ut agnoscerent secundum prophetam linguae balbutientes loqui quae ad pacem sunt. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
For we found in the Roman city Cyrus with his followers, who was from the Acoemete monastery; whom, by apostolic persuasions, to the right faith, and, like sheep, which had perished wandering, to the Lord’s sheepfold we strove to recall, that they might recognize, according to the prophet, that stammering tongues speak the things which are for peace. <a 534 d. 8 k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. 4 et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
Non credentibus autem per nos primus apostolorum esaiae prophetae verba dicit: ' pergite lumini ignis vestri et flammae, quam accendistis '. sed obduratum est cor eorum, ut scriptum est, ut non intellegerent, et pastoris vocem oves, quae meae non erant, audire minime voluerunt. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
But to those not believing, through us the first of the apostles says the words of the prophet Isaiah: ' go to the light of your fire and to the flame which you have kindled '. But their heart has been hardened, as it is written, so that they might not understand, and the sheep which were not mine were by no means willing to hear the voice of the shepherd. <a 534 d. 8 k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. 4 et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
In quibus servantes ea, quae ab ipsorum sunt statuta pontifice, eos minime in nostra communione recepimus et ab omni ecclesia catholica esse iussimus alienos, nisi errore damnato doctrinam nostram quantocius sequi habita regulari professione signaverint. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
In these matters, since they are keeping those things which have been established by their own pontiff, we by no means received them into our communion and we ordered them to be alien from the whole Catholic Church, unless, their error having been condemned, they shall have attested by a regular profession made that they will follow our doctrine as quickly as possible. <a in the year 534, on the 8th day before the Kalends of April, at Rome; our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, for the 4th time, and Paulinus the Younger, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Sed quia gremium suum numquam redeuntibus claudit ecclesia, obsecro clementiam vestram, ut, si proprio errore deposito et prava intentione depulsa ad unitatem ecclesiae reverti voluerint, in nostra communione receptis indignationis vestrae removeatis aculeos et nobis intercedentibus benigni animi gratiam condonate. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
But because the Church never closes her bosom to those returning, I beseech your clemency that, if, their own error laid aside and their depraved intention driven off, they should wish to return to the unity of the Church, once they have been received into our communion you remove the barbs of your indignation and, with us interceding, grant the favor of a benign spirit. <at 534, on the 8 Kalends of April, Rome, in the consulship of our lord Justinian, Perpetual Augustus, for the 4th time, and of Paulinus the Younger, most distinguished man, consuls.>
Deum autem et salvatorem nostrum ihesum christum exoramus, quatenus longaevis et pacificis vos dignetur custodire temporibus in hac vera religione et unitate et veneratione apostolicae sedis, cuius principatum ut christianissimi et pii conservatis in omnibus. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
Moreover we beseech God and our savior Jesus Christ, that he may deign to keep you through long and peaceful times in this true religion and unity and in the veneration of the Apostolic See, whose principate, as most Christian and pious, you preserve in all things. <a 534 d. 8 k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. 4 et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
Praeterea, serenissime principum, laudamus legatorum vestrorum personas, hypatii et demetrii fratrum et coepiscoporum nostrorum, quos clementiae vestrae gratos fore ipsa manifestavit electio. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
Moreover, most serene of princes, we praise the persons of your legates, Hypatius and Demetrius, brothers and our fellow-bishops, whom the very choice itself has shown will be agreeable to your clemency. <in the year 534, on the 8th day before the Kalends of April, at Rome, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in the 4th year, and Paulinus the Younger, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Nam tantae causae pondus non nisi perfectis in christo potuisset iis iniungi, tantae vero pietatis, tantae reverentiae plenos adfatus nisi per amantes minime dignaremini destinare. <a 534 d. viii k. april. roma dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino iuniore vc. conss.>
For the weight of so great a cause could have been enjoined only upon those perfected in Christ; and you would by no means have deigned to dispatch addresses so full of such piety and such reverence except through those who love. <a 534 on the 8th day before the Kalends of April, at Rome, under our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 4th consulship, and Paulinus the Younger, most distinguished man, consuls.>
Et alia manu: gratia domini nostri ihesu christi et caritas dei patris et communicatio spiritus sancti sit semper vobiscum, piissime fili. item subscriptio: omnipotens deus regnum et salutem vestram perpetua protectione custodiat, gloriosissime et clementissime fili imperator auguste. <a 534 d. viii k. april.
And in another hand: the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ and the charity of God the Father and the communion of the Holy Spirit be always with you, most pious son. likewise the subscription: may almighty God guard your kingdom and your welfare with perpetual protection, most glorious and most clement son, Emperor Augustus. <a 534 d. 8 k. april.
Habeat unusquisque licentiam sanctissimo catholicae venerabilique concilio decedens bonorum quod optavit relinquere. non sint cassa iudicia. nihil est quod magis hominibus debetur, quam ut supremae voluntatis, post quam iam aliud velle non possunt, liber sit stilus et licitum quod iterum non redit arbitrium.
Let each person have license, when dying, to leave to the most holy catholic and venerable council of his goods what he has desired. Let not the judgments be void. Nothing is owed to human beings more than that, in the matter of their last will—after which they can no longer will anything else—the stylus be free and the discretion, which does not return again, be permitted.
Non plures quam nongenti quinquaginta decani sacrosanctae huius amplissimae urbis deputentur ecclesiae nullique his addendi mutandive vel in defuncti locum substituendi pateat copia: nulli alii corporatorum praeter praedictum numerum per patrocinia immunitate concessa negataque omni novationis facultate similia vindicandi his, quae in honorem vel necessaria obsequia sacrosanctae ecclesiae indulta sunt. * honor. et theodos.
No more than nine hundred fifty deans are to be assigned to the church of this most ample sacrosanct city, and there shall be no opportunity to add to them, or to change them, or to substitute another in the place of one deceased; nor shall any others of the corporati beyond the aforesaid number, by means of patronages, have immunity granted, and with every capacity for innovation denied, to claim privileges similar to those which have been bestowed for the honor or the necessary services of the sacrosanct Church. * Honorius and Theodosius.
Placet rationabilis consilii tenore perpenso destricta moderatione praescribere, a quibus specialiter necessitatibus ecclesiae urbium singularum habeantur immunes. prima quippe illius usurpationis contumelia depellenda est, ne praedia usibus caelestium secretorum dedicata sordidorum munerum faece vexentur. nihil extraordinarium ab hac superindicticiumve flagitetur, nulla translationum sollicitudo gignatur, postremo nihil praeter canonicam illationem, quam adventiciae necessitatis sarcina repentina depoposcerit, eius functionibus adscribatur.
It pleases, the tenor of reasonable counsel having been weighed, to prescribe with strict moderation from which particular necessities the churches of each of the cities are to be held immune. For the first affront of that usurpation must be driven away, lest estates dedicated to the uses of heavenly mysteries be vexed by the dregs of sordid munera. Let nothing extraordinary or by way of superindiction be demanded from them; let no solicitude of transportations arise; finally, let nothing be assigned to their functions beyond the canonical contribution, which a sudden burden of adventitious necessity shall have required.
Omni innovatione cessante vetustatem et canones pristinos ecclesiasticos, qui nunc usque tenuerunt, et per omnes illyrici provincias servari praecipimus, ut, si quid dubietatis emerserit, id oporteat non absque scientia viri reverentissimi sacrosanctae legis antistitis urbis constantinopolitanae, quae romae veteris praerogativa laetatur, conventui sacerdotali sanctoque iudicio reservari. * honor. et theodos.
With all innovation ceasing, we prescribe that antiquity and the pristine ecclesiastical canons, which have held until now, be observed through all the provinces of Illyricum, so that, if anything of dubiety shall have emerged, it ought, not without the knowledge of the most reverend prelate of the sacrosanct law of the city of Constantinople, which rejoices in the prerogative of Old Rome, to be reserved to the sacerdotal convocation and to holy judgment. * Honorius and Theodosius.
Sacrosancta thessalonicensis ecclesia civitatis aperte sciat propriae tantummodo capitationis modum beneficio mei numinis sublevandum nec externorum gravamine tributorum rem publicam ecclesiastici nominis abusione laedendam. * theodos. a. isidoro pp. illyrici.
Let the sacrosanct church of the city of Thessalonica plainly know that only the amount of its own capitation is to be alleviated by the favor of my numen, and that the commonwealth is not to be injured by the burden of outsiders’ tributes through an abuse of the ecclesiastical name. * Theodosius A. to Isidore, Praetorian Prefect of Illyricum.
Qui sub praetextu decanorum seu collegiatorum, cum id munus non impleant, aliis se muneribus conantur subtrahere, eorum fraudibus credidimus obviandum, ne quis sub specie muneris, quod minus exsequitur, alterius muneris oneribus relevetur, ne argentariorum vel nummulariorum munera declinentur ab his, qui dici tantum collegiati vel decani festinant. * theodos. et valentin.
Those who, under the pretext of being deans or collegiates, since they do not fulfill that duty, strive to withdraw themselves from other duties—we have judged that their frauds must be met, lest anyone, under the guise of a duty which he performs but little, be relieved from the burdens of another duty; and lest the duties of bankers or money-changers be declined by those who hurry to be called only collegiates or deans. * Theodosius and Valentinian.
Ideoque si quis eorum sub nudae appellationis velamine collegiatum se seu decanum appellat, sciat pro se alium subrogandum, qui praedicto muneri sufficiens adprobatur, subrogatione videlicet memoratorum vel eorum qui moriuntur primatum eius qui subrogatur admisso iudicio: ab hac dispositione nemine se excusante sacrosanctarum ecclesiarum reverentia. <a 439 d. x k. april. theodosio xvii et festo conss.>
Therefore, if any of them, under the veil of a bare appellation, calls himself a collegiate or a dean, let him know that another is to be subrogated in his place, one who is approved as sufficient for the aforesaid duty, the subrogation, namely, being by those mentioned, or by the primates of those who die, with the judgment admitting the one who is subrogated: from this arrangement let no one excuse himself on the pretext of the reverence of the sacrosanct churches. <a 439, on the 10th day before the Kalends of April, Theodosius 17 and Festus, consuls.>
Iubemus nullam navem ultra duorum millium modiorum capacem ante felicem embolam vel publicarum specierum transvectionem aut privilegio dignitatis aut religionis intuitu aut praerogativa personae publicis utilitatibus excusari posse subtractam: nec si caeleste contra proferatur oraculum, sive adnotatio sit sive divina pragmatica, providentissimae legis regulas expugnare debebit. * theodos. et valentin.
We order that no ship with a capacity of more than two thousand modii, withdrawn before the fortunate Embolum or the transport of public supplies, can be excused from public services on the ground either of a privilege of rank or out of regard for religion or by a prerogative of person: nor, even if a celestial oracle be produced to the contrary—whether it be an annotation or a divine pragmatic sanction—ought it to overthrow the rules of the most provident law. * Theodosius and Valentinian.
Quod etiam in omnibus causis cupimus observari, ut generaliter, si quid eiusmodi contra ius vel utilitatem publicam in quolibet negotio proferatur, non valeat. quidquid enim in fraudem istius legis quolibet modo fuerit attemptatum, id navigii quod excusatur publicatione corrigimus. <a 439 d. viii id. april.
Which also we desire to be observed in all causes, so that, generally, if anything of this kind is brought forward against law or public utility in any business, it shall not be valid. For whatever shall have been attempted in fraud of this law in any way, we correct by the publication (confiscation) of the ship that is being excused. <a 439 d. viii id. april.
Neminem angariis vel parangariis vel plaustris vel quolibet munere excusari praecipimus, cum ad felicissimam expeditionem numinis nostri omnium provincialium per loca, qua iter arripimus, debeant nobis ministeria exhiberi, licet ad sacrosanctas ecclesias possessiones pertineant. * theodos. et valentin.
We command that no one be excused from angariae or parangariae or from carts, or from any duty whatsoever, since for the most felicitous expedition of our numen the services of all provincials ought to be rendered to us through the places where we take up the march, even if the possessions pertain to the most holy churches. * theodosius and valentinian.
Et quia humanitatis nostrae est prospicere egenis ac dare operam, ut pauperibus alimenta non desint, salaria etiam, quae sacrosanctis ecclesiis in diversis speciebus de publico hactenus ministrata sunt, iubemus nunc quoque inconcussa et a nullo prorsus imminuta praestari liberalitatique huic promptissimae perpetuam tribuimus firmitatem. <a 451 d. pridie id. nov. constantinopoli marciano a. cons.>
And because it pertains to our humanity to look out for the needy and to give effort that nourishment be not lacking to the poor, we order that the salaries also, which up to now have been supplied to the sacrosanct churches from the public treasury in various kinds, be now likewise furnished unimpaired and diminished by no one whatsoever; and we grant to this most prompt liberality perpetual firmness. <a 451 d. pridie id. nov. constantinopoli marciano a. cons.>
Generali lege sancimus, sive vidua sive diaconissa vel virgo deo dicata vel sanctimonialis mulier, sive quocumque alio nomine religiosi honoris vel dignitatis femina nuncupatur, testamento vel codicillo suo, quod tamen alia omni iuris ratione munitum sit, ecclesiae vel martyrio vel clerico vel monacho vel pauperibus aliquid vel ex integro vel ex parte in quacumque re vel specie credidit seu crediderit relinquendum, id modis omnibus ratum firmumque consistat, sive hoc institutione sive substitutione seu legato aut fideicommisso per universitatem seu speciali, sive scripta sive non scripta voluntate fuerit derelictum: omni in posterum in huiusmodi negotiis ambiguitate submota. * valentin. et marcian.
By a general law we sanction that, whether a widow or a deaconess or a virgin dedicated to God or a sanctimonial woman, or a woman is designated by whatever other name of religious honor or dignity, if by her testament or codicil—which, however, shall be secured by every other ground of law—she has deemed or shall have deemed that something, either in whole or in part, in whatever thing or kind, is to be left to the church or to a martyr-shrine or to a cleric or to a monk or to the poor, let that in every way stand valid and firm, whether this has been left by institution or substitution or by legacy or by fideicommissum, universally or particularly, whether by written or unwritten will: with every ambiguity in matters of this kind hereafter removed. * Valentinian and Marcian.
Iubemus nulli posthac archiepiscopo in hac urbe regia sacrosanctae ecclesiae praesidenti, nulli oeconomo, cui res ecclesiastica gubernanda mandatur, esse facultatem fundos vel praedia urbana seu rustica, res postremo immobiles aut in his praediis colonos vel mancipia constituta aut annonas civiles cuiuscumque suprema vel superstitis voluntate ad religiosam ecclesiam devolutas sub cuiuscumque alienationis specie ad quamcumque transferre personam, sed ea praedia dividere quidem, colere augere et ampliare nec ulli isdem praediis audere cedere. * leo et anthem. aa. armasio pp. * <a 470 d. constantinopoli iordane et severo conss.>
We order that henceforth no archbishop presiding over the most holy church in this royal city, and no oeconomus, to whom the ecclesiastical property is entrusted to be governed, have the faculty to transfer farms or estates, whether urban or rural, in short immovable things, or on these estates the coloni (tenant-farmers) or mancipia (slaves) established, or the civil annonae (grain-allowances) devolved to the religious church by the last will of any person or by the will of one still living, under whatever species of alienation, to whatever person; but that they may indeed divide those estates, cultivate, increase, and enlarge them, and not dare to cede those same estates to anyone. * Leo and Anthemius, Emperors, to Armasius, Praetorian Prefect. * <in 470, at Constantinople, Jordanes and Severus, consuls.>
Verum sive testamento quocumque iure facto seu codicillo vel sola nuncupatione, legato sive fideicommisso, aut mortis causa aut alio quocumque ultimo arbitrio aut certe inter viventes habita largitate sive contractu venditionis sive donationis aut alio quocumque titulo quisque ad praefatam venerabilem ecclesiam patrimonium suum partemve certam patrimonii in fundis praediis seu domibus vel annonis mancipiis et colonis eorumque peculiis voluerit pertinere, inconcussa ea omnia sine ulla penitus imminutione conservent scientes nulla sibi occasione vel tempore ad vicissitudinem beneficii colorati vel gratiae referendae, donandi vel certe volentibus emere alienandi aliquam facultatem permissam, nec si omnes cum religioso episcopo et oeconomo clerici in earum possessionum alienatione consentiant. <a 470 d. constantinopoli iordane et severo conss.>
But whether by a testament made by whatever law, or by codicil or by mere nuncupation, by legacy or fideicommiss, or mortis causa or by any other last decision, or indeed by largess inter vivos, whether by a contract of sale or of donation or by any other title whatsoever, if anyone shall have wished his patrimony—or a definite part of the patrimony—in fundi, praedia or houses, or in grain-rents, slaves and coloni and their peculia, to pertain to the aforesaid venerable church, let all those things be preserved unshaken without any diminution at all, it being understood that by no occasion or time is any faculty permitted to themselves for a vicissitude (quid pro quo) of a colorable benefit or of returning a favor, for gifting, or certainly for alienating to those willing to buy, nor even if all the clerics together with the religious bishop and the oikonomos consent to the alienation of those possessions. <a 470 d. constantinopoli iordane et severo conss.>
Ea enim, quae ad beatissimae ecclesiae iura pertinent vel posthac forte pervenerint, tamquam ipsam sacrosanctam et religiosam ecclesiam intacta convenit venerabiliter custodiri, ut, sicut ipsa religionis et fidei mater perpetua est, ita eius patrimonium iugiter servetur illaesum. <a 470 d. constantinopoli iordane et severo conss.>
For those things which pertain to the rights of the most blessed church or shall hereafter perchance have come thereto, it is fitting that they be kept venerably intact, as if the sacrosanct and religious church herself, so that, just as she herself is the perpetual mother of religion and faith, so her patrimony may be continually preserved unharmed. <a 470 A.D. at Constantinople, Jordanes and Severus, consuls.>
Sane, si haec nostrae perennitatis statuta audaci spiritu et mente sacrilega quisquam oeconomorum vel hominum temeranda crediderit, ipse quidem, qui protervo ausu ecclesiastica praedia donationis vel emptionis seu commutationis aut cuiuscumque contractus alterius nomine nisi eo quo nunc statuimus adquirere vel habere temptaverit, omnem huiusmodi fructum propriae temeritatis amittat: et pretia quidem et munera, quae eius rei gratia data fuerint oeconomo seu aliis quibuscumque personis, ecclesiae lucris et commodis adquirantur. <a 470 d. constantinopoli iordane et severo conss.>
Indeed, if anyone—whether one of the oeconomi (stewards) or any other persons—should, with a bold spirit and a sacrilegious mind, believe that these statutes of our perennity are to be rashly violated, then the very one who with insolent daring has attempted to acquire or to hold ecclesiastical estates under the name of donation or purchase or exchange, or of any other contract, except by that method which we now have established, shall lose every fruit of such a kind arising from his own temerity: and the prices and gifts which for the sake of that matter may have been given to the oeconomus or to whatever other persons shall be acquired to the Church’s lucre and advantages. <a 470 AD at Constantinople, Jordanes and Severus, consuls.>
Praedia autem et in his omnia constituta ab ipsis clericis et temporalibus oeconomis cum fructibus seu pensionibus et accessionibus totius medii temporis vindicentur, ut tamquam penitus a nullo empta vel vendita teneantur, quia ea, quae contra leges fiunt, pro infectis habenda sunt. <a 470 d. constantinopoli iordane et severo conss.>
But the estates, and all things constituted in them, shall be vindicated by the clerics themselves and the temporal stewards, together with the fruits or rents and the accessions of the whole intermediate time, so that they are held as though bought or sold by no one at all; for those things which are done against the laws must be held as not done. <a 470 d. constantinopoli iordane et severo conss.>
Oeconumus autem, qui hoc fecerit, immo fieri passus fuerit vel in quacumque prorsus huiusmodi venditione seu donatione vel commutatione nisi ea quam praesenti lege concedimus, postremo in quacumque alienatione consenserit, commissa sibi oeconomatus administratione privetur deque bonis eius quodcumque exinde incommodum ecclesiae contigerit reformetur heredesque eius et successores ac posteri super hoc facto sive consensu competenti ab ecclesiasticis actione pulsentur: <a 470 d. constantinopoli iordane et severo conss.>
The oeconomus, however, who shall have done this—or rather, shall have allowed it to be done—or in absolutely any sale of this sort or donation or commutation, except that which by the present law we grant, and finally if he shall have consented to any alienation whatsoever, shall be deprived of the administration of the oeconomate committed to him; and from his goods whatever disadvantage has thereby befallen the church shall be restored; and his heirs and successors and descendants shall be sued by competent ecclesiastical action on account of this deed or consent: <a 470 d. constantinopoli iordane et severo conss.>
Sane ne omnis religiosis oeconomis provisionis commodae via et occasio venerandis ecclesiis profutura videatur exclusa, id, quod utile plerumque iudicatur, cautelae observatione necessario procedere concedimus. <a 470 d. constantinopoli iordane et severo conss.>
Indeed, lest every way and opportunity of a suitable provision, to be of benefit to the venerable churches, should seem to be excluded from the religious stewards, we grant that that which is for the most part judged useful may necessarily proceed with the observance of caution. <a 470 d. constantinopoli iordane et severo conss.>
Si quando igitur vir religiosus oeconomus huius regiae urbis ecclesiae perspexerit expedire, ut desideranti cuiquam certarum possessionum atque praediorum, urbanorum scilicet sive rusticorum, ad ius ecclesiasticum pertinentium temporaria usus fructus possessio pro ipsius petitione praestetur, tunc eius temporis, quod inter utrosque convenerit, sive in diem vitae suae ab eo qui desiderat postuletur, pacta cum eo qui hoc elegerit ineat oeconumus atque conscribat, per quae et tempus, intra quod hoc praestari placuerit, statuatur et manifestum sit, quid quacumque acceperit ad vicem huius beneficii gratia, praestando quidem ecclesiastici praedii pro tempore usu fructu, post statutum autem tempus et placitum temporum redituum proprietate ad ius et dominium ecclesiasticum recurrente firmit er: ita scilicet, ut sive completo spatio, quod inter eos fuerit constitutum, seu mortis suae tempore, si hoc quoque convenerit, is, qui possessionem ecclesiasticam et certorum redituum usum fructum habendi gratia pacto interveniente susceperit, non minus quam alterius tantae quantitatis, quantae acceperat reditus, cum ipso praediorum dominio et rebus immobilibus eorumque colonis et mancipiis ecclesiae derelinquat. <a 470 d. constantinopoli iordane et severo conss.>
If therefore at any time the religious man, the oikonomus of the church of this royal city, shall perceive it to be expedient that, to anyone desiring it, a temporary possession in usufruct be granted—of certain holdings and praedia, whether urban or rustic, belonging to ecclesiastical right—according to his petition, then for whatever term shall have been agreed between the two, whether it be requested by the one desiring it for the day of his lifetime, the oikonomus shall enter into and draw up pacts with the one who has chosen this, in which both the time within which it has pleased that this be granted shall be fixed, and it shall be made manifest what, in return for this beneficium, he has received as consideration, granting indeed the usufruct of the ecclesiastical praedium for the time, but after the fixed period the ownership of the revenues and the dominion return to ecclesiastical right and lordship firmly: namely, so that either upon the completion of the span that was established between them, or at the time of his death, if this too was agreed, he who has received, by the intervention of a pact, possession of the ecclesiastical property for the sake of having the usufruct of certain revenues, shall leave to the church not less than another amount equal in quantity to the revenues he had received, together with the very dominion of the praedia and the immovable things and their coloni and slaves. <a 470, at Constantinople, Jordanus and Severus, consuls.>
Nisi enim hac condicione pacta inita fuerint, ea quoque decernimus non valere, sed possessionem ecclesiasticam tamquam nullo iure transcriptam in ipsius iure ac dominio permanere et ab ecclesiasticis sive oeconomis decernimus vindicari. <a 470 d. constantinopoli iordane et severo conss.>
For unless the pacts have been entered with this condition, we also decree that they are not valid, but that the ecclesiastical possession, as if transcribed with no right, remains in its own right and dominion, and we decree that it be vindicated by the ecclesiastics or the oeconomi. <a 470, at Constantinople, Jordanes and Severus, consuls.>
Decernimus, ut antiquatis ac infirmatis funditus, quae contra ipsum orthodoxae religionis deum quodammodo facta sunt, in integrum restituantur universa et ad suum ordinem revocentur, quae ante profectionem nostrae mansuetudinis de orthodoxae religionis fide et sanctissimarum ecclesiarum et martyriorum statu firmiter obtinebant: his, quae contra haec tempore tyrannidis innovata sunt tam contra venerabiles ecclesias, quarum sacerdotium gerit beatissimus ac religiosissimus episcopus patriarcha nostrae pietatis pater acacius, quam ceteras, quae per diversas provincias collocatae sunt, nec non et reverentissimos earum antistites seu de iure sacerdotalium creationum seu de expulsione cuiusquam episcopi a quolibet illis temporibus facta seu de praerogativa in episcoporum concilio vel extra concilium ante alios residendi vel de privilegio metropolitano vel patriarch ico sub isdem impiis temporibus, penitus antiquandis, ut cassatis et rescissis, quae per huiusmodi sceleratas iussiones aut pragmaticas sanctiones aut constitutiones impias sive formas subsecuta sunt, quae a divae recordationis retro principibus ante nostrum imperium et deinceps a nostra mansuetudine indulta vel constituta sunt super sanctis ecclesiis et martyriis et religiosis episcopis clericis aut monachis, inviolata serventur. * zeno a. sebastiano pp. * <a 477 d. xvi k. ian. post cons.
We decree that, with those things which were done, in a certain manner, against the very God of the orthodox religion having been thoroughly antiquated and invalidated, all things be restored in full and recalled to their proper order—namely, those which, before the departure of our mildness, stood firm concerning the faith of the orthodox religion and the status of the most holy churches and martyria; whereas those things which, in the time of tyranny, were innovated against these—both against the venerable churches, whose priesthood the most blessed and most religious bishop, the patriarch, father of our piety, Acacius, bears, and against the others which are situated throughout diverse provinces, as well as against their most reverend prelates, whether concerning the right of sacerdotal creations (ordinations), or concerning the expulsion of any bishop done at any time in those days, or concerning the prerogative, in a council of bishops or outside a council, of sitting before others, or concerning the metropolitan or patriarchal privilege under those same impious times—are to be utterly antiquated; so that, annulled and rescinded are those things which, through such nefarious injunctions or pragmatic sanctions or impious constitutions or forms, followed, while those things which by emperors of blessed memory in former times before our reign, and thereafter by our mildness, have been granted or established concerning the holy churches and martyria and the religious bishops, clerics, or monks, be kept inviolable. * Zeno Augustus to Sebastianus, Praetorian Prefect. * <a 477 A.D., 16 Kal. Jan., after the consulship.
Sacrosanctam quoque huius religiosissimae civitatis ecclesiam matrem nostrae pietatis et christianorum orthodoxae religionis omnium et eiusdem regiae urbis sanctissimam sedem privilegia et honores omnes super episcoporum creationibus et iure ante alios residendi et cetera omnia, quae ante nostrum imperium vel nobis imperantibus habuisse dignoscitur, habere in perpetuum firmiter regiae urbis intuitu iudicamus et sancimus. <a 477 d. xvi k. ian. post cons.
We also judge and sanction that the sacrosanct church of this most religious city—the mother of our piety and of the orthodox religion of all Christians—and the most holy See of the same royal city, should have in perpetuity, firmly, the privileges and all honors concerning the creations of bishops and the right of sitting before others, and all other things which it is recognized to have had before our reign or while we are ruling, in consideration of the royal city. <a 477, d. 16th day before the Kalends of January, after the consulate.
Illud, quod ex veteribus legibus licet obscure positis a quibusdam attemptabatur , ut donationes super piis causis factae, licet minus in actis intimatae sint, tamen valeant, certo et dilucido iure taxamus, ut in aliis quidem casibus vetera iura super intimandis donationibus intacta maneant: si quis vero donationes usque ad quingentos solidos in quibuscumque rebus fecerit vel in sanctam ecclesiam vel in xenodochium vel in nosocomium vel in orphanotrophium vel in ptochotrophium vel in ipsos pauperes vel in quamcumque civitatem, istae donationes etiam citra actorum confectionem convalescant: sin vero amplioris quantitatis donatio sit, excepta scilicet imperiali donatione, non aliter valeat, nisi actis intimata fuerit: nulli danda licentia quacumque alia causa quasi pietatis iure subnixa praeter eas, quas specialiter euimus, introducenda veterum scita super intimandis donationibus permutare. * iust. a. menae pp. * <a 528 !d.!.... dn. iustiniano pp. a. !ii cons.! >
That which, from the ancient laws—albeit obscurely set—was being attempted by some, namely that donations made for pious causes, although less duly intimated in the acts, should nevertheless be valid, we fix by a sure and clear law: that in other cases indeed the ancient rights concerning the intimating of donations shall remain intact; but if anyone shall have made donations up to 500 solidi in whatever things, either to the holy church or to a xenodochium or to a nosocomium or to an orphanotrophium or to a ptochotrophium or to the poor themselves or to any city whatsoever, these donations shall take effect even without the making of the acts: but if the donation be of a larger amount, the imperial donation being of course excepted, it shall not otherwise be valid unless it has been intimated in the acts: no license being given, under whatever other pretext as if propped by the right of piety, beyond those which we have specially set forth, to introduce a change to the ancient enactments concerning the intimating of donations. * Justinian Augustus to Mena, Praetorian Prefect. * <in the year 528, on the day ... under our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 2nd consulship>
Sancimus nemini licere sacratissima atque arcana vasa vel vestem ceteraque donaria, quae ad divinam religionem necessaria sunt ( cum etiam veteres leges ea, quae iuris divini sunt, humanis nexibus non illigari sanxerunt) vel ad venditionem vel hypothecam vel pignus trahere, sed ab his, qui haec suscipere ausi fuerint, modis omnibus vindicari tam per religiosissimos episcopos quam oeconomos nec non etiam sacrorum vasorum custodes: nullam eis actionem relinquendam vel super recipiendo pretio vel fenore exigendo, pro quo res pignoratae sunt, sed omnibus huiusmodi actionibus respuendis ad restitutionem earum modis omnibus coartari. * iust. a. demostheni pp. * <a 529 >
We ordain that it be permitted to no one to draw the most sacrosanct and arcane vessels or vestment and the other donaria, which are necessary to divine religion (since even the ancient laws have sanctioned that those things which are of divine law are not tied by human bonds) either to sale or to hypothec or to pledge, but that they be reclaimed by all means from those who shall have dared to receive these, both through the most religious bishops and the oikonomoi and also the custodians of sacred vessels: no action is to be left to them either for recovering the price or for exacting interest, for which the things were pledged, but, all such actions being rejected, they are to be constrained by all means to restore them. * justinian augustus to demosthenes, praetorian prefect. * <a 529 >
Sin autem vel conflata sunt vel fuerint vel alio modo immutata vel dispersa, nihilo minus vel ad ipsa corpora vel ad pretia eorum exactionem competere sive per in rem sive per condictionem sive per in factum actionem, cuius tenor in multis et variis iuris articulis saepe est admissus, excepta videlicet causa captivitatis in locis, in quibus hoc ( quod abominamur) contigerit. <a 529 >
But if, however, they have been or shall have been melted down, or otherwise altered or dispersed, nonetheless a demand for exaction lies either to the very bodies themselves or to their prices, whether through an in rem action or through a condiction or through an action in factum, the tenor of which has often been admitted in many and various articles of law, with the case of captivity excepted, in the places in which this ( which we abominate) has occurred. <a 529 >
Nam si necessitas fuerit in redemptione captivorum, tunc et venditionem praefatarum rerum divinarum et hypothecam et pignorationem fieri concedimus, cum non absurdum est animas hominum quibuscumque causis vel vestimentis praeferri: hoc obtinente non solum in futuris negotiis, sed etiam in iudiciis pendentibus. <a 529 >
For if there shall be necessity in the redemption of captives, then we permit even the sale of the aforesaid divine things and the establishment of a hypothec and a pledge to be done, since it is not absurd that the souls of men be preferred to any causes or vestments whatsoever: this prevailing not only in future transactions, but also in pending cases. <a 529 >
Sancimus res ad venerabiles ecclesias vel xenones vel monasteria vel ptochotrophia vel brephotrophia vel orphanotrophia vel gerontocomia vel si quid aliud tale consortium descendentes ex qualicumque curiali liberalitate sive inter vivos sive mortis causa sive in ultimis voluntatibus habita lucrativorum inscriptionibus liberas immunesque esse: lege scilicet, quae super huiusmodi inscriptionibus posita est, in aliis quidem personis suum robur obtinente, in parte autem ecclesiastica vel aliarum domuum, quae piis consortiis deputatae sunt, suum vigorem pietatis intuitu mitigante. cur enim non faciamus discrimen inter res divinas et humanas, et quare non competens praerogativa caelesti favori conservetur? * iu st. a. demostheni pp. * <a 529 recitata septimo miliario huius inclitae civitatis in novo consistorio palatii iustiniani.>
We ordain that things descending to venerable churches or xenones or monasteries or ptochotrophia or brephotrophia or orphanotrophia or gerontocomia, or if there is any other such consortium, proceeding from whatever curial liberality, whether among the living, or mortis causa, or had in last wills, be free and immune from lucrative inscriptions: the law, namely, which is imposed upon inscriptions of this sort retaining its strength for other persons, but in the ecclesiastical portion or of other houses that are assigned to pious consortia, its rigor being mitigated in view of piety. For why should we not make a discrimination between divine and human things, and why should not a fitting prerogative be preserved for heavenly favor? * Justinian Augustus to Demosthenes, Praetorian Prefect. * <a 529 recited at the seventh milestone of this famed city, in the new consistorium of the palace of Justinian.>
Ut inter divinum publicumque ius et privata commoda competens discretio sit, sancimus, si quis aliquam reliquerit hereditatem vel legatum vel fideicommissum vel donationis titulo aliquid dederit vel vendiderit sive sacrosanctis ecclesiis sive venerabilibus xenonibus vel ptochiis vel monasteriis masculorum vel virginum vel orphanotrophiis vel brephotrophiis vel gerontocomiis nec non iuri civitatum, relictorum vel donatorum vel venditorum eis sit longaeva exactio nulla temporis solita praescriptione coartanda. * iust. a. iuliano pp. * <a 530 d. v k. april.
So that between divine and public law and private advantages there may be a fitting distinction, we enact: if anyone has left any inheritance or legacy or fideicommissum, or has given something under the title of donation, or has sold, whether to the sacrosanct churches or to venerable xenones or ptochiae or monasteries of men or of virgins or to orphanotrophia or brephotrophia or gerontocomeia, and likewise to the right of the cities, the exaction of the things left or donated or sold to them shall be long‑lived, to be constrained by no customary prescription of time. * justinian augustus to julian, praetorian prefect. * <a 530 on the 5th day before the kalends of april.>
Sed et si in redemptione captivorum quaedam pecuniae vel res relictae vel legitimo modo donatae sunt, et earum exactionem longissimam esse censemus. <a 530 d. v k. april. constantinopoli lampadio et oreste vv. cc. conss.>
But also, if in the redemption of captives certain monies or things have been left (bequeathed) or donated in a legitimate manner, we consider their exaction to be most prolonged. <a 530, on the 5th day before the Kalends of April, at Constantinople, Lampadius and Orestes, most distinguished men, consuls.>
Et nobis quidem cordi erat nullis temporum metis huiusmodi actionem circumcludi. sed ne videamur in infinitum hanc extendere, longissimum vitae hominum tempus eligimus et non aliter eam actionem finiri concedimus, nisi centum annorum curricula excesserint: tunc enim tantummodo huiuscemodi exactionem evanescere sinimus. <a 530 d. v k. april.
And indeed it was to our heart that an action of this kind be confined by no bounds of time. but lest we seem to extend this into infinity, we choose the longest span of human life and we permit this action to be concluded in no other way unless the courses of one hundred years have been exceeded: for then, and then only, do we allow an exaction of this kind to vanish. <year 530, on the 5th day before the Kalends of April.
Sive itaque memoratis religiosissimis locis vel civitatibus hereditas sive legatum sive fideicommissum fuerit relictum, vel donatio vel venditio processerit in quibuscumque rebus mobilibus vel immobilibus vel se moventibus, sive pro redemptione captivorum quaedam fuerint derelicta vel donata, sit eorum paene perpetua vindicatio et ad annos centum secundum quod dictum est extendatur, nulla alia exceptione temporis inhibenda, sive contra primas personas sive contra heredes vel successores earum moveatur. <a 530 d. v k. april. constantinopoli lampadio et oreste vv. cc. conss.>
Whether therefore to the aforementioned most religious places or to cities an inheritance or a legacy or a fideicommissum has been left, or a donation or a sale has proceeded in whatever things, movable or immovable or self‑moving, or certain things have been left or donated for the redemption of captives, let there be for them an almost perpetual vindication, and let it be extended to 100 years according to what has been said, with no other exception of time to inhibit it, whether it be brought against the first persons or against their heirs or successors. <a 530 on the 5th day before the Kalends of April, at Constantinople, Lampadius and Orestes, most distinguished men, consuls.>
In his autem omnibus casibus non solum personales actiones damus, sed etiam in rem et hypothecariam secundum nostrae tenorem constitutionis, quae legatariis et hypothecarias donavit, et supra dictis omnibus unum tantummodo terminum vitae suae imponimus, id est centum metas annorum. <a 530 d. v k. april. constantinopoli lampadio et oreste vv. cc. conss.>
In all these cases, moreover, we grant not only personal actions, but also in rem and hypothecary actions, according to the tenor of our constitution, which also granted hypothecary actions to legatees; and upon all the aforesaid we impose one sole term of their life, that is, the bounds of 100 years. <Given at Constantinople on the 5th day before the Kalends of April (March 28), in the year 530, in the consulship of Lampadius and Orestes, most illustrious men.>
Omnis a clericis indebitae conventionis iniuria et iniquae exactionis repellatur improbitas nullaque conventio sit circa eos munerum sordidorum. et cum negotiatores ad aliquam praestationem competentem vocantur, ab his universis istiusmodi strepitus conquiescat. si quid enim vel parsimonia vel provisione vel mercatura , honestati tamen conscia, congesserint, in usum pauperum atque egentium ministrari oportet aut id, quod ex eorundem ergasteriis vel tabernis conquiri potuerit et colligi, collectum id religionis aestiment lucrum.
Let every injury of improper contract and the depravity of unjust exaction be repelled from clerics, and let there be no contract concerning them for sordid services. And when traders are called to some appropriate levy, let all such clamor cease as to these men. For if by thrift or by provision or by commerce , yet conscious of honor, they have amassed anything, it ought to be administered for the use of the poor and the needy; or what can have been sought out and collected from their same workshops or shops—let them reckon that collected thing as profit of religion.
Verum etiam hominibus eorundem, qui operam in mercimoniis habent, divi principis , id est nostri genitoris, statuta multimoda observatione caverunt, ut idem clerici privilegiis pluribus redundarent. <a 357 d. viii id. dec. mediolano.
But indeed even for the men of those same persons who apply themselves to merchandizing, the statutes of the deified prince—that is, of our begetter—by multiform observance have provided safeguards, so that those same clerics might abound in more privileges. <a 357 on the 6th day before the Ides of December, at Milan.
Omnibus clericis huiusmodi praerogativa succurrat, ut coniugia clericorum ac liberi quoque et ministeria, id est mares pariter ac feminae, eorumque etiam filii immunes semper ab huiusmodi muneribus perseverent. <a 357 d. viii id. dec. mediolano.
Let such a prerogative come to the aid of all clerics, that the marriages of clerics and likewise their children and their household attendants, that is, males as well as females, and even their sons, shall always persevere immune from such public burdens. <a 357, on the 8th day before the Ides of December, at Milan.
De his clericis, qui praedia possident, sublimis auctoritas tua non solum eos aliena iuga nequaquam statuet excusare, sed etiam pro his, quae ab ipsis possidentur, eosdem ad pensitanda fiscalia perurgueri. universos namque clericos possessores dumtaxat provinciales pensitationes fiscalium translationesque faciendas recognoscere iubemus. * constantius a. ad taurum pp. * <a 360 data epistula prid.
Concerning those clerics who possess estates, your exalted authority shall not only by no means set them to excuse themselves from others’ yokes, but shall also press the same, for those things which are possessed by themselves, to pay fiscal dues. For we order that all clerics, inasmuch as they are possessors, acknowledge the provincial payments of the fisc and the transports to be carried out. * Constantius Augustus to Taurus, Praetorian Prefect. * <in 360 a letter dated the day before ...>
Officiales rationales, si exhibitione cursus seu primipili necessitate neglecta, interversa etiam ratione fiscali ad clericatus honorem putaverint transeundum, ad priorem condicionem retrahantur. * constantius a. ad taurum pp. * <a 361 d. iiii k. sept. tauro et florentio conss.>
Officials of the Rationales, if, with the exhibition of the postal cursus or the necessity of the primipilus neglected, and even with the fiscal reckoning diverted, they have thought to pass over to the honor of the clericate, let them be drawn back to their former condition. * Constantius Augustus to Taurus, Praetorian Prefect. * <a 361, on the 4th day before the Kalends of September, Taurus and Florentius, consuls.>
Quod si clandestinis artibus putaverint inrependum, duas concedant liberis aut, si proles defuerit, propinquis e propria substantia portiones tertiam sibimet retenturi: si vero propinquorum necessitudo defuerit, geminae portiones officiis in quibus militant relinquantur, portione tertia tantummodo retenta. <a 361 d. iiii k. sept. tauro et florentio conss.>
But if they shall have thought that it must be insinuated by clandestine arts, let them concede two portions to the children, or, if offspring be lacking, to the relatives, out of their own substance, being about to retain the third for themselves; but if the kinship of relatives be lacking, let the twin portions be left to the offices in which they serve, with only the third portion retained. <a 361 d. iiii k. sept. tauro et florentio conss.>
Si quis non dicam rapere, sed attemptare tantum matrimonii iungendi causa sacratissimas virgines ausus fuerit, capitali poena ferietur. * iovianus a. secundo pp. * <a 364 d. xi k. mart. antiochiae ioviano a. et varroniano conss.>
If anyone should dare—not to say to seize, but even merely to attempt—for the purpose of joining in marriage, the most sacred virgins, he shall be struck with the capital penalty. * Jovian Augustus, publicly posted for the 2nd time. * <a in 364, on the 11th day before the Kalends of March, at Antioch, under the consuls Jovian Augustus and Varronianus.>
Salva tamen sit litigatoribus falsi actio, si forte presbyteri, qui sub nomine superioris loci testimonium dicere citra aliquam corporalem iniuriam sunt praecepti, hoc ipso, quod nihil metuant, vera suppresserint. multo magis etenim poena sunt digni, quibus cum plurimum honoris per nostram iussionem delatum est, occulto inveniuntur in crimine. <a 385 d. viii k. aug.
nevertheless let an action for falsity be preserved to litigants, if by chance presbyters, who under the name of a superior place have been ordered to give testimony without any corporal injury, on that very account, because they fear nothing, have suppressed the truths. for they are much more worthy of penalty, to whom, since very much honor has been conferred by our command, they are found in a concealed crime. <a 385 d. viii k. aug.
Atque ita provinciae moderator sacerdotum et catholicae ecclesiae ministrorum, loci quoque ipsius et divini cultus iniuriam capitali in convictos sive confessos reos sententia noverit vindicandum nec expectet, ut episcopus iniuriae propriae ultionem deposcat, cui sanctitas ignoscendi gloriam dereliquit: sitque cunctis laudabile factas atroces sacerdotibus aut ministris iniurias veluti publicum crimen persequi ac de talibus reis ultionem mereri. <a 398 d. vi k. mai. mediolano honorio a. iiii et eutychiano conss.>
And thus let the governor of the province know that an injury to the priests and to the ministers of the catholic Church, and also to the place itself and to the divine cult, is to be avenged by a capital sentence upon defendants convicted or confessing; nor let him wait for the bishop to demand vengeance for his own injury, to whom sanctity has left the glory of forgiving: and let it be praiseworthy for all to prosecute the atrocious injuries done to priests or ministers as if a public crime, and to obtain vengeance upon such defendants. <a 398, on the 6th day before the Kalends of May, at Milan, in the consulship of Honorius Augustus for the 4th time and of Eutychianus, consuls.>
Quod si multitudo violenta civilis apparitionis exsecutione et adminiculo ordinum possessorumve non potuerit praesentari, quod se armis aut locorum difficultate tueatur, praesides provinciarum etiam militari auxilio per publicas litteras appetito competentem vindicatam tali excessui imponere non morentur. <a 398 d. vi k. mai. mediolano honorio a. iiii et eutychiano conss.>
But if a violent multitude cannot be made to present itself by the execution of civil attendance and by the aid of the orders or of the possessors, because it protects itself with arms or by the difficulty of the places, the governors of the provinces, after requesting even military aid through public letters, are not to delay to impose appropriate vindication upon such excess. <a 398, on the 6th day before the Kalends of May, at Milan, Honorius Augustus 4 and Eutychianus, consuls.>
Ecclesiis, quae in possessionibus, ut adsolet, diversorum, vicis etiam vel quibuslibet locis sunt constitutae, clerici non ex alia possessione vel vico, sed ex eo, ubi ecclesiam esse constiterit, ordinentur, ut propriae capitationis onus ac sarcinam recognoscant: ita ut pro magnitudine vel celebritate uniuscuiusque vici ecclesiis certus iudicio episcopi clericorum numerus ordinetur. * arcad. et honor.
Churches which, as is customary, have been established on the estates of various persons, and also in villages or in any places whatsoever, let the clerics be ordained not from another estate or village, but from that in which it has been established that the church is, so that they may acknowledge the burden and load of their own capitation: in such a way that, in proportion to the size or prominence of each village, a fixed number of clerics for the churches be ordained by the judgment of the bishop. * arcad. and honor.
Si quis curialis clericus fuerit ordinatus nec statim conventione praemissa pristinae condicioni reddatur, is vigore et sollertia iudicantium ad pristinam sortem velut manu mox iniecta revocetur. clericis enim ulterius legem prodesse non patimur, quae cessione patrimonii subsecuta decuriones clericos esse non vetabat. * arcad.
If any curial has been ordained a cleric and is not immediately, with a convention premised, restored to his former condition, he is to be recalled to his former lot by the vigor and skill of the judges, as if a hand were at once laid upon him. for we do not allow the law further to profit clerics, which, after a cession of patrimony had followed, did not forbid decurions to be clerics. * Arcadius.
Quicumque residentibus sacerdotibus fuerit episcopali loco et nomine detrusus, si aliquid vel contra custodiam vel contra quietem publicam moliri fuerit deprehensus rursusque sacerdotium petere, a quo videtur expulsus, procul ab ea urbe, quam conturbavit, centum milibus vitam agat. nec nostra adeat secreta nec impetrare rescripta speret, sed etiam impetratis careat: defensoribus etiam eorum indignationem subituris. * arcad.
Whoever, while the priests are resident, has been thrust down from the episcopal place and name, if he be detected contriving anything either against custody or against the public quiet, and again seeking the priesthood from which he appears to have been expelled, let him conduct his life one hundred miles away from that city which he has disturbed. Nor let him approach our secrets nor hope to obtain rescripts, but let him even be without those already obtained: their defenders also shall incur our indignation. * Arcadius.
Quisquis censibus fuerit adnotatus, invito agri domino ab omni temperet clericatu, adeo ut etiam, si in eo vico, in quo noscitur mansitare, clericus fuerit, sub hac lege religiosum adsumat sacerdotium, ut et capitationis sarcinam per ipsum dominum agnoscere compellatur et ruralibus obsequiis quo maluerit subrogato fungatur, ea scilicet immunitate indulta, quae certae capitationis venerandis ecclesiis relaxatur: nullo contra hanc legem valituro rescripto. * honor. et theodos.
Whoever shall have been entered on the census-rolls must, if the lord of the land is unwilling, abstain from every clericate; indeed, even if he should be a cleric in that village in which he is known to reside, let him assume the religious sacerdotal office under this condition: that he be compelled to acknowledge the burden of the capitation through that very lord, and that he discharge the rural services by a subrogate whom he prefers, with, namely, that immunity granted which, of the fixed capitation, is remitted to venerable churches: no rescript shall have force against this law. * Honorius and Theodosius.
Praeterea eis, qui parabalanin vocantur, neque ad quodlibet publicum spectaculum neque ad curiae locum neque ad iudicium accedendi licentiam permittimus, nisi forte singuli ob causas proprias et necessitates iudicem adierint aliquem lite pulsantes vel ab alio ipsi pulsati vel in communi totius corporis causa syndico ordinato: sub ea definitione, ut, si quis eorum haec violaverit et brevibus parabalanin eximatur et competenti supplicio subiugetur nec umquam ad eandem sollicitudinem revertatur. <a 416 d. iii k. oct. constantinopoli theodosio a. vii et palladio conss.>
Furthermore, to those who are called the Parabalani, we do not permit the license to approach either any public spectacle whatsoever or the place of the curia or a court, unless perhaps individuals, for their own causes and necessities, shall have approached some judge, either prosecuting a suit or themselves sued by another, or in a common cause of the whole body with a syndic appointed: under this definition, that, if any one of them shall have violated these provisions, he both be removed from the rolls of the Parabalani and be subjected to appropriate punishment, and never return to the same charge. <a 416 d. 3 k. oct. constantinople theodosius a. 7 and palladius consuls.>
Parabalanin, qui ad curanda debilium aegra corpora deputantur, sescentos constitui praecipimus, ita ut pro arbitrio viri reverentissimi antistitis alexandrinae urbis de his, qui ante fuerant et qui pro consuetudine curandi gerunt experientiam, sescenti parabalanin ad huiusmodi sollicitudinem eligantur, exceptis videlicet honoratis et curialibus. * honor. et theodos.
We order that the Parabalani, who are deputed to care for the ailing bodies of the debilitated, be constituted six hundred, in such a way that, at the discretion of the most reverend man, the bishop of the city of Alexandria, from those who were previously and who, by the custom of caring, bear experience, six hundred Parabalani be chosen for a solicitude of this kind, the honorati and the curiales being excepted. * Honorius and Theodosius.
Si quis autem ex his naturali sorte fuerit absumptus, alter in eius locum pro voluntate eiusdem sacerdotis exceptis honoratis et curialibus subrogetur, ita ut hi sescenti viri reverentissimi sacerdotis praeceptis ac dispositionibus obsecundent et sub eius cura consistant: reliquis, quae dudum latae legis forma complectitur, super his parabalanin vel de spectaculis vel de iudiciis ceterisque sicut iam statutum est custodiendis. <a 418 d. iii non. febr.
If any of these, however, should be taken away by natural lot, another shall be subrogated in his place at the will of the same priest, with the honorati and the curiales excepted, so that these six hundred men comply with the precepts and dispositions of the most reverend priest and remain under his care: as for the remaining matters, which the form of the law long since enacted embraces, concerning these things touching the Parabalani, whether about spectacles or about courts and the rest, let them be kept as has already been established. <a 418 d. 3 non. febr.
Eum, qui probabilem saeculo disciplinam agit, decolorari consortio sororiae appellationis non decet. quicumque igitur cuiuscumque gradus sacerdotio fulciuntur vel clericatus honore censentur, extranearum sibi mulierum interdicta consortia cognoscant: hac eis tantum facultate concessa, ut matres filias atque germanas intra domorum suarum saepta contineant: in his enim nihil scaevi criminis aestimari foedus naturale permittit. * honor.
It is not fitting that one who conducts a discipline acceptable to the world be discolored by the companionship of the sisterly appellation. Therefore whoever, of whatever grade, are supported by the priesthood or are rated with the honor of the clericate, let them know that the companionships of foreign (unrelated) women are interdicted to them: with only this faculty granted to them, that they may keep mothers, daughters, and sisters within the enclosures of their own houses; for in the case of these, the natural bond permits that nothing of a savage crime be assessed. * honor.
Illas etiam non relinqui castitatis hortatur adfectio, quae ante sacerdotium maritorum legitimum meruere coniugium: neque enim clericis incompetenter adiunctae sunt, quae dignos sacerdotio viros sui conversatione fecerunt. <a 420 d. viii id. mai. ravenna theodosio a. viiii et constantio iii conss.>
The affection of chastity also urges that those women not be left, who before the priesthood of their husbands merited legitimate conjugal union; for they have not been inappropriately adjoined to clerics, women who by their own manner of life made their men worthy of the priesthood. <a 420, on the 8th day before the Ides of May, at Ravenna, in the consulship of Theodosius for the 9th time and of Constantius for the 3rd.>
Si quis presbyter aut diaconus aut diaconissa aut subdiaconus vel cuiuslibet alterius loci clericus aut monachus aut mulier, quae solitariae vitae dedita est, nullo condito testamento decesserit nec ei parentes utriusque sexus vel liberi vel si qui agnationis cognationisve iure iunguntur vel uxor extiterit, bona, quae ad eum vel ad eam pertinuerint, sacrosanctae ecclesiae vel monasterio, cui fuerat destinatus aut destinata, omnifariam socientur. * theodos. et valentin.
If any presbyter or deacon or deaconess or subdeacon, or a cleric of any other place, or a monk, or a woman who is devoted to the solitary life, should die with no testament having been made, and there should exist for him or her neither parents of either sex nor children, nor any who are joined by the right of agnation or cognation, nor a wife, the goods which have pertained to him or to her shall in every way be joined to the sacrosanct church or to the monastery to which he or she had been designated. * Theodosius and Valentinian.
Exceptis his facultatibus, quas forte censibus adscripti vel iuri patronatus subiecti vel curiali condicioni obnoxii clerici vel monachi cuiuscumque sexus relinquunt: nec enim iustum est bona seu peculia, quae aut patrono legibus debentur aut domino possessionis, cui quis eorum fuerat adscriptus, aut ad curias pro tenore dudum latae constitutionis sub certa forma pertinere noscuntur, ab ecclesiis vel monasteriis detineri: actionibus videlicet competenter sacrosanctis ecclesiis vel monasteriis reservatis, si quis forte praedictis condicionibus obnoxius aut ex gestis negotiis aut ex quibuslibet aliis ecclesiasticis actibus obligatus obierit. <a 434 d. xviii k. ian. ariobindo et aspare conss.>
Excepting those assets which clerics or monks of whatever sex, who are perhaps enrolled on the census-rolls, or subject to the right of patronage, or bound to the curial condition, leave behind: for it is not just that goods or peculia—which either are owed by the laws to a patron, or to the lord of the estate to which any of them had been adscript, or are known, under a certain form by the tenor of a constitution long since enacted, to pertain to the curiae—be detained by churches or monasteries: with the actions, to be sure, duly reserved to the sacrosanct churches or monasteries, if perhaps someone subject to the aforesaid conditions, or obligated from transacted business, or from any other ecclesiastical acts, has died. <a 434, on the eighteenth day before the Kalends of January, in the consulship of Ariobindus and Aspar.>
Si qua per calumniam postulatio super criminalibus causis apud competentem iudicem deposita exhibitionis causa fuerit sacrosanctae religionis antistitis, triginta pondo auri condemnatione publicis calculis inferenda ut percellatur, praecipimus. * theodos. et valentin.
If any petition through calumny concerning criminal causes shall have been filed before the competent judge for the purpose of the production (compelled appearance) of a bishop of the sacrosanct religion, we order that he be struck with a condemnation of thirty pounds of gold, to be paid into the public accounts. * Theodosius and Valentinian.
Quin etiam omnia privilegia, quae sacrosanctis ecclesiis confugarum aut clericorum, decanorum vel aliorum ecclesiasticorum causa legibus sunt praestita, intacta atque illibata servari. <a 445 d. iii id. febr. constantinopoli valentiniano a. vi et nomo conss.>
Nay rather, let all privileges which have been granted by the laws for the sake of those who have taken refuge to the sacrosanct churches, or of clerics, deans, or other ecclesiastics, be preserved untouched and inviolate. <in the year 445, on the 3rd day before the Ides of February, at Constantinople, Valentinian in his 6th consulship and Nomus, consuls.>
Praeterea iubemus, ut omnes clerici atque monachi, qui de suis civitatibus ad hanc almam urbem ecclesiastici negotii vel religionis causa proficiscuntur, litteris episcopi, cui unusquisque iter faciens obsequitur, muniti adveniant: scituri quod, si citra hanc fiduciam accesserint, sibimet imputabunt, quod non clerici vel monachi esse putabuntur. <a 445 d. iii id. febr. constantinopoli valentiniano a. vi et nomo conss.>
Furthermore we order that all clerics and monks, who from their own cities set out to this fostering city for the sake of ecclesiastical business or religion, should arrive furnished with letters of the bishop to whom each one, making the journey, is obedient: knowing that, if they should come without this credential, they will impute it to themselves that they will not be thought to be clerics or monks. <a 445, on the 3rd day before the Ides of February, at Constantinople, in the consulship of Valentinian Augustus 6 and Nomus.>
Quoniam venerabilis recordationis flavianus huius almae urbis episcopus cum venerabili synodo innumerabilium paene sacerdotum, qui chalcedone convenerunt, tanto ac tali decoratus est testimonio, ut eutyches, qui contra senserat, cum scelaeratis dictis suis ab omnibus uno ore damnaretur, aboleatur quidem eutychetis damnosa memoria, flaviani autem laudabilis recordatio reveletur. * valentin. et marcian.
Since Flavian, of venerable remembrance, bishop of this nourishing city, together with the venerable synod of almost innumerable priests who convened at Chalcedon, has been adorned with so great and such a testimony that Eutyches, who had thought contrariwise, along with his criminal sayings, was condemned by all with one voice, let the baneful memory of Eutyches be abolished, but let the praiseworthy remembrance of Flavian be brought to light. * Valentinian and Marcian.
Cum clericis in iudicium vocatis pateat episcopalis audientia, volentibus tamen actoribus, si actor disceptationem sanctissimi archiepiscopi noluerit experiri, eminentissimae tuae sedis examen contra catholicos sub viro reverentissimo archiepiscopo huius urbis clericos constitutos vel contra reverentissimum oeconomum tam de ipsius quam de ecclesiasticis negotiis sibimet noverit expetendum neque in ullo alio foro vel apud quemquam alterum iudicem eosdem clericos litibus inretire et civilibus vel criminalibus negotiis temptet innectere. * marcian. a. constantino pp. * <a 456 ? d........ >
Since, when clerics have been called into judgment, the episcopal hearing lies open—nevertheless, if the plaintiffs so wish, if a plaintiff is unwilling to try the adjudication of the most holy archbishop—he shall know that the examination of your most eminent See must be sought by himself, whether against Catholics, the clerics set under the most reverend man, the archbishop of this city, or against the most reverend economus, both concerning his own affairs and ecclesiastical affairs; and let him not attempt in any other forum or before any other judge to ensnare those same clerics in lawsuits or to entangle them in civil or criminal matters. * Marcian, Augustus, to Constantine, Praetorian Prefect. * <a 456 ? d........ >
Memorati autem reverentissimi clerici orthodoxarum ecclesiarum, quae sub viro religioso antistite huius inclitae urbis sunt, in causa, in qua vel ipsi vel procuratores, quos pro se dederint, sententiarum auctoritate pulsantur, exsecutoribus, per quos coeperint conveniri, fideiussorem sacratissimae huius urbis ecclesiae oeconomum vel defensorem praebeant, qui usque ad quinquaginta libras auri fideiussor existat. <a 456 ? d........ >
Moreover, the aforesaid most reverend clerics of the orthodox churches, which are under the religious man, the prelate of this renowned city, in a case in which either they themselves or the procurators whom they have appointed for themselves are proceeded against under the authority of sentences, shall furnish to the executors by whom they have begun to be convened, as surety, the oeconomus or the defender of the church of this most sacred city, who shall stand as surety up to fifty pounds of gold. <a 456 ? d........ >
Quod si lis diversorum ( excepto reverentissimo oeconomo) clericorum, quae agitanda sit, memoratam summam videtur excedere, clericus lite pulsatus det exsecutori pro residua quantitate cautionem suam: cui nullum tamen insertum erit iusiurandum, quia ecclesiasticis regulis et canone a beatissimis episcopis antiquitus instituto clerici iurare prohibentur. <a 456 ? d........ >
But if the suit of various clerics ( with the most reverend oeconomus excepted), which is to be pursued, seems to exceed the aforesaid sum, the cleric impleaded shall give to the executor his security for the residual amount; into which, however, no oath shall be inserted, because by ecclesiastical rules and by the canon anciently instituted by the most blessed bishops, clerics are prohibited to swear. <a 456 ? d........ >
Statuimus autem, ut exsecutoribus idem reverentissimus oeconomus vel alii diversi clerici sub beatissimo archiepiscopo huius splendidissimae civitatis sententiarum tuarum auctoritate commoniti solidos duos tantummodo dent pro commonitione sua et pro institutione procuratoris, si per eum voluerint litigare. <a 456 ? d........ >
We further decree that to the executors the same most reverend oeconomus, or other various clerics, under the most blessed archbishop of this most splendid city, being admonished by the authority of your sentences, shall give only two solidi for their admonition and for the institution of a procurator, if they should wish to litigate through him. <a 456 ? d........ >
Quod circa alios quoque diversos apparitores eminentiae tuae in his, quae ex consuetudine praebentur officio, observari in causis praedictorum clericorum iubemus, ut litis sumptus vel expensae a clericis pauciores humanioresve praestentur. <a 456 ? d........ >
We order that, concerning the other various apparitors of your Eminence also, in those things which by custom are furnished to the office, this be observed in the causes of the aforesaid clerics: that the costs of suit or expenses to be paid by the clerics be fewer or more humane. <a 456 ? d........ >
Decernimus, ut posthac neque monachi aut quicumque alius cuiuslibet status aut fortunae in aedes publicas vel in quaecumque loca populi voluptatibus fabricata venerabilem crucem et sanctorum martyrum reliquias illicite inferre conentur vel occupare audeant ea, quae vel ad publicas causas vel ad populi oblectamenta constructa sunt. cum enim religiosae aedes non desunt, possunt ibi, consultis prius ut oportet religiosissimis episcopis, reliquias martyrum non quorundam usurpatione, sed arbitrio reverentissimorum antistitum collocare. ideo patientiam et modestiam suam, quam leges nostrae et publica disciplina et ipsorum monachorum nomen ecit, studiose unusquisque tam monachus quam cuiuslibet alterius professionis retineat et perpetuo observare procuret.
We decree that henceforth neither monks nor anyone else of whatever status or fortune shall attempt unlawfully to bring the venerable cross and the relics of the holy martyrs into public edifices or into whatever places constructed for the people’s pleasures, nor dare to seize what has been constructed either for public causes or for the people’s entertainment. For since religious edifices are not lacking, they can there, with the most religious bishops first consulted as is fitting, place the relics of the martyrs, not by the usurpation of certain persons, but by the judgment of the most reverend prelates. Therefore let each person—both the monk and one of any other profession—diligently retain his patience and modesty, which our laws and public discipline and the very name of monks call for, and let him endeavor to observe them perpetually.
Quisquis emensis militiae suae stipendiis expletisque officiis sive muneribus, quae cuicumque condicioni aut consuetudine vel lege debebat, ad consortium se contulerit clericorum et inter ministros verae orthodoxae fidei maluerit et elegerit numerari, nullius prorsus sententiae acerbitate revocetur nec a dei templis quibus se consecravit inopportunis intentionibus abstrahatur, sed isdem beatissimis ministeriis securus permaneat et quietus, ad quae post longi laboris lassitudinem ob reliquiae vitae requiem consilio meliore protractus est: his actionibus, si quae contra eum eiusque patrimonium legitima intentione competunt, pro iuris ordine responsurus: exceptis primipilaribus, quos praeceptis tui culminis et publicis utilitatibus in perpetuum esse subiectos sacratissimae constitution is statuta sanxerunt. * leo a. erythrio pp. * <a 466 d. prid. non.
whoever, after completing the terms of his military service and fulfilling the duties or burdens which he owed to whatever status either by custom or by law, has betaken himself to the fellowship of clerics and has preferred and chosen to be numbered among the ministers of the true orthodox faith, let him by no means be called back by the harshness of any sentence, nor be drawn away from the temples of god to which he has consecrated himself by untimely claims, but let him remain safe and at peace in those most blessed ministries, to which, after the weariness of long labor, he has been drawn by better counsel for the rest of the remainder of his life: as to such actions, if any with legitimate claim lie against him and his patrimony, he shall answer according to the order of law: with the primipilares excepted, whom the statutes of the most sacred constitution have sanctioned, by the precepts of your eminence and by public interests, to be forever subject. * leo augustus to erythrius, praetorian prefect. * <a 466 the day before the nones.
Nulli licere decernimus, si testamento heres sit institutus seu ab intestato succedat seu fideicommissarius vel legatarius inveniatur, dispositionem pii testatoris infringere vel improba mente violare, adserendo incertum esse legatum vel fideicommissum, quod redemptioni relinquitur captivorum, sed modis omnibus exactum pro voluntate testatoris piae rei negotio proficere. * leo a. nicostrato pp. * <a 468 d. xv k. sept. constantinopoli anthemio ii cons.>
we decree that it is permitted to no one, whether he has been instituted heir by will or succeeds ab intestato or is found to be a fideicommissary or legatee, to break the disposition of the pious testator or to violate it with wicked intent by alleging that the legacy or fideicommissum, which is left for the redemption of captives, is uncertain; but that in every way what has been collected should, according to the will of the testator, advance to the business of the pious cause. * leo augustus to nicostratus, praetorian prefect. * <a 468 given on the 15th day before the kalends of september at constantinople, in the consulship of anthemius, 2nd time.>
Et si quidem testator significaverit, per quem desiderat redemptionem fieri captivorum, is qui specialiter designatus est legati seu fideicommissi habeat exigendi licentiam et pro sua conscientia votum adimpleat testatoris. sin autem persona non designata testator absolute tantummodo summam legati vel fideicommissi taxaverit, quae debeat memoratae causae proficere, vir reverentissimus episcopus illius civitatis, ex qua testator oritur, habeat facultatem exigendi, quod huius rei gratia fuerit derelictum, pium defuncti propositum sine ulla cunctatione ut convenit impleturus. <a 468 d. xv k. sept.
And if indeed the testator shall have indicated through whom he desires the redemption of captives to be effected, the person who is specially designated for the legacy or fideicommissum shall have the license of exacting it and shall, according to his conscience, fulfill the vow of the testator. But if, however, no person having been designated, the testator shall have absolutely only assessed the sum of the legacy or fideicommissum which ought to profit the aforesaid cause, the most reverend man, the bishop of that city from which the testator originates, shall have the faculty of exacting what has been left for the sake of this matter, to fulfill as is fitting, without any hesitation, the pious purpose of the deceased. <a 468 d. 15 k. sept.
Cum autem vir religiosissimus episcopus huiusmodi pecunias pio relictas arbitrio fuerit consecutus, statim gestis intervenientibus earum quantitatem et tempus quo eas susceperit apud rectorem provinciae publicare debebit. post unius vero anni spatium et numerum captivorum et data pro his pretia eum manifestare praecipimus, ut per omnia impleantur tam piae deficientium voluntates: ita tamen, ut religiosissimi antistites gratis et sine ullo dispendio praedicta gesta conficiant, ne humanitatis obtentu relictae pecuniae iudiciorum dispendiis erogentur. <a 468 d. xv k. sept.
But when a most religious man, a bishop, has obtained monies of this sort left to his pious discretion, he must immediately, with official records intervening, make public before the governor of the province the amount of them and the time when he received them. But after the space of one year, we order him to disclose both the number of captives and the prices paid for them, so that in all respects the most pious wills of the deceased may be fulfilled: provided, however, that the most religious prelates draw up the aforesaid acta gratis and without any expense, lest monies left under the pretext of humanity be spent on the expenses of the courts. <in the year 468, on the 15th day before the Kalends of September.
Quod si testato, qui huiusmodi legatum vel fideicommissum non designata persona reliquit, barbarae sit nationis et de eius patria aliqua emerserit ambiguitas, vir reverentissimus episcopus civitatis eius, in qua idem testator defunctus est , itidem habeat legati seu fideicommissi petitionem defuncti propositum modis omnibus impleturus. <a 468 d. xv k. sept. constantinopoli anthemio ii cons.>
But if the testator, who has left such a legacy or fideicommissum without a person designated, is of a barbarian nation and some ambiguity has arisen about his homeland, the most reverend bishop of the city in which the same testator died shall likewise have the claim to the legacy or fideicommissum, to fulfill by all means the deceased’s purpose. <a 468 day 15 before the Kalends of September, constantinople, in the consulship of Anthemius for the 2nd time.>
Et ne pium defunctorum propositum improba fraudatorum calliditate celetur, quidquid pro huiusmodi causa a testatore relictum fuerit, universi, qui id quocumque modo cognoverint, vel in viri clarissimi rectoris provinciae vel in urbis episcopi notitiam deferendi habeant liberam facultatem: nec delatoris nomen suspicionemque formident, cum fides atque industria eorum tam laude quam honestate non careat ac pariter pietate, cum veritatem in publicas aures lucemque deduxerint. <a 468 d. xv k. sept. constantinopoli anthemio ii cons.>
And lest the pious purpose of the deceased be concealed by the wicked cunning of defrauders, whatever for such a cause shall have been left by the testator, let all who shall have learned of it in any way have free liberty to bring it to the notice either of the most renowned man, the governor of the province, or of the bishop of the city: nor let them fear the name and suspicion of an informer, since their good faith and diligence are not lacking both in praise and in honor, and equally in piety, when they shall have led the truth into public ears and into the light. <a 468 on the 15th day before the Kalends of September, at Constantinople, Anthemius, consul for the 2nd time.>
Si quemquem vel in hac urbe regia vel in ceteris provinciis, quae toto orbe diffusae sunt, ad episcopatus gradum provehi deo auctore contigerit, puris hominum mentibus nuda electionis conscientia sincero omnium iudicio proferatur. * leo et anthem. aa. armasio pp. * <a 469 d. viii id. mart.
If anyone, whether in this royal city or in the other provinces, which are spread throughout the whole world, should, with God as author, happen to be advanced to the grade of the episcopate, let the bare conscience of the election be brought forth to the pure minds of men by the sincere judgment of all. * Leo and Anthemius, the Augusti, to Armasius, Praetorian Prefect. * <a 469 day 8 before the Ides of March.
Profecto enim quis locus tutus et quae causa esse poterit excusata, si veneranda dei templa pecuniis expugnantur? quem murum integritati aut vallum fidei providebimus, si auri sacra fames penetralia veneranda proserpit? quid denique cautum esse poterit aut securum, si sanctitas incorrupta corrumpitur?
For indeed what place will be safe, and what cause could be excused, if the venerable temples of God are stormed by money? What wall for integrity or rampart of faith shall we provide, if the accursed hunger for gold creeps into the venerable penetralia? What, finally, could be safeguarded or secure, if incorrupt sanctity is corrupted?
Cesset altaribus imminere profanus ardor avaritiae et a sacris adytis repellatur piaculare flagitium. ita castus et humilis nostris temporibus eligatur episcopus, ut, locorum quocumque pervenerit, omnia vitae propriae integritate purificet. <a 469 d. viii id. mart.
Let the profane ardor of avarice cease to menace the altars, and let the piacular, flagitious crime be repelled from the sacred adyta. Thus let a bishop be chosen in our times chaste and humble, so that, to whatever places he may have come, he may purify all things by the integrity of his own life. <a 469, day 8 before the Ides of March.
Sola illi suffragetur necessitas excusandi. profecto enim indignus est sacerdotio, nisi fuerit ordinatus invitus, cum sane quisquis hanc sanctam et venerandam antistitis sedem pecuniae interventu subiise aut si quis, ut alterum ordinaret vel eligeret, aliquid accepisse detegitur, ad instar publici criminis et laesae maiestatis accusatione proposita a gradu sacerdotii retrahatur. <a 469 d. viii id. mart.
Let only the necessity of excusing support him. For indeed he is unworthy of the priesthood, unless he has been ordained unwilling; since, to be sure, whoever has entered upon this holy and venerable prelate’s seat by the intervention of money, or if anyone is discovered to have received something so that he might ordain or choose another, with an accusation brought in the manner of a public crime and of lèse-majesté, let him be withdrawn from the grade of the priesthood. <a 469 d. 8 id. mart.
Orphanotrophos huius inclitae urbis nulla subtilitate iuris obsistente eorum quidem qui pupilli sunt quasi tutores, adulescentium vero quasi curatores sine ullo fideiussionis gravamine in emergentibus causis tam in iudicio quam extra iudicium, ut opus exegerit, ad similitudinem tutoris et curatoris personas et negotia eorum, si qua possint habere, defendere ac vindicare iubemus: ita videlicet, ut praesentibus publicis personis, id est tabulariis, aut intervenientibus gestis in hac quidem inclita urbe apud virum perfectissimum magistrum census, in provinciis vero apud moderatores earum vel defensores locorum res eorum eis tradantur, a quibus sunt custodiendae: ut, si quas earundem rerum propter fenus forsitan vel aliam urguentem causam vel eo quod servari non possunt alienare perspexerint, prius habita aestimatione licebit eis alienationis inire contractum, ut pretia eorum quae exinde colliguntur, ab isdem personis custodiantur. * leo et anthem. aa. dioscoro pp. * <a 472 d. k. iun.
We order that the Orphanotrophos of this renowned city, with no subtlety of law standing in the way, for those indeed who are pupilli, act as quasi-guardians, and for adolescents as quasi-curators, without any burden of suretyship, in cases arising both in court and outside court, as need shall require, in the likeness of a guardian and a curator, to defend and vindicate their persons and their affairs, if they can have any: namely in such a way that, with public persons present, that is, record-keepers, or with official acts intervening—here indeed in this renowned city before the most distinguished man, the Master of the Census, but in the provinces before their governors or the defensores of the localities—their property be handed over to them, by whom it is to be kept: so that, if they perceive that some of those same things must be alienated on account of interest perhaps or another pressing cause, or because they cannot be preserved, after an appraisal has first been had, it shall be permitted to them to enter a contract of alienation, so that the prices thereof which are collected therefrom may be kept by the same persons. * Leo and Anthemius, Augusti, to Dioscorus, Praetorian Prefect. * <a 472 on the Kalends of June.
Huiusmodi autem pium atque religiosum officium pro tempore orphanotrophos ita peragere convenit, ut minime ratiociniis tutelaribus seu curationibus obnoxii sint. grave enim atque iniquum est callidis quorundam, si ita contigerit, machinationibus eos vexari, qui propter timorem dei a parentibus atque substantiis destitutos minores sustentare ac velut paterna adfectione educare festinant. <a 472 d. k. iun.
However, it is fitting that orphanotrophs, for the time, perform such a pious and religious office in such a way that they are in no way liable to tutelary or curatorial accountings. For it is grievous and iniquitous that those who, on account of fear of God, hasten to sustain minors deprived of parents and substance and to rear them as with paternal affection, should be vexed by the crafty machinations of certain persons, if it so happen. <a 472 d. k. iun.
Omnes, qui ubicumque sunt vel posthac fuerint orthodoxae fidei sacerdotes et clerici, cuiuscumque gradus sunt, monachi quoque in causis civilibus ex nullius penitus maioris minorisve sententia iudicis ad extranea iudicia pertrahantur aut provinciam vel locum aut regionem quam habitant exire cogantur. nullus eorum ecclesias vel monasteria propria, quae religionis intuitu habitant, relinquere miserabili necessitate iubeatur, sed apud suos iudices ordinarios, hoc est provinciarum rectores, locis quibus degunt et ecclesiarum ministeriis obsecundant, omnium contra se agentium suscipiant actiones, ut his saltem horis atque temporibus, quibus religiosos viros a turbulenta observatione praetorii vacare contigerit cumque eos ad tempus petitorum intentio calumniosa laxaverit, ad sua se monasteria et venerabiles ecclesias conferentes sapienti animo, precatione sollicita faciliusque de proximo sacrosanctis altaribus obsecundent in suis laribus et domiciliis constituti. * leo et anthem.
all, who wherever they are or shall hereafter be, priests and clerics of the orthodox faith, of whatever grade they are, and monks as well, in civil causes are not to be dragged to foreign tribunals by the sentence of any judge whatsoever, greater or lesser, nor be forced to leave the province or place or region which they inhabit. let none of them be ordered by a pitiable necessity to abandon their own churches or monasteries, which they inhabit for the sake of religion; but before their own ordinary judges—that is, the rectors of the provinces—in the places where they dwell and attend to the ministries of the churches, let them receive the actions of all who proceed against them; so that at least in those hours and times in which it shall have befallen that religious men are free from the turbulent attendance of the praetorium, and when the calumnious intent of plaintiffs has for a time released them, betaking themselves to their own monasteries and venerable churches with a wise mind, with solicitous prayer, they may the more easily, being close at hand, serve the most holy altars, established in their own hearths and homes. * leo et anthem.
In hac autem regia urbe si quando cuiuscumque rei causa episcopos vel presbyteros ceterosque clericos, qui sacrosanctis ecclesiis obsequuntur, sive monachos ex aliis quibuscumque provinciis contigerit reperiri, quos tamen in litem quisquam vocare voluerit, in nullo alio sit licitum memoratos cuiquam pulsare iudicio, nisi in tuae sublimatis dumtaxat examine, ubi eis et beatitudinis honor debitus reservetur et oratorum adfluens in defensionibus copia large praestetur. <a 472 datum constantinopoli pridie nonas april. marciano cons.>
In this royal city, however, if at any time, for whatever cause, bishops or presbyters and the other clerics who attend upon the most holy churches, or monks, from whatever other provinces, should happen to be found, and anyone should wish to call them into litigation, let it be permitted to no one to arraign the aforementioned in any court except only in the hearing of your Sublimity, where both for them the honor due to your Beatitude is preserved and an abundant supply of advocates is generously provided for their defenses. <in the year 472, given at Constantinople on the day before the Nones of April (April 4), in the consulship of Marcian.>
Praeterea cum in provinciis ex eius qui regit provinciam fuerint sententia vel interlocutione conventi sive illi sacerdotes seu cuiuscumque gradus clerici sive monachi habeantur, dummodo approbentur orthodoxi, qui in propriis causis contractibusve pulsantur non alios quam ecclesiae propriae defensores seu quos oeconomos appellant fideiussores praebeant, ne, dum exsecutoris pertinax et avara protervitas extraneos fideiussores flagitat, multiglex innoxiae paupertati infligatur incommodum. <a 472 datum constantinopoli pridie nonas april. marciano cons.>
Moreover, when in the provinces they have been proceeded against by the sentence or interlocutory decree of him who governs the province—whether they be priests or clerics of whatever grade, or be accounted monks—provided they are approved as Orthodox, those who are sued in their own causes or contracts shall furnish as sureties none other than the defenders of their own church, or those whom they call oikonomoi (stewards), lest, while the executor’s stubborn and avaricious insolence demands outside sureties, manifold inconvenience be inflicted upon innocent poverty. <a 472 given at Constantinople on the day before the Nones of April, in the consulship of Marcian.>
In hac autem regia urbe inventi ex quacumque provincia venientes, cum in tuae amplitudinis iudicio, quod eis solum delegavimus, lite pulsati fuerint, reverentissimi orthodoxae fidei sacerdotes certe oeconomi aut ecclesiae defensores seu clerici in causis civilibus suis sive ecclesiasticis nulla praebendi fideiussoris molestentur iniuria, sed aut vicariis fideiussionibus contradantur, quas tamen stipulationum sollemnis cautela vallaverit, aut cautionibus et professioni propriae ac facultatum suarum obligationibus committantur. <a 472 datum constantinopoli pridie nonas april. marciano cons.>
In this royal city, moreover, those found coming from whatever province, when they have been sued in a lawsuit before the judgment of your Excellency—which alone we have delegated to them—let the most reverend priests of the orthodox faith, or certainly the oeconomi (oikonomoi) or defenders of the church, or clerics, in their civil or ecclesiastical causes, not be vexed by the injustice of being required to furnish a surety, but either be consigned to vicarious suretyships, which, however, the solemn safeguard of stipulations shall have fortified, or be committed to bonds and to their own profession, and to obligations upon their resources. <a 472 datum constantinopoli pridie nonas april. marciano cons.>
Hoc nihilo minus observando, ut in causis ecclesiasticis nullum alium conveniri fas sit nisi eum, quem dispensatorem pauperum, id est oeconomum ecclesiae, episcopi tractatus elegerit ( hunc enim sine dubio a sacerdote convenit ordinari) : quem tamen conventum defensoris ecclesiae fidei committi praecipimus. <a 472 datum constantinopoli pridie nonas april. marciano cons.>
This being observed nonetheless, that in ecclesiastical causes it be lawful to summon no other except him whom the bishop’s deliberation shall have chosen as the dispenser of the poor, that is, the oeconomus of the church ( for without doubt it is fitting that this man be ordained by the priest) : him, however, when convened, we order to be committed to the surety of the defender of the church. <a 472 given at constantinople the day before the Nones of april. marcian consul.>
Exsecutoribus in minoribus quidem iudiciis omnibus in ipsa conventione sacerdotum seu clericorum non amplius quam unum semissem aut sperantibus aut etiam audentibus accipere. si vero apparitor tuae magnitudinis ex sententia tuae sedis amplissimae in provincia degentes eos monuerit, iubemus non amplius eum quam duos solidos sportularum nomine percipere. in hac vero urbe magnifica idem apparitor tuae magnitudinis uno aureo sportularum gratia a provincialibus clericis contentus sit, quantaelibet summae qui conventus fuerit exponatur obnoxius.
To the exsecutors, indeed, in all lesser judgments, at the very convention of priests or clerics, it is [allowed] to receive no more than one semissis (a half‑solidus), whether they hope for it or even dare to take it. But if the apparitor of Your Magnitude, by the sentence of your most ample seat, shall have admonished those dwelling in the province, we order that he receive no more than two solidi under the name of sportulae. In this magnificent city, however, let that same apparitor of Your Magnitude be content, for the sake of the sportulae, with one aureus from the provincial clerics, let whoever shall have been convened be exposed as liable to whatever sum may be set forth.
Praeterea nullus exsecutor vexare contumeliis clericos ullos, nullis impulsionibus molestare, nullis exprobrare conviciis aut corporalibus iniuriis fatigare conetur: his, qui huiusmodi aliquid adgressi fuerint, post amissionem cinguli et patrimonii ultima protinus animadversione plectendis. <a 472 datum constantinopoli pridie nonas april. marciano cons.>
Furthermore, let no executor attempt to vex any clerics with contumelies, to annoy them with any assaults, to reproach them with revilings, or to wear them down with bodily injuries: those who shall have attempted anything of this sort, after the loss of the belt and of their patrimony, are to be punished forthwith with the ultimate penalty. <a 472 given at Constantinople on the day before the Nones of April, in the consulship of Marcianus.>
Privilegiis sane singulis quibuscumque sacrosanctis ecclesiis orthodoxae fidei, xenodochiis sive ptochiis tam generaliter quam specialiter attributis perpetuo reservandis, nullis eas earumque sacerdotes aut clericos cuiuslibet gradus aut monachos vel ptochos aut xenodochos orthodoxae fidei deputatos extraordinariis muneribus praecipimus praegravari. eas enim sarcinas oneris, quas plerisque personis diversa ratione remittimus, imponi beatissimis viris nostro saeculo inconveniens esse iudicamus. <a 472 datum constantinopoli pridie nonas april.
Concerning the several privileges, to be perpetually reserved, which have been attributed, whether generally or specially, to whatever sacrosanct churches of the orthodox faith and to xenodochia or ptochia, we command that neither they nor their priests or clerics of any grade, nor monks, nor ptochi, nor xenodochi assigned to the orthodox faith be burdened by extraordinary munera. For we judge it unfitting in our age that those packs of burden which we remit to most persons for various reasons be imposed upon most blessed men. <a 472 given at Constantinople on the day before the Nones of April.
Praeterea ne cui temeritas sua lucrativa concedatur et ut impudens calumniantium refrenetur audacia, iubemus, quotiens ii, qui sacerdotes seu clericos seu monachos ceterosque superius designatos vel in tuae magnitudinis examine vel in provinciali iudicio proposita actione convenerint, si causa cognita convicti fuerint sine iusta eos et legitima petitione pulsasse, omnes eis legitimas expensas sumptusque, quos ab exordio coeptae controversiae ipsorum vitio tolerasse eos constiterit, redhibere cogantur, ut hac saltem censurae iustissimae formidine revocati improbis adsidue conflictationibus occupati adquiescant se iam sopitis clamoribus iurgiorum magistra deinceps necessitate retinere. <a 472 datum constan tinopoli pridie nonas april. marciano cons.>
Moreover, lest anyone’s own temerity be made lucrative for him and that the impudent audacity of calumniators be restrained, we order that, whenever those who have met with an action brought against priests or clerics or monks and the others designated above, either before the tribunal of your Magnitude or in a provincial court, if, the case having been examined, they are convicted of having assailed them without a just and lawful petition, they be compelled to restore to them all lawful expenses and costs which it shall have been established that they have borne from the inception of the commenced controversy through their fault, so that, recalled at least by the dread of this most just censure, those occupied with incessant wicked conflictations may acquiesce, keeping themselves henceforth—now that the clamors of wranglings are lulled—under necessity as their instructress. <a in the year 472, given at constan tinople the day before the Nones of april. marcianus consul.>
Sacrosanctae orthodoxae fidei episcopi atque presbyteri, diaconi quoque, qui semel probatis moribus integritate castissima ad hunc gradum meruerint pervenire, ea, quaecumque in eodem clericatus gradu locoque viventes adquirere et habere potuerint, etiamsi in patris avique aut proavi potestate constituti sunt et adhuc superstites habentur, tamquam bona propria vindicent: de his, si quando eis libitum fuerit, testandi vel donandi vel quolibet alio titulo alienandi libera facultate concessa, ut ea bona quoquo tempore numquam fratribus vel sororibus aut ex his genitis conferantur, sed ad eorum filios posteros et quoscumque extraneos heredes perveniant nec a patribus avis aut proavis, sed ab ipsorum liberis tamquam praecipua vindicentur, certe his procedant, quibus ipsi id peculium vel inter vivos alienatione habita vel mortis tempore ultima et vere cognita voluntate concesserint. * leo et anthem. aa. erythrio pp. * <a 472 d. prid.
Bishops and presbyters of the most sacred orthodox faith, and deacons as well, who, with morals once approved and with most chaste integrity, have merited to arrive at this grade, whatever things they have been able to acquire and to hold while living in the same grade and place of clerical status, even if they are established under the power of a father or grandfather or great‑grandfather and these elders are still surviving, let them claim as their own goods: with free faculty granted, whenever it shall have pleased them, of making a will concerning these, or of donating, or of alienating by any other title, so that those goods at no time be conferred upon brothers or sisters or those begotten from them, but may pass to their sons, descendants, and any outside heirs, and let them be claimed not by fathers, grandfathers, or great‑grandfathers, but by their own children as a special preemption; certainly let them go to those to whom they themselves shall have granted that peculium either by an alienation among the living or at the time of death by a final and truly ascertained will. * leo and anthemius, emperors, to erythrius, praetorian prefect. * <a 472 dated the day before.>
Omnia privilegia, quae a retro principibus aut a nostra serenitate vel iudiciariis dispositionibus aut liberalitatibus pro singulis quibuscumque temporibus vel consuetudine sive circa ius metatorum sive in aliis quibuslibet rebus praestita sunt orphanotrophio sive asceteriis vel ecclesiis aut ptochiis seu xenodochiis aut monasteriis atque ceteris hominibus etiam ac rebus iuris eorum ad curam niconis viri religiosissimi presbyteri et orphanotrophi vel ad eos, qui post eum loco eius successerint, pertinentibus ad similitudinem zotici beatissimae memoriae, qui prius huiusmodi pietatis officium invenisse dicitur, per hanc pragmaticam sanctionem firma illibataque in perpetuum custodiri decernimus. valde etenim hoc videtur esse necessarium, cum exinde sustentatio vel educatio orphanis atque egenis et usibus ecclesiasticis vel ptochiis vel asceteriis comparetur. * leo et anthem.
All privileges that by former princes or by our Serenity or by judicial dispositions or by liberalities for whatever particular times or by custom—whether concerning the right of the metatores (billeting officers) or in any other matters—have been granted to the orphanotrophion or to asceteries or churches or ptochia or xenodochia or monasteries, and also to other persons and to the things under their right, belonging to the care of Nicon, a most religious man, presbyter and orphanotrophus, or to those who after him shall succeed to his place, after the likeness of Zoticus of most blessed memory, who is said first to have devised such an office of piety—we decree by this pragmatic sanction to be kept firm and inviolate in perpetuity. For this indeed seems very necessary, since from it sustenance and upbringing are furnished to orphans and the needy, and provision is made for ecclesiastical uses, or for ptochia or asceteries. * Leo and Anthemius.
Domus etiam aliasque res superius nominatas ad curam memorati viri pertinentes vel postmodum quolibet modo ad eius sollicitudinem vel qui post eum ad eiusdem orphanotrophii curam vocati fuerint perventuras ad instar maioris venerabilis ecclesiae huius inclitae urbis omnibus privilegiis, quae eadem sancta ecclesia vel nunc adipiscitur vel postea merebitur, perpetuo potiri pietatis intuitu decernimus. <a 472 d. x k. ian. constantinopoli marciano cons.>
We decree, out of a regard of piety, that the house and also the other things named above—which pertain to the care of the aforesaid man, or which thereafter in any way shall come under his solicitude, or to those who after him shall be called to the care of the same orphanotrophium—shall in perpetuity enjoy, after the model of the Great Venerable Church of this renowned city, all the privileges which that same holy church either now attains or shall hereafter merit. <a 472 on the 10th day before the Kalends of Jan., at Constantinople, in the consulship of Marcianus.>
Iubemus adscripticiorum creationes secundum veterem constitutionem, nisi dominorum possessionum, unde oriundi sunt, evidens concurrerit consensus, nullius penitus esse momenti, sed isdem fundorum dominis, qui faciendae creationi non sicut dictum est evidenter consenserint, ius proprium ad similitudinem ceterorum colonorum in suos adscripticios exercendi, tamquam si nulla creatio intercessisset, tribui facultatem. idemque hoc super illis quoque agricolis decernimus observari, qui cum essent adscripticiae nexibus condicionis conscripti, solitariam vitam videlicet appetentes quibuslibet sese monasteriis contra voluntatem dominorum fundorum duxerint offerendos. * zeno a. sebastiano pp. * <a 484 d. v k. april.
We order that the creations of adscripticii, according to the ancient constitution, unless the evident consensus of the lords of the possessions from which they originate has concurred, are to be of no effect whatsoever; but that to those same lords of the estates, who have not, as said, evidently consented to the creation to be made, there be granted the faculty of exercising their proper right over their own adscripticii in similitude to the other coloni, as if no creation had intervened. And we likewise decree that this same thing be observed also concerning those farmers who, although they were enrolled under the bonds of the adscripticial condition, desiring a solitary life, have taken themselves to be offered to whatever monasteries against the will of the lords of the estates. * Zeno Augustus to Sebastianus, praetorian prefect. * <a 484 on the 5th day before the Kalends of April.
Servos sane sociari clericorum consortiis volentibus quoque et consentientibus dominis modis omnibus prohibemus, cum liceat eorum dominis, data servis prius libertate licitum eis ad suscipiendos honores clericorum iter, si hoc voluerint, aperire. <a 484 d. v k. april. constantinopoli theodorico cons.>
We indeed prohibit by every means that slaves be joined to the associations of the clergy, even with their masters willing and consenting, since it is permitted to their masters—freedom having first been given to the slaves—to open for them the lawful path to undertake clerical honors, if they wish this. <a 484 on the 5th day before the Kalends of April, at Constantinople, with Theodoric as consul.>
Omnes praeterea virorum clarissimorum provincias moderantium sententiis absque ulla privilegii differentia ( qui tamen praesidali iurisdictioni subiecti sunt, sive episcopi vel quilibet clerici aut monachi aut cuiuslibet sint condicionis) pariter respondere decernimus: nulla in posterum viris clarissimis provinciarum rectoribus ad loca, in quibus incusatae personae consistunt, perveniendi necessitate penitus imponenda, cum non solum legibus, verum etiam naturali quoque iuri conveniat, quos res exegerit, iudicialibus ad iudicium vocari sententiis, non ipsos iudices, quod dici etiam iniustum est, ad subiectos deduci, sed per datos ab his iudices causae examinationem in locis ubi incusati degunt procedere. <a 4 84 d. v k. april. constantinopoli theodorico cons.>
We further decree that all persons moreover—of whatever condition they may be—are to answer equally to the sentences of the most illustrious men governing the provinces, without any difference of privilege (who nevertheless are subject to praesidial jurisdiction, whether bishops or any clerics or monks or whatever their status): with no necessity at all henceforth to be imposed upon the most illustrious governors of the provinces to come to the places in which the accused persons reside, since it accords not only with the laws but also with natural right that those whom the matter concerns be summoned to judgment by judicial sentences, and not that the judges themselves—what is even unjust to say—be led down to their subjects; but that through judges appointed by them the examination of the case should proceed in the places where the accused dwell. <a 4 84 d. v k. april. constantinopoli theodorico cons.>
Servis, si dominorum fuerint voluntate muniti, solitariam vitam participandi licentia non denegetur, dum tamen eorum domini non ignorent, quod, si servis suis ad monasteriorum cultum migrandi tribuerint facultatem, eorundem servorum dominio, donec idem servi in eodem monachorum habitu duraverint, spoliandos: alioquin si relicta forte vita solitaria ad aliam se condicionem transtulerint, certum est eos ad servitutis iugum, quam monachicae professionis cultu evaserant, reversuros. * zeno a. sebastiano pp. * <a 484 d. id. april. theodorico cons.>
To slaves, if they have been furnished with the will of their masters, let the license of participating in a solitary life not be denied, provided nevertheless that their masters do not ignore that, if they shall have granted to their slaves the faculty of migrating to the cult of monasteries, they are to be despoiled of the ownership of those same slaves, so long as the same slaves shall have endured in that monastic habit; otherwise, if, the solitary life having perhaps been left, they shall have transferred themselves to another condition, it is certain that they will return to the yoke of servitude, which they had escaped by the cult of monastic profession. * Zeno Augustus to Sebastianus, Praetorian Prefect. * <a 484 on the Ides of April, under Theodoric as consul.>
Repetita promulgatione non solum iudices quorumlibet tribunalium, verum etiam defensores ecclesiarum huius almae urbis, quos turpissimum insinuandi ultimas deficientium voluntates genus irrepserat, praemonendos censemus, ne rem attingant, quae nemini prorsus omnium secundum constitutionum praecepta quam census magistro competit. absurdum etenim clericis est, immo etiam opprobrium, si peritos se velint disceptationum esse forensium: feriendis temeratoribus huius sanctionis poena quinquaginta librarum auri. * iustinus a. archelao pp. * <a 524 d. xiii k. dec.
By repeated promulgation we judge that not only the judges of whatever tribunals, but also the defenders of the churches of this kindly city—into whom a most disgraceful kind of insinuating themselves into the last wills of the dying had crept—must be forewarned not to touch a matter which, according to the precepts of the constitutions, belongs to absolutely no one at all except the Master of the Census. For it is absurd for clerics, nay even a reproach, if they wish to be experts in forensic disputations; let violators of this sanction be struck with a penalty of fifty pounds of gold. * Justin the Augustus to Archelaus, Praetorian Prefect. * <a 524, on the thirteenth day before the Kalends of December.>
Si quis ad declinandam legem falcidiam, cum desiderat totam suam substantiam pro redemptione captivorum relinquere, eos ipsos captivos scripserit heredes, ne videatur quasi incertis personis heredibus institutis iudicium suum oppugnandum reliquisse, sancimus huius talem institutionem pietatis intuitu valere et non esse respuendam. * iust. a. iohanni pp. * <a 531 d. x k. sept.
If anyone, to evade the Lex Falcidia, when he desires to leave his entire substance for the redemption of captives, has written those very captives as heirs, lest he seem to have left his will to be attacked, as though heirs had been instituted to uncertain persons, we sanction that such an institution, in view of piety, is valid and is not to be rejected. * Justinian Augustus to John, Praetorian Prefect. * <in the year 531, on the 10th day before the Kalends of September.
Sed et si pauperes quidam scripserit heredes et non inveniatur certum ptochium vel certae ecclesiae pauperes, de quibus testator cogitaverit, sed hic incerto vocabulo pauperes fuerint heredes instituti, simili modo et huiusmodi institutionem valere decernimus. <a 531 d. x k. sept. constantinopoli post consulatum lampadii et orestis vv. cc.>
But also if someone has written “the poor” as heirs, and no specific ptochium (poorhouse) or the poor of a specific church, whom the testator had in mind, is found, but here under an indeterminate designation the poor have been instituted as heirs, we likewise decree that an institution of this kind shall be valid. <in the year 531, on the 10th day before the Kalends of September, at Constantinople, after the consulate of Lampadius and Orestes, most distinguished men.>
Et si quidem captivos scripserit heredes, civitatis, in qua testator larem fovere ac degere noscitur, episcopus et oeconomus hereditatem suscipiant et omnimodo in redemptione captivorum procedat hereditas sive per annuos reditus sive per venditionem mobilium seu se moventium rerum: nullo penitus ex hoc lucro vel oeconomo vel episcopo vel sacrosanctae ecclesiae relinquendo. si enim propter hoc a speciali herede recessum est, ut non falcidiae ratio inducatur, quomodo ferendum est hoc, quod in sacro venit, per falcidiam vel aliam occasionem minui? <a 531 d. x k. sept.
And if indeed he shall have written captives as heirs, let the bishop and the oeconomus of the city in which the testator is known to cherish his hearth and to dwell receive the inheritance, and in every way let the inheritance proceed to the redemption of captives, whether through annual revenues or through the sale of movables or of self-moving things: leaving no profit at all from this either to the oeconomus or to the bishop or to the most sacred Church. For if for this reason there has been a departure from a particular heir, so that the computation of the Falcidian portion is not introduced, how is it to be tolerated that that which has come into the sacred (the Church) should be diminished by the Falcidia or by any other pretext? <a 531, on the 10th day before the Kalends of September.
Ubi autem indiscrete pauperes scripti sunt heredes, ibi xenonem eius civitatis omnimodo hereditatem nancisci et per xenodochum in aegrotantes fieri patrimonii distributionem, secundum quod in captivis constituimus: vel per redituum annalium erogationem vel per venditionem rerum mobilium vel se moventium, ut ex his res immobiles comparentur et annuus victus aegrotantibus accedat. quis enim pauperior est hominibus, qui et inopia tenti sunt et in xenonem repositi et suis corporibus laborantes necessarium victum sibi non possunt adferre? <a 531 d. x k. sept.
Where, however, the poor have been indiscriminately written as heirs, there the xenon of that city shall in every way obtain the inheritance, and through the xenodochus the distribution of the patrimony shall be made to the ailing, according to what we have established concerning captives: either through the disbursement of annual revenues or through the sale of movable things or self-moving things, so that from these immovables may be purchased and an annual sustenance may accrue to the ailing. For who is poorer than people who are both assailed by want and placed in a xenon and, suffering in their own bodies, cannot bring the necessary sustenance to themselves? <a 531 d. x k. sept.
Licentia omnimodo danda et in priore et in secunda specie et actionem movere et debita exigere, ut in captivos vel in aegrotantes consumantur. si enim heredum eis et ius et nomen dedimus, sine falcidiae tamen legis emolumento, necesse est eos et debita exigere et creditoribus respondere. <a 531 d. x k. sept.
License must in every way be given, both in the first and in the second species, both to move an action and to exact debts, so that they may be consumed on captives or on the sick. For if we have given to them both the right and the name of heirs, yet without the emolument of the Lex Falcidia, it is necessary that they both exact the debts and answer to the creditors. <a 531 d. 10 k. sept.
Sin autem ampliores in civitate xenones vel ptochia sint, ne incerta videatur pecuniarum datio, tunc ei xenoni vel ptochio, qui pauperior esse dignoscitur, easdem res vel pecunias adsignari: hoc videlicet discutiendo a viro reverentissimo locorum antistite et sub eo constitutis clericis. <a 531 d. x k. sept. constantinopoli post consulatum lampadii et orestis vv. cc.>
But if, however, there are more xenones or ptochia in the city, so that the giving of monies may not appear uncertain, then let the same goods or monies be assigned to that xenon or ptochium which is recognized to be poorer: this, namely, being examined by the most reverend bishop of the places and the clerics established under him. <in the year 531, on August 23, at Constantinople, after the consulship of Lampadius and Orestes, most distinguished men.>
Sin autem nullus xenon in civitate inveniatur, tunc secundum de captivis sanctionem pro tempore oeconomus sacrosanctae ecclesiae vel episcopus hereditatem accipiat et sine falcidiae ratione pauperibus, qui in civitate sunt vel penitus mendicantes vel alia sustentatione egentes, eaedem pecuniae distribuantur. <a 531 d. x k. sept. constantinopoli post consulatum lampadii et orestis vv. cc.>
If, however, no xenon is found in the city, then according to the sanction concerning captives, for the time the oikonomos of the most holy Church or the bishop shall receive the inheritance, and without regard to the Falcidian reckoning the same monies shall be distributed to the poor—who are in the city, whether utterly mendicant or lacking other sustenance. <a 531 d. x k. sept. constantinopoli post consulatum lampadii et orestis vv. cc.>
Haec tamen omnia locum habere sancimus, quando non certi xenonis vel certi ptochii vel certae ecclesiae nominatio a testatore subsecuta est, sed incertus est eius sensus. sin autem in personam certam vel in certam venerabilem domum respexit, ei tantummodo hereditatem vel legatum competere sancimus, nulla falcidia nec in hac parte intercedente. <a 531 d. x k. sept.
Nevertheless we sanction that all these things have place when the nomination of a certain xenon or a certain ptochium or a certain church has not followed from the testator, but his intention is uncertain. But if, however, he had regard to a certain person or to a certain venerable house, we sanction that to that one alone the inheritance or the legacy belongs, with no Falcidian reduction intervening even in this part. <a 531 d. x k. sept.
In omnibus autem hiusmodi casibus caelestes iracundias sacrosanctarum rerum administratores expectent, si qualecumque lucrum ex huiusmodi gubernationibus sibi adquisierint vel si hoc committi ab alio senserint et non gravissima poena et interminatione quod perperam factum est studeant corrigere. <a 531 d. x k. sept. constantinopoli post consulatum lampadii et orestis vv. cc.>
But in all such cases let the administrators of sacrosanct things expect celestial wrath, if they have acquired for themselves any kind of lucre from such governances, or if they have perceived this to be committed by another and do not strive, with most grievous punishment and threat, to correct what has been done amiss. <in the year 531, on the 10th day before the Kalends of September, at Constantinople, after the consulship of Lampadius and Orestes, most distinguished men.>
Cum lege leoniana viris reverentissimis episcopis et presbyteris et diaconis peculium habere quasi castrense concessum est, eo addito, ut in ipso testari possint, dubitabatur, si huiusmodi testamenta debent de inofficiosi querella expugnari, cum de omnibus personis, quae huiusmodi peculia meruerunt, eadem fuerat quaestio exorta. * iust. a. iohanni pp. * <a 531 d. k. sept.
When by the Leonine law it was granted to the most reverend men—bishops and presbyters and deacons—to have a peculium quasi castrense, with this added, that they might make a testament within it, it was doubted whether wills of this kind ought to be assailed by the complaint of inofficiousness, since concerning all persons who have deserved such peculia the same question had arisen. * Justinian Augustus to John, pope. * <year 531 on the Kalends of September.
Sancimus itaque viris reverentissimis episcopis et presbyteris et diaconis, qui tale peculium ( id est quasi castrense) possident, super his tantummodo rebus, quae quasi castrensis peculii sunt, non solum ultima condere secundum leges tamen elogia licere, quod ex leoniana constitutione descendit, sed etiam eorum ultimas voluntates, super his tantummodo habitas, de inofficiosi querellae minime subiacere. <a 531 d. k. sept. constantinopoli post cons.
We therefore sanction that to the most reverend men, bishops and presbyters and deacons, who possess such a peculium (that is, as it were castrense), with respect only to those things which are, as it were, of a castrense peculium, it is permitted not only to make final elogia nevertheless according to the laws—which descends from the Leonine constitution—but also that their last wills, held concerning these things only, are in no way subject to a complaint of inofficiousness. <a 531 d. k. sept. constantinopoli post cons.
Si quis in conscribendo instrumento sese confessus fuerit non usurum fori praescriptione propter sacerdotii praerogativam, sancimus non licere ei adversus sua pacta venire et contrahentes decipere, cum regula est iuris antiqui omnes licentiam habere his quae pro se introducta sunt renuntiare. * iust. a. iohanni pp. * <a 531 d. k. sept.
If anyone, in drafting an instrument, shall have confessed himself not going to use the forum’s prescription by reason of the prerogative of the priesthood, we sanction that it is not permitted to him to come against his own pacts and to deceive the contracting parties, since it is a rule of ancient law that all have license to renounce those things which have been introduced for their benefit. * Justin. Aug. to John, praetorian prefect. * <a 531 on the Kalends of September.
Generaliter sancimus omnes viros reverentissimos episcopos nec non presbyteros seu diaconos et subdiaconos et praecipue monachos, licet non sint clerici, immunitatem ipso iure omnes habere tutelae sive testamentariae sive legitimae sive dativae: et non solum tutelae esse eos expertes, sed etiam curae, non solum pupillorum et adultorum, sed et furiosi et muti et surdi et aliarum personarum, quibus tutores vel curatores a veteribus legibus dantur. * iust. a. iohanni pp. * <a 531 d. k. nov.
Generally we sanction that all most reverend men, bishops, and likewise presbyters or deacons and subdeacons, and especially monks, although they are not clerics, all have by the law itself immunity from tutela (tutelage), whether testamentary or legitimate (statutory) or dative (by appointment): and that they be exempt not only from tutela but also from cura (curatorship), not only of pupils and adults, but also of the insane and the mute and the deaf and of other persons to whom tutors or curators are given by the ancient laws. * Justinian Augustus to John, pope. * <in the year 531, on the Kalends of November.
Eos tamen clericos et monachos huiusmodi habere beneficium sancimus, qui ad sacrosanctas ecclesias vel monasteria permanent, non devagantes neque circa divina ministeria desides, cum propter hoc ipsum beneficium eis indulgemus, ut aliis omnibus derelictis dei omnipotentis inhaereant ministeriis. <a 531 d. k. nov. post cons.
We nevertheless sanction that such clerics and monks have this benefit, who remain at the sacrosanct churches or monasteries, not wandering nor idle with respect to the divine ministries, since for this very benefit we grant to them, in order that, all other things left aside, they may adhere to the ministries of almighty God. <a 531 d. k. nov. post cons.
Raptores virginum vel viduarum vel diaconissarum, quae deo fuerint dedicatae, pessima criminum peccantes capitis supplicio plectendos fuisse decernimus, quod non solum ad iniuriam hominum, sed ad ipsius omnipotentis dei inreverentiam committitur. * iust. a. hermogeni mag.
we decree that the ravishers of virgins or of widows or of deaconesses, who have been dedicated to God, committing the worst of crimes, are to be punished with capital punishment, since this is committed not only against the injury of men, but against the irreverence of almighty God himself. * justinian aug. to hermogenes, master.
Qui itaque huiusmodi crimen commiserint et qui eis auxilium tempore invasionis praebuerint, ubi inventi fuerint in ipsa rapina et adhuc flagrante crimine comprehensi a parentibus sanctimonialium virginum vel viduarum vel diaconissarum aut earum consanguineis vel tutoribus seu curatoribus, convicti interficiantur. <a 533 d. xv k. dec. constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iii cons.>
Therefore those who have committed a crime of this kind, and those who have given them aid at the time of the invasion, wherever they are found in the very rapine and apprehended with the crime still in flagrante by the parents of consecrated virgins or of widows or deaconesses, or by their consanguines or guardians or curators, once convicted, let them be put to death. <in the year 533, on the 15th day before the Kalends of December, at Constantinople, under our lord Justinian, the perpetual Augustus, in the 3rd consulship.>
Sin autem post commissum tam detestabile crimen aut potentatu raptor se defendere aut fuga evadere potuerit, in hac quidem regia urbe tam viri excelsi praefecti praetorio quam vir gloriosissimus praefectus urbis, in provinciis autem tam viri eminentissimi praefecti praetorio per illyricum quam magistri militum per diversas nostri orbis regiones nec non viri spectabiles praefectus aegypti et vicarii et proconsules et nihilo minus viri spectabiles duces et viri clarissimi rectores provinciarum nec non alii cuiuslibet ordines iudices, qui in locis inventi fuerint, simile studium cum magna sollicitudine adhibeant, ut eos possint comprehendere et comprehensos in tali crimine post legitimas et iuri cognitas probationes sine fori praescriptione durissimis poenis adficiant et mortis condemnent supplicio. <a 533 d. xv k. dec. constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iii cons.>
But if, after committing so detestable a crime, the ravisher should be able either to defend himself by his power or to escape by flight, then in this imperial city both the man of exalted rank, the Praetorian Prefect, and the most glorious man, the Prefect of the City; but in the provinces both the most eminent men, the Praetorian Prefect through Illyricum, and the Masters of the Soldiers through the various regions of our realm; and likewise the respectable man, the Prefect of Egypt, and the Vicars and Proconsuls, and nonetheless the respectable men, the Dukes, and the most illustrious men, the Governors of the provinces, and also other judges of any order who shall be found in those places, shall apply similar zeal with great solicitude, so that they may be able to apprehend them, and, those apprehended in such a crime, after lawful proofs known to the law, without forum prescription, let them subject to the harshest penalties and condemn to the punishment of death. <a 533, on the 15th day before the Kalends of December (November 17), at Constantinople, under our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in the 3rd consulship.>
Bona autem eorum, si hoc commissum fuerit vel in sanctimonialem virginem, quae in asceterio vel monasterio degit, sive eadem virgo diaconissa constituta sit sive non, eidem monasterio vel asceterio, ubi consecrata est, addicentur, ut ex his rebus et ipsa solacium habeat, dum vivit, sufficiens et res omnes sacrosanctum asceterium seu monasterium pleno habeat dominio. <a 533 d. xv k. dec. constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iii cons.>
Moreover, their goods, if this has been committed either against a sanctimonial virgin who dwells in an asceterion or monastery, whether the same virgin has been appointed deaconess or not, shall be adjudged to the same monastery or asceterion in which she was consecrated, so that from these things she herself may have solace, sufficient while she lives, and that the sacrosanct asceterion or monastery may have full ownership of all the property. <a 533 d. 15 k. dec. constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. 3 cons.>
Sin autem diaconissa cuiuscumque ecclesiae sit, in nullo autem monasterio vel asceterio constituta est, sed per se degit, raptoris eius substantia ecclesiae, cuius diaconissa est, adsignetur, ut ex his facultatibus ipsa quidem usum fructum, dum superest, ab eadem ecclesia consequatur, ecclesia vero omnem proprietatem et plenam possessionem earundem rerum nostro habeat beneficio: nemine vel iudice vel alia quacumque persona hoc audente contemnere. <a 533 d. xv k. dec. constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iii cons.>
But if a deaconess be of whatever church, and is established in no monastery or asceterion, but lives on her own, let the estate of her ravisher be assigned to the church of which she is deaconess, so that from these faculties she herself indeed may obtain the usufruct, while she survives, from the same church, but the church may have all ownership and full possession of those same things by our beneficium: with no one—whether judge or any other person whatsoever—daring to contravene this. <a 533 d. 15 k. dec. constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. 3 cons.>
Poenas autem, quas praediximus, id est mortis et bonorum amissionis, constituimus non tantum adversus raptores, sed etiam contra eos, qui hos comitati in ipsa invasione et rapina fuerint. ceteros autem omnes, qui conscii et ministri huiusmodi criminis reperti et convicti fuerint vel eos susceperint vel quamcumque opem eis intulerint, sive masculi sive feminae sunt, cuiuscumque condicionis vel gradus vel dignitatis, poenae tantummodo capitali subicimus, ut huic poenae omnes subiaceant, sive volentibus sive nolentibus sanctimonialibus virginibus seu aliis supra dictis mulieribus tale facinus fuerit perpetratum. <a 533 d. xv k. dec.
But the penalties which we have predeclared, that is, death and loss of goods, we establish not only against the abductors, but also against those who shall have accompanied them in the very invasion and rapine. As for all the others who shall be found and convicted as privy and ministers of such a crime, or shall have received them, or have brought any help to them, whether they be male or female, of whatever condition or rank or dignity, we subject them to the capital penalty only, so that all are liable to this penalty, whether such a heinous deed has been perpetrated upon consecrated virgins willing or unwilling, or upon the other above-said women. <a 533 d. xv k. dec.
Cognitum etenim nobis est, quod, si quis sponsus vel sponsa post datas aut acceptas arras voluisset se divino deputare servitio et a saeculari conversatione recedere ac sanctimonialem vitam vivere atque in dei timore permanere, compellebatur vir quidem ea quae arrarum nomine dederat amittere, sponsa vero duplum id quod acceperat reddere. quod nostrae mansuetudini satis religioni esse contrarium visum est. <a >
For it has become known to us that, if any bridegroom or bride, after arras (earnest-money) were given or received, should have wished to assign himself or herself to divine service and withdraw from secular conversation (way of life) and live a sanctimonial life and remain in the fear of God, the man was compelled to lose those things which he had given under the name of arras, but the bride to return double what she had received. Which seemed to our clemency sufficiently contrary to religion. <a >
Unde per praesentem legem in perpetuum valituram iubemus, ut, si quis sponsus vel sponsa desideraverit saeculi istius vitam contemnens in sanctimonialium conversatione vivere, sponsus quidem omnia, quae arrarum nomine futuri causa coniugii dedisset, sine ulla imminutione recipiat, sponsa autem non duplum, sicut hactenus, sed hoc tantum sponso restituat, quod arrarum acceperat nomine, et nihil amplius reddere compellatur, nisi quod probata fuerit accepisse. <a >
Whence, by the present law to be valid in perpetuity, we order that, if any bridegroom or bride, despising the life of this age, should desire to live in the sanctimonial life, the bridegroom indeed shall receive, without any diminution, all that he had given under the name of arras for the sake of the future marriage; but the bride shall not restore double, as until now, but shall restore only this to the bridegroom which she had received under the name of arras, and she shall be compelled to render nothing further, except what she shall be proven to have received. <a >
Nam et maritis et uxoribus qui saeculo renuntiant iam anteriore lege a nobis provisum est, ut, sive maritus sive uxor religionis causa a coniugio recesserit et solitariam vitam elegerit, unusquisque eorum res suas recipiat, quas vel pro dote vel ante nuptias donatione praestiterat, et hoc tantummodo lucri nomine consequatur ab eo qui solitariam vitam elegerit, quod debuit legitime vel ex pacto per casum mortis exigere. <a >
For both husbands and wives who renounce the world it has already been provided by an earlier law by us, that, whether the husband or the wife, for the cause of religion, has withdrawn from marriage and chosen a solitary life, each of them shall receive back his or her own property, which he or she had furnished either for the dowry or as an ante-nuptial donation; and that only this, under the name of profit, shall be obtained from the one who has chosen a solitary life: that which he was bound to demand lawfully, or by agreement, upon the case of death. <a >
Hoc etiam cognitum nobis correctione nostra dignum esse iudicamus, ut, si quis in parentium potestate constitutus vel constituta vel forsitan huiusmodi iure absolutus vel absoluta elegerit se vel monasterio vel clero sociare et reliquum vitae suae tempus sanctimonialiter degere voluerit, non liceat parentibus vel easdem personas quocumque modo abstrahere vel propter hanc tantummodo causam quasi ingratum a sua hereditate vel successione repellere, sed necesse sit eis omnimodo, cum ultimam voluntatem suam sive per scripturam sive alio legitimo modo conficiant, quartam quidem portionem secundum leges nostras eis relinquere; sin autem amplius voluerit largiri, hoc eius voluntati concedimus. <a >
We also judge this, having been recognized, to be worthy of our correction: that, if anyone constituted under the power of parents, male or female, or perhaps absolved from such a right, male or female, shall have chosen to associate himself or herself either with a monastery or with the clergy and shall have wished to pass the remainder of his or her life in a sanctimonial (monastic) manner, it shall not be permitted to the parents either to withdraw these same persons in any way, or for this cause alone to repel them from their inheritance or succession as an ingrate; but it shall be necessary for them in every way, when they compose their last will either by writing or by another legitimate mode, to leave to them a fourth portion according to our laws; but if he shall have wished to bestow more, we grant this to his will. <a >
Sin vero ultimam voluntatem parentes neque testamento neque alio ultimo elogio declarasse monstrati fuerint, omnem parentium substantiam heredes, quibus ab intestato competit, secundum leges nostras sibi defendant: nullo eis impedimento ex sanctimoniali conversatione generando, sive soli sive cum aliis ad successionem vocantur. <a >
But if in truth the parents shall be shown to have declared their last will neither by testament nor by any other final declaration, the entire substance of the parents the heirs to whom it pertains by ab intestato, according to our laws, shall claim for themselves: with no impediment arising to them from a sanctimonial way of life, whether they are called to the succession alone or with others. <a >
Huius perpetuae nostrae legis beneficia eos volumus obtinere, qui in monasterio vel clericatu perseveraverint. nam si qui eorum, de quibus praesentem legem posuimus, sanctimonialem vitam elegerint, ad saecularem autem conservationem remeaverint, iubemus omnes eorum res ad iura eius ecclesiae vel monasterii a quo recesserint pertinere. <a >
We wish the benefits of this our perpetual law to be obtained by those who have persevered in a monastery or in the clericate. For if any of those, about whom we have set forth the present law, shall have chosen the sanctimonial life, but shall have returned to secular life, we order all their property to pertain to the rights of that church or monastery from which they have withdrawn. <a >
In praesenti autem hoc amplius decernimus, ut, si suis de praedictis iudaeis vel paganis vel haereticis habuerit servos nondum catholicae fidei sanctissimis mysteriis imbutos, et praedicti servi desideraverint ad orthodoxam fidem venire, postquam catholicae ecclesiae sociati fuerint, in libertatem modis omnibus ex praesenti lege eripiantur: et eos tam iudices provinciarum quam sacrosanctae ecclesiae defensores nec non beatissimi episcopi defendant, nihil pro eorum pretio penitus accipientibus dominis. <a >
At present, moreover, we further decree this: that, if any of the aforesaid Jews or pagans or heretics shall have slaves not yet imbued with the most holy mysteries of the catholic faith, and the aforesaid slaves shall have desired to come to the orthodox faith, after they have been associated with the catholic church, they shall in every way be rescued into liberty by the present law: and both the judges of the provinces and the defenders of the sacrosanct church, as well as the most blessed bishops, shall defend them, with the masters receiving absolutely nothing for their price. <a >
Quod si forte posthac etiam ipsi domini eorum ad orthodoxam fidem conversi fuerint, non liceat eis ad servitutem reducere illos, qui eos ad fidem orthodoxam praecesserunt: sed si quis talia usurpaverit, poenis gravissimis subiacebit. <a >
But if perchance hereafter even their masters themselves should have been converted to the orthodox faith, it shall not be permitted for them to reduce to servitude those who preceded them to the orthodox faith: but if anyone should usurp such things, he shall be subject to most severe penalties. <a >
Haec igitur omnia, quae pietatis intuitu nostra sanxit aeternitas, omnes iudices et religiosissimi antistites sive africanae dioeceseos, in qua maxime huiusmodi vitia frequentari cognovimus, sive aliarum provinciarum naviter et studiosissime observare procurent. nam contemptores non solum pecuniaria multa, sed et capitis supplicio ferientur. <a >
Therefore let all these things, which our eternity has sanctioned out of regard for piety, be diligently and most zealously observed by all judges and the most religious prelates, whether of the African diocese (in which we have recognized that vices of this kind are most frequently practiced) or of other provinces. For despisers will be struck not only with a pecuniary fine, but also with capital punishment. <a >
Si clericus ante definitivam sententiam frustratoriae dilationis causa ad appellationis auxilium convolaverit, multam quinquaginta librarum argenti, quam contra huiusmodi appellatores sanctio generalis imponit, cogatur expendere. hoc autem non fisco nostro volumus accedere, sed pauperibus fideliter erogari. * valentin.
If a cleric, before a definitive sentence, has resorted to the aid of an appeal for the sake of a frustratory delay, let him be compelled to expend the fine of fifty pounds of silver, which the general sanction imposes against appellants of this sort. We do not wish this, however, to accrue to our fisc, but to be faithfully dispensed to the poor. * valentin.
Nullam accipiat requiem vinculorum, qui quiescere sepultos quadam sceleris immanitate non sinit: patiatur tormenta veneficus, maleficus, adulterator violatorque monetae: homicida et parricida quod fecit semper expectet: reus etiam maiestatis de domino, adversus quem talia molitus est, veniam sperare non debet. <a 385 d.V k. mart. mediolano arcadio a. et bautone vc. conss.>
Let him receive no repose from chains, who by a certain immanity of crime does not allow the buried to rest: let the poisoner, the sorcerer, the adulterator and violator of the coinage suffer torments: let the homicide and parricide always expect what he has done: even a defendant of treason against his lord, against whom he has contrived such things, ought not to hope for pardon. <year 385, on the 5th day before the kalends of march, at milan, in the consulship of arcadius, augustus, and bauto, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
His ergo tali quoque sub absolutione damnatis indultum nostrae serenitatis eo praecepti fine concludimus, ut remissionem veniae crimina nisi semel commissa non habeant, ne in eos liberalitatis augustae referatur humanitas, qui impunitatem veteris admissi non emendationi potius quam consuetudini deputarunt. <a 385 d.V k. mart. mediolano arcadio a. et bautone vc. conss.>
Therefore, for those condemned who are also under such an absolution, we conclude the indulgence of our serenity with this limit of the precept: that crimes should not have remission of pardon unless committed once, lest humanity be referred to august liberality in favor of those who have assigned the impunity of a former offense not to amendment but rather to custom. <in the year 385, on the 5th day before the Kalends of March, at Milan, in the consulship of Arcadius Augustus and Bauto, a most distinguished man>
Addictos supplicio et pro criminum immanitate damnatos nulli clericorum vel monachorum, eorum etiam, quos synoditas vocant, per vim atque usurpationem vindicare liceat ac tenere, sed reos ad locum poenae sub prosecutione pergentes nullus teneat aut defendat. * arcad. et honor.
Let it not be permitted for any of the clerics or monks, even those whom they call Synodites, to claim and hold by force and usurpation persons consigned to punishment and condemned for the enormity of their crimes; but let no one detain or defend defendants proceeding under escort to the place of punishment. * Arcadius and Honorius.
Sed sciat se cognitor triginta librarum auri multa, primates officii capitali esse sententia feriendos, nisi usurpatio ista aut protinus vindicetur aut, si tanta clericorum aut monachorum audacia est, ut bellum potius quam iudicium futurum esse existimetur, ad clementiam nostram commissa referantur, ut nostro arbitrio mox severior ultio procedat. <a 398 d. vi k. aug. mnizo honorio a. iiii et eutychiano conss.>
But let the cognitor know that he is liable to a fine of thirty pounds of gold, and that the chiefs of the office are to be struck with a capital sentence, unless that usurpation is either immediately punished or, if such is the audacity of the clerics or monks that it is thought there will be war rather than a judgment, the matters committed be reported to our clemency, so that at our discretion a more severe retribution may proceed at once. <a 398, on the 6th day before the Kalends of August, at Mnizo, in the consulship of Honorius Augustus 4 and Eutychianus.>
Ad episcoporum sane culpam ut cetera redundabit, si quid forte in ea parte regionis, in qua ipsi populos christianae religionis doctrinae insinuatione moderantur, ex his, quae fieri hac lege prohibuimus a monachis perpetratum esse cognoverint nec vindicaverint. <a 398 d. vi k. aug. mnizo honorio a. iiii et eutychiano conss.>
Assuredly, as with the other matters, the blame will redound to the bishops, if perchance in that part of the region in which they themselves govern the peoples by the insinuation of the doctrine of the Christian religion, they should learn that anything of those things which we have prohibited to be done by this law has been perpetrated by monks and should not have vindicated it. <a 398, on the 6th day before the Kalends of August, at Mnizo, in the consulship of Honorius for the 4th time and Eutychianus, consuls.>
Si qui ex consensu apud sacrae legis antistitem litigare voluerint, non vetabuntur, sed experientur illius ( in civili dumtaxat negotio) arbitri more residentis sponte iudicium. quod his obesse non poterit nec debebit, quos ad praedicti cognitoris examen conventos potius afuisse quam sponte venisse constiterit. * arcad.
If any shall have wished, by mutual consent, to litigate before the prelate of the sacred law, they shall not be forbidden, but shall experience his judgment ( in a civil matter only), as of one sitting in the manner of an arbitrator, of their own accord. Which cannot and ought not to be prejudicial to those for whom it has been established that, having been summoned to the examination of the aforesaid examiner, they were present rather than came of their own accord. * arcad.
Episcopale iudicium sit ratum omnibus, qui se audiri a sacerdotibus elegerint, eamque illorum iudicationi adhibendam esse reverentiam, quam vestris referre necesse est potestatibus, a quibus non licet provocare. per iudicium quoque officia, ne sit cassa episcopalis cognitio, definitioni exsecutio tribuatur. * arcad.
Let the episcopal judgment be valid for all who have chosen to be heard by the priests, and let that reverence be applied to their adjudication which it is necessary to render to your powers, from which it is not permitted to appeal. Through the offices as well, lest the episcopal cognition be void, let execution be granted to the definition. * arcad.
Iudices dominicis diebus productos reos e custodia carcerali videant interrogent , ne his humanitas clausis per corruptos carcerum custodes negetur: victualem substantiam non habentibus faciant ministrare libellis duobus aut tribus diurnis vel quot existimaverint commentarienses decretis, quorum sumptibus proficiant alimoniae pauperum: quos ad lavacrum sub fida custodia duci oportet. * honor. et theodos.
Let the judges on the Lord’s days see and question the accused produced from carceral custody , lest humanity be denied to these confined persons through corrupt keepers of the prisons: for those lacking victual substance let them cause to be ministered by two or three daily bills, or by as many as the commentary-clerks shall have thought by decrees, at whose expenses the alimentation of the poor may be furnished: whom it is fitting to be led to the bath under faithful custody. * honorius and theodosius.
Multa iudicibus viginti librarum auri et officiis eorum eiusdem ponderis constituta, ordinibus quoque trium librarum auri multa proposita, si saluberrima statuta contempserint. nec deerit antistitum christianae religionis cura laudabilis, quae ad observationem constituti iudicis hanc ingerat monitionem. <a 409 d. viii k. febr.
Fines of 20 pounds of gold have been established for judges and for their staffs of the same weight, and likewise a fine of 3 pounds of gold has been set forth for the orders, if they should contemn the most healthful statutes. Nor will the praiseworthy care of the bishops of the Christian religion be lacking, to press this admonition for the observance of the appointed judge’s decree. <a 409 d. 8 k. Feb.
Mathematicos, si non parati sint codicibus erroris proprii sub oculis episcoporum incendio concrematis catholicae religionis cultui fidem tradere numquam ad errorem praeteritum redituri, non solum urbe roma, sed etiam omnibus civitatibus pelli decernimus. * honor. et theodos.
We decree that the mathematici (astrologers), if they are not prepared—after the little books of their own error have been burned to ashes by fire under the eyes of the bishops—to entrust their loyalty to the worship of the Catholic religion, never to return to their past error, be expelled not only from the city of Rome, but also from all cities. * Honorius and Theodosius.
Qui si hoc non fecerint et contra clementiae nostrae salubre constitutum in civitatibus fuerint comprehensi vel secreta erroris sui et professionis insinuaverint, deportationis poenam excipiant. <a 409 d. k. febr. ravenna honorio viii et theodosio iii aa. conss.>
If they do not do this, and, contrary to the salutary constitution of our clemency, they are apprehended in the cities or insinuate the secrets of their error and profession, let them incur the penalty of deportation. <a 409 on the kalends of february, at ravenna, when the augusti honorius 8 and theodosius 3 were consuls.>
Decernimus, ut, quicumque catholicarum ecclesiarum, quae sub viro religiosissimo archiepiscopo huius almae urbis sunt, reverentissimum oeconomum sive de ecclesiasticis sive de propriis et ad ipsum solum pertinentibus causis vel quemcumque alterum earundem ecclesiarum clericum aliqua voluerit lite pulsare, apud memoratum beatissimum archiepiscopum causam dicat in negotiis audiendis fidem ac sinceritatem geminam praebiturum et sacerdotis et iudicis. * marcian. a. constantino pp. * <a 456 d. viii ... april.
We decree that whoever, of the catholic churches which are under the most religious man, the archbishop of this kindly city, shall wish to prosecute with any suit either the most reverend economus—whether concerning ecclesiastical matters or private causes pertaining to himself alone—or any other cleric of those same churches, shall plead the case before the aforesaid most blessed archbishop, who, in hearing the affairs, will furnish twin faith and sincerity, both of a priest and of a judge. * Marcian the Augustus to Constantine, praetorian prefect. * <a 456, day 8 ... April.>
Nemo vel in foro magnitudinis tuae vel in provinciali iudicio vel apud quemquam iudicem accedat ad togatorum consortium, nisi sacrosanctis catholicae religionis fuerit imbutus mysteriis. sin autem aliquid quoquo modo vel quadam machinatione factum vel attemptatum fuerit, officium quidem sublimitatis tuae centum librarum auri iacturam pro condemnatione sustineat, idem vero, quicumque ausus fuerit contra providum nostrae serenitatis decretum officium advocationis per subreptionem adripere et prohibitum patrocinium praestiterit, advocationis officio remotus stilum proscriptionis atque perpetui exilii specialiter sustinebit: scituris etiam provinciarum rectoribus, quod is, sub cuius administratione aliquid huiu smodi fuerit attemptatum, partis bonorum dimidiae proscriptionem et poenam exilii per quinquennium sustinebit. * leo et anthem.
Let no one either in the forum of Your Greatness or in a provincial court or before any judge accede to the consortium of the togati, unless he shall have been imbued with the sacrosanct mysteries of the catholic religion. But if in any way or by some contrivance anything shall have been done or attempted, let the officium of Your Sublimity sustain, as a condemnation, a loss of 100 pounds of gold; and likewise whoever shall have dared, against the provident decree of our Serenity, to seize by subreption the office of advocacy and shall have furnished prohibited patronage, removed from the office of advocacy he shall specifically sustain the sentence of proscription and of perpetual exile: with the governors of the provinces also being made aware that he, under whose administration anything of this sort shall have been attempted, will sustain proscription of half his goods and the penalty of exile for five years. * leo and anthemius.
Si legibus prohibitae non sint speratae nuptiae et post arras sponsalicias sponsa coniugium sponsi propter religionis diversitatem recusaverit, si quidem probatum fuerit ante datas easdem arras sponsalicias hoc idem mulierem vel parentes eius cognovisse, sibi debeant imputare. si vero horum ignari sponsalicias arras susceperint vel post arras datas talis causa paenitentiae intercesserit, isdem tantummodo redditis super alterius simpli poena liberi custodiantur. quod simili modo etiam de sponsis super recipiendis nec ne arris praestitis custodiri censemus.
If the hoped-for nuptials are not prohibited by the laws, and after the betrothal arras the bride refuses the groom’s marriage on account of diversity of religion, then, if it has been proved that before those same betrothal arras were given the woman or her parents knew this same thing, they must impute it to themselves. But if, unaware of these matters, they accepted the betrothal arras, or if after the arras were given such a cause of repentance has intervened, upon those same being returned only, they shall be kept free from the penalty of the other’s simple [damages]. We judge that this is to be observed in like manner also concerning grooms, as to whether they shall receive or not the arras that have been tendered.
Iubemus eos tantummodo ad defensorum curam peragendam ordinari, qui sacrosanctis orthodoxae religionis imbuti mysteriis hoc imprimis sub gestorum testificatione , praesente quoque religiosissimo fidei orthodoxae antistite, per depositiones cum sacramenti religione celebrandas patefecerint. ita enim eos praecipimus ordinari, ut reverentissimorum episcoporum nec non clericorum et honoratorum ac possessorum et curialium decreto constituantur. * anastas.
We order that only those be appointed to discharge the care of the defenders, who, imbued with the sacrosanct mysteries of the orthodox religion, shall have made this manifest, above all under the attestation of the acts , and with the most religious prelate of the orthodox faith also present, through depositions to be conducted with the sanctity of an oath. For thus we direct them to be appointed, that they be constituted by the decree of the most reverend bishops, and likewise of the clerics and honorati and possessores and curiales. * anastasius.
Si praesens quidem sit, qui pecuniam numerasse vel alias res dedisse scriptus est, aliquam vero administrationem in provinciis gerat, ut difficile esse videatur denuntiationem eidem non numeratae pecuniae mittere, licentiam damus ei, qui memorata exceptione uti velit, alios iudices adire et per eos manifestare, cui exceptionem huiusmodi obicit, factam a se super non numerata pecunia querellam esse. * iust. a. menae pp. * <a 528 d. k. iul.
If the person who is written down as having counted out the money or given other things is indeed present, but holds some administration in the provinces, so that it seems difficult to send to the same person a notification of the money not counted out, we grant license to him who wishes to use the aforesaid exception to approach other judges and through them to make it manifest to the one against whom he brings such an exception that a complaint by him has been made concerning money not counted out. * justinian aug. to mena, praetorian prefect. * <a 528 on the Kalends of July.
Quod si non sit alius administrator civilis vel militaris vel per aliquam causam difficile sit ei qui memoratam querellam opponit adire eum et ea quae dicta sunt facere, licentiam damus et per virum reverentissimum episcopum eandem suam exceptionem creditori manifestare et ita tempus statutum interrumpere. <a 528 d. k. iul. constantinopoli dn. iustiniano a. ii cons.>
But if there is no other administrator, civil or military, or if for some cause it is difficult for him who sets forth the aforesaid complaint to approach him and do the things that have been said, we grant permission also, through the most reverend man the bishop, to manifest that same plea of his to the creditor and thus to interrupt the time prescribed. <a 528 on the Kalends of July at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, in his 2nd consulship.>
Nemini licere volumus, sive ab ingenuis genitoribus puer parvulus procreatus sive a libertina progenie sive servili condicione maculatus eitus sit, eum puerum in suum dominium vindicare sive nomine dominii sive adscripticiae sive colonariae condicionis: sed neque his, qui eos nutriendos sustulerunt, licentiam concedi penitus ( cum quadam distinctione) eos tollere: sed nullo discrimine habito ii, qui ab huiusmodi hominibus educati vel nutriti vel aucti sunt, liberi et ingenui appareant et sibi adquirant et in posteritatem suam vel extraneos heredes omnia quae habuerint, quo modo voluerint, transmittant. haec observantibus non solum praesidibus provinciarum, sed etiam viris religiosissimis episcopis. * iust.
We wish it to be permitted to no one, whether a very small boy be begotten from freeborn parents or from freedman stock, or be born stained by a servile condition, to claim that boy into his own dominion, whether under the name of ownership or of an adscriptician or coloniary condition: nor is license granted at all to those who have taken them up to be nourished (with a certain distinction) to carry them off: but, no discrimination being had, those who have been reared or nourished or brought up by such persons shall appear free and freeborn, and shall acquire for themselves, and shall transmit to their own posterity or to outside heirs, all that they shall have, in whatever way they will. with these things being observed not only by the governors of the provinces, but also by the most religious men, the bishops. * iust.
Et si quidem pater curatorem furioso vel furiosae in ultimo elogio heredibus institutis vel exheredatis dederit ( ubi et fideiussionem cessare necesse est paterno testimonio pro satisdatione sufficiente), ipse qui datus est ad curationem perveniat, ita tamen, ut in provinciis apud praesides earum, praesente eis tam viro religiosissimo locorum antistite quam tribus primatibus, actis intervenientibus, tactis sacrosanctis scripturis depromat omnia se recte cum utilitate furiosi gerere neque praetermittere, quae utilia furioso esse putaverit, neque admittere, quae non utilia esse existimaverit: et inventario cum omni subtilitate publice conscripto res suscipiat et eas secundum sui opinionem disponat sub hypotheca rerum ad eum pertinentium, ad similitudinem tutorum et adulti curatorum. <a 530 d. k. sept. constantinopoli lampadio et oreste vv. cc. conss.>
And if indeed a father has given a curator to a madman or a madwoman in his final elogium to heirs either instituted or disinherited ( where also it is necessary that suretyship cease, the paternal testimony being sufficient in place of security), let he who is given attain to the curatorship; however, on condition that in the provinces, before their governors, with both the most religious man, the local prelate, and three primates present to them, with the acts intervening, and with the most holy Scriptures touched, he declare that he will conduct everything rightly with the advantage of the mad person, and will not omit the things which he shall have thought useful to the mad person, nor admit the things which he shall have judged not useful: and, with an inventory publicly drawn up with all exactness, let him take over the property and dispose of it according to his own judgment under a hypothec of the things pertaining to him, after the likeness of tutors and of the curators of an adult. <a 530 on the Kalends of September, at Constantinople, Lampadius and Orestes, vv. cc., conss.>
Sin autem testamentum quidem parens non confecerit, lex autem curatorem utpote adgnatum vocaverit vel eo cessante aut non idoneo forsitan existente ex iudiciali electione curatorem ei dare necesse fuerit, tunc scilicet et in provinciis apud praesidem cuiuscumque provinciae et virum religiosissimum episcopum civitatis nec non tres primates creatio procedat, ita ut, si quidem curator substantiam idoneam possidet et sufficientem ad fidem gubernationis, et sine aliqua satisdatione nominatio eius procedat. sin autem non talis eius census inveniatur, tunc et fideiussio in quantum possibile est ab eo exploretur. <a 530 d. k. sept.
But if the parent has not indeed executed a testament, and the law has called a curator, as an agnate, or, that failing or perhaps being not suitable, it has been necessary to give him a curator by judicial election, then, namely, also in the provinces, let the creation proceed before the president (praeses) of whatever province and the most religious man, the bishop of the city, as well as three primates, such that, if indeed the curator possesses substance suitable and sufficient for the fiduciary trust of the administration, his nomination proceed without any surety. But if his means are not found to be such, then let suretyship be required from him in so far as possible. <a 530 d. k. sept.
Creatione omnimodo sacrosanctis scripturis propositis in omni causa celebranda, ipso autem curatore, cuiuscumque substantiae vel dignitatis est, praefatum sacramentum pro utiliter rebus gerendis praestante et inventarium publice conscribente et hypotheca rerum curatoris modis omnibus adhibenda, quatenus possint undique res furiosi utiliter gubernari. <a 530 d. k. sept. constantinopoli lampadio et oreste vv. cc. conss.>
At the creation, the most holy Scriptures being in every way set forth, to be celebrated in every case; moreover, the curator himself, whatever his substance or dignity, offering the aforesaid sacrament for managing the affairs to advantage, and drawing up an inventory publicly, and a hypothec of the curator’s goods to be applied in all ways, so that the affairs of the madman may be usefully governed from every side. <in the year 530, on the Kalends of September, at Constantinople, Lampadius and Orestes, most distinguished men, consuls.>
Tam dementis quam furiosi liberi cuiuscumque sexus possunt legitimas contrahere nuptias, tam dote quam ante nuptias donatione a curatore eorum praestanda: aestimatione tamen in hac quidem regia urbe excellentissimi praefecti urbis, in provinciis autem virorum clarissimorum earum praesidum vel locorum antistitum tam opinione personae quam moderatione dotis et ante nuptias donationis statuenda, praesentibus tam curatoribus dementis quam furiosi nec non his, qui ex genere eorum nobiliores sunt, ita tamen, ut nulla ex hac causa oriatur vel in hac regia urbe vel in provinciis iactura substantiae furiosi vel mente capti, sed gratis omnia procedant, ne tale hominum infortunium etiam expensarum detrimento praegravetur. * iust. a. iuliano pp. * <a 530 d. k. oct.
Both the children of a demented person and of a madman, of whatever sex, can contract legitimate nuptials, with both the dowry and the ante-nuptial donation to be furnished by their curator: the appraisal, however, in this royal city is to be set by the most excellent Prefect of the City, but in the provinces by most distinguished men, the governors of those provinces or the bishops of the localities, to be determined both by the reputation of the person and by the moderation of the dowry and of the ante-nuptial donation, with the curators both of the demented person and of the madman present, and also those who are the more noble from their family; provided, however, that from this cause there arise no loss of the estate of the madman or one bereft of mind either in this royal city or in the provinces, but that all proceed free of charge, lest such misfortune of men be further burdened by the detriment of expenses. * Justinian Augustus to Julian, Praetorian Prefect. * <in the year 530 on the day of the Kalends of October.
Sancimus, si quando afuerit is, qui res alienas vel creditori obnoxias detinet, et desiderat dominus rei vel creditor suam intentionem proponere et non ei licentia sit absente suo adversario qui rem detinet vel infantia vel furore laborante et neminem tutorem vel curatorem habente vel in summa potestate constituto, licentia ei detur adire praesidem vel libellum ei porrigere et hoc in querimoniam deducere intra constituta tempora et interruptionem temporis facere. * iust. a. iohanni pp. * <a 531 d. constantinopoli k. oct.
We sanction that, if ever the person who detains another’s property or things liable to a creditor is absent, and the owner of the thing or the creditor desires to set forth his intention, and he has no leave because his adversary who detains the thing is absent or is suffering from infancy or madness and has no tutor or curator, or is constituted under highest potestas, permission be given him to approach the governor or to present a libellus to him and to bring this by way of complaint within the prescribed times and to make an interruption of time. * Just. Aug. to John, P.P. * <year 531, at Constantinople, on the Kalends of Oct.
Omnes vetitae legibus et divinis et imperialibus constitutionibus haereses perpetuo conquiescant et nemo ulterius conetur quae reppererit profana praecepta vel docere vel discere: ne antistites eorundem audeant fidem insinuare, quam non habent, et ministros creare, quod non sunt: ne per coniventiam iudicantium omniumque, quibus per constitutiones paternas super hoc cura mandata est, eiusmodi audacia neglegatur et crescat. * grat. valentin.
Let all heresies forbidden by laws and by divine and imperial constitutions perpetually come to rest, and let no one further attempt either to teach or to learn the profane precepts which he has discovered: lest the prelates of the same dare to insinuate a faith which they do not have, and to create ministers, which they are not: lest through the connivance of the judges and of all to whom by paternal constitutions care in this matter has been entrusted, audacity of this kind be neglected and grow. * grat. valentin.
Cuncti haeretici procul dubio noverint omnia sibi loca adimenda esse, sive sub ecclesiarum nomine teneantur sive diaconica appellantur vel etiam decanica, sive in privatis domibus vel locis huiusmodi coetibus copiam praebere videantur: his aedibus vel locis privatis ecclesiae catholicae vindicandis. * arcad. et honor.
Let all heretics, beyond doubt, know that all places are to be taken away from them, whether they are held under the name of churches or are called diaconica or even decanica, or seem to provide opportunity for assemblies in private houses or places of this sort: these buildings or private places are to be claimed for the Catholic Church. * Arcadius and Honorius.
Ad hoc interdicatur his omnibus ad litaniam faciendam noctu vel die profanis coire conventibus: statuta videlicet condemnatione centum librarum auri contra officium sublimitatis tuae vel praesidale quinquaginta, si quid huiusmodi fieri vel in publico vel in privatis aedibus concedatur. <a 396 d. v non. mart.
To this end let it be forbidden to all these to come together in profane conventicles to perform a litany by night or by day: with a penalty set, namely a condemnation of one hundred pounds of gold against the office of your Sublimity, or fifty against the praesidial office, if anything of this kind is permitted to be done either in public or in private houses. <a 396 on the 5th day before the Nones of March.
Ac primum quidem volumus esse publicum crimen, quia, quod in religione divina committitur, in omnium fertur iniuriam. quos bonorum etiam publicatione persequimur: quae tamen cedere iubemus proximis quibusque personis, ita ut ascendentium vel descendentium vel venientium ex latere cognatorum usque ad secundum gradum velut in successionibus ordo servetur. quibus ita demum ad capiendas facultates esse ius patimur, si non et ipsi pari conscientia polluuntur.
And first, indeed, we will that it be a public crime, since what is committed against the divine religion is borne as an injury of all. Those whom we also pursue by publication (confiscation) of their goods: which, however, we order to give way to each nearest person, so that, as in successions, the order be observed of ascendants or descendants or cognates coming from the side up to the second degree. To whom we then allow the right to take the assets only on this condition, if they themselves are not defiled by equal complicity.
Ergo et suprema illius scriptura irrita sit, sive testamento sive codicillo sive epistula sive quolibet genere reliquerit voluntatem qui manichaeus fuisse convincitur: hoc quoque casu eadem illa circa gradus superius comprehensos condicione servata. <a 407 d. viii k. mart. romae honorio vii et theodosio ii aa. conss.>
Therefore let his final writing also be null, whether he has left his will by testament or by codicil or by epistle or by any kind whatsoever, who is proved to have been a Manichaean: in this case too, the same condition being observed concerning the degrees comprised above. <year 407 on the 8th day before the Kalends of March at Rome Honorius 7 and Theodosius 2, Augusti, consuls.>
Ariani et macedoniani, pneumatomachi et apollinariani et novatiani sive sabbatiani, eunomiani, tetraditae sive tessarescaedecatitae, valentiniani, papianistae, montanistae seu priscillianistae vel phryges vel pepuzitae, marcianistae, borboriani, messaliani, eutychitae sive enthusiastae, donatistae, audiani, hydroparastatae, tascodrogitae, batrachitae, hermeieciani, photiniani, pauliani, Marcelliani, ophitae, encratitae, apotactitae, saccophori et, qui ad imam usque scelerum nequitiam pervenerant, manichaei nusquam in romano solo conveniendi orandique habeant facultatem. * theodos. a. et valentin.
Arians and Macedonians, Pneumatomachi and Apollinarians and Novatians or Sabbatians, Eunomians, Tetraditae or Tessarescaedecatitae, Valentinians, Papianists, Montanists or Priscillianists or Phrygians or Pepuzites, Marcianists, Borborians, Messalians, Eutychites or Enthusiasts, Donatists, Audianists, Hydroparastatae, Tascodrogitae, Batrachites, Hermeieciani, Photinians, Paulians, Marcellians, Ophites, Encratites, Apotactites, Saccophori and—who had reached the lowest depth of criminal wickedness—Manichaeans shall have nowhere on Roman soil permission to assemble and to pray. * Theodosius the Augustus and Valentinian.
Manichaeis etiam de civitatibus expellendis et ultimo supplicio tradendis, quoniam nihil his relinquendum loci est, in quo ipsis etiam elementis fiat iniuria, cunctisque legibus, quae contra eos ceterosque qui nostrae fidei refragantur olim latae sunt diversisque prolatae temporibus, semper viridi observantia valituris sive de donationibus in haereticorum conventicula, quae ipsi audacter ecclesias nuncupare conantur, factis sive ex ultima voluntate rebus qualitercumque relictis sive de privatis aedificiis, in quae domino permittente vel conivente convenerint, venerandae nobis catholicae vindicandis ecclesiae sive de procuratore, qui hoc nesciente domino fecerit, decem librarum auri multam vel exilium, si sit ingenuus, subituro, metallum vero post verbera, si servilis condicionis sit. <a 428 d. iii k. iun. constantinopoli felice et tauro conss.>
Concerning the Manichaeans also to be expelled from the cities and handed over to the ultimate penalty, since no place must be left to them, in which injury is done even to the elements themselves; and all the laws which were formerly enacted against them and the others who gainsay our faith and were promulgated at diverse times, with an ever-green observance to be in force—whether concerning donations made to the conventicles of heretics, which they boldly endeavor to designate as “churches,” or goods left in whatever manner by last will, or concerning private buildings into which they have assembled with the master permitting or conniving, to be reclaimed for the Catholic Church, venerable to us; or concerning the procurator who has done this with the master ignorant, who shall undergo a fine of ten pounds of gold or exile, if he be freeborn, but the mines after lashes, if he be of servile condition.
Ita ut nec in publico convenire loco nec aedificare sibi quasi ecclesias nec ad circumscriptionem legum quicquam meditari valeant, omni civili et militari, curiarum etiam et defensorum et iudicium sub viginti librarum auri interminatione prohibendi auxilio. <a 428 d. iii k. iun. constantinopoli felice et tauro conss.>
So that they may be able neither to convene in a public place nor to build for themselves, as if churches, nor to devise anything for the circumvention of the laws, they are to be prohibited with the aid of every civil and military authority, and even of the curiae, the defensores, and the judges, under the threatened penalty of 20 pounds of gold. <a 428 d. 3 k. june constantinople felix and taurus consuls.>
Illis etiam in sua omnibus manentibus firmitate, quae de militia poenisque variis de diversis sunt haereticis promulgata, ut nec speciale quidem beneficium adversus leges valeat impetratum. <a 428 d. iii k. iun. constantinopoli felice et tauro conss.>
Those also, all of them, remain in their own full force, which have been promulgated concerning the militia and the various penalties against diverse heretics, so that not even a special benefit, though obtained, may avail against the laws. <a 428, on the 3rd day before the Kalends of June, at Constantinople, Felix and Taurus consuls.>
Damnato portentuosae superstitionis auctore nestorio nota congrui nominis eius inuratur gregalibus, ne christianorum appellatione abutantur: sed quemadmodum ariani lege divae memoriae constantini ob similitudinem impietatis porphyriani a porphyrio nuncupantur, sic ubique participes nefariae sectae nestorii simoniani vocentur, ut, cuius scelus sunt in deserendo deo imitati, eius vocabulum iure videantur esse sortiti. * theodos. et valentin.
With the author of the portentous superstition, Nestorius, condemned, let a brand of his fitting name be seared upon his flock, lest they abuse the appellation of Christians: but just as the Arians, by a law of Constantine of blessed memory, on account of the likeness of their impiety, are called Porphyrians from Porphyrius, so everywhere let the participants in the nefarious sect of Nestorius be called simonians, so that, since in abandoning God they have imitated his crime, they may seem by right to have drawn his appellation. * theodosius and valentinian.
Nec vero impios libros nefandi et sacrilegi nestorii adversus venerabilem orthodoxarum sectam decretaque sanctissimi coetus antistitum ephesi habiti scriptos habere aut legere aut describere quisquam audeat: quos diligenti studio requiri ac publice comburi decernimus. <a 435 d. iii non. aug.
Nor indeed let anyone dare to possess or read or transcribe the impious books of the unspeakable and sacrilegious Nestorius, written against the venerable orthodox sect and the decrees of the most holy assembly of bishops held at Ephesus: which we decree to be sought out with diligent zeal and to be publicly burned. <a 435 d. 3 non. aug.
Ita ut nemo in religionis disputatione aliquam supra dicti nominis faciat mentionem aut quibusdam eorum habendi concilii gratia in aedibus aut villa aut suburbano suo aut alio quolibet loco conventiculum clam aut aperte praebeat: quos omni conventus celebrandi licentia privari statuimus: scientibus universis violatorem huius legis publicatione bonorum esse coercendum. <a 435 d. iii non. aug.
So that no one in a disputation of religion make any mention of the aforesaid name, nor provide to certain of them, for the sake of holding a council, a gathering in his house or villa or suburban estate or in any other place, secretly or openly: we have decreed that they are to be deprived of every license for celebrating assemblies: let all know that a violator of this law is to be constrained by confiscation of property. <in the year 435, dated on the 3rd day before the Nones of August.
Curiales omnium civitatum, onerosis quin etiam militiae seu diversis officiis facultatum et personalium munerum obligatos suis ordinibus, cuiuscumque sectae sint, inhaerere censemus, ne videamur hominibus exsecrandis contumelioso ambitu immunitatis beneficium praestitisse, quos volumus huius constitutionis auctoritate damnari. * theodos. et valentin.
We decree that the curials of all cities, bound to their own orders by onerous burdens—indeed even of military service or of diverse offices—both of patrimonial means (faculties) and of personal munera, of whatever sect they may be, must adhere, lest we seem to have afforded the benefit of immunity to execrable men by contumelious ambition, whom we wish to be condemned by the authority of this constitution. * Theodosius and Valentinian.
Quicumque in hac sacra urbe vel in alexandrina civitate vel in omni aegyptiaca dioecesi diversisque aliis provinciis eutychetis profanam perversitatem sequuntur et ita non credunt, ut trecenti decem et octo sancti patres tradiderunt catholicam fidem in nicaena civitate fundantes, centum quoque et quinquaginta alii venerabiles episcopi, qui in alma urbe constantinopolitana postea convenerunt, et sicut athanasius et theophilus et cyrillus sanctae recordationis episcopi alexandrinae civitatis credebant, quos etiam ephesina synodus ( cui beatae memoriae cyrillus praefuit, in qua nestorii error expulsus est) in universis secuta est, quos et nuper venerabilis chalcedonensis synodus est secuta, prioribus conciliis sacerdotum ex omni prorsus parte consentiens nihilque adimens sacrosancto symbolo neque adiciens, sed eutychetis dogmata funesta condemnans: sciant se esse haereticos apollinaristas: apollinaris enim facinorosissimam sectam eutyches et dioscorus mente sacrilega sunt secuti. * valentin. et marcian.
Whoever in this sacred city or in the Alexandrian city or in the whole Egyptian diocese and in various other provinces follow the profane perversity of Eutyches and do not believe as the three hundred and eighteen holy fathers handed down, founding the Catholic faith in the city of Nicaea, and as one hundred and fifty other venerable bishops, who later convened in the kindly city Constantinople, and as Athanasius and Theophilus and Cyril, bishops of the Alexandrian city of holy remembrance, believed, whom also the Ephesian synod (over which Cyril of blessed memory presided, in which the error of Nestorius was expelled) followed in all things, whom also recently the venerable synod of Chalcedon followed, in every respect consenting to the prior councils of the priests and taking nothing away from nor adding to the most holy symbol, but condemning the deadly dogmas of Eutyches: let them know themselves to be Apollinarian heretics; for the most criminal sect of Apollinaris Eutyches and Dioscorus with a sacrilegious mind have followed. * valentinian and marcian.
Ideoque hi omnes, qui apollinaris vel eutychetis perversitatem sequuntur, illis poenis, quae divorum retro principum constitutionibus contra apollinaristas vel serenitatis nostrae postmodum sanctione contra eutychianistas vel hac ipsa augustissima lege contra eosdem decretae sunt, noverint se esse plectendos. <a 455 d. k. aug. constantinopoli valentiniano a. viii et anthemio conss.>
And so let all those who follow the perversity of Apollinaris or of Eutyches know themselves to be punished by those penalties which, by the constitutions of the divine princes of former times, were decreed against the Apollinarists, or by the sanction of Our Serenity thereafter against the Eutychianists, or by this very most august law against the same. <in the year 455, on the Kalends of August, at Constantinople, Valentinian consul for the 8th time and Anthemius, consuls.>
Idcirco apollinaristae, hoc est eutychianistae ( quibus etsi est in appellatione diversitas, tamen in haeresis pravitate coniunctio, et dispar quidem nomen, sed idem sacrilegium) sive in hac alma urbe diversisque provinciis sive in alexandrina civitate sive intra aegyptiacam dioecesim sunt neque ita credunt, ut praedicti venerabiles patres credebant, neque viro reverentissimo alexandrinae urbis antistiti proterio fidem orthodoxam tenenti communicant, episcopos vel presbyteros aliosque clericos creare et habere prohibemus: scientibus tam his eutychianistis vel apollinaristis, qui ausi fuerint cuiquam episcopi vel presbyteri vel clerici nomen imponere, quam his, qui passi fuerint impositum sibi nomen sacerdotale retinere, poenam exilii cum facultatum suarum amissione se subituros. <a 455 d. k. aug. constantinopoli valentiniano a. viii et anthemio conss.>
Therefore the Apollinarists, that is, the Eutychianists (for whom, although there is diversity in appellation, yet there is conjunction in the depravity of the heresy, and indeed the name is different, but the sacrilege is the same), whether they are in this fostering city and in diverse provinces or in the Alexandrian city or within the Egyptian diocese, and do not believe as the aforesaid venerable Fathers believed, nor do they communicate with Proterius, the most reverend man, prelate of the city of Alexandria, holding the orthodox faith, we forbid to create and to have bishops or presbyters and other clerics: let both those Eutychianists or Apollinarists who shall have dared to impose upon anyone the name of bishop or presbyter or cleric, and those who shall have allowed the sacerdotal name imposed upon themselves to be retained, know that they will undergo the penalty of exile together with the loss of their estates. <a 455 d. k. aug. constantinopoli valentiniano a. viii et anthemio conss.>
Universi praeterea apollinaristae vel eutychianistae non ecclesias non monasteria sibi construant, parasynaxes et conventicula tam diurna quam nocturna non contrahant neque ad domum neque ad possessionem cuiusquam neque ad monasterium vel quemcumque alterum locum operaturi sectae funestissimae congregentur. <a 455 d. k. aug. constantinopoli valentiniano a. viii et anthemio conss.>
Furthermore, let all Apollinarists or Eutychianists neither build churches nor monasteries for themselves, let them not contract parasynaxes and conventicles either by day or by night, nor gather to carry out the operations of that most baleful sect at anyone’s house or estate, or at a monastery or any other place. <a 455 on the Kalends of August at Constantinople, Valentinian in his 8th, and Anthemius, consuls.>
Quod si fecerint et hoc factum fuisse domino volente constiterit, post rem in examine iudicis adprobatum domus vel possessio, in qua convenerint, fisco sine dilatione societur, monasterium vero eius civitatis orthodoxae ecclesiae, in cuius territorio est, iubemus addici. <a 455 d. k. aug. constantinopoli valentiniano a. viii et anthemio conss.>
But if they do this, and it is established that this has been done with the Lord willing, after the matter has been approved in the examination of a judge, the house or possession in which they have assembled shall be joined to the fisc without delay, but the monastery we order to be adjudged to the orthodox church of that city in whose territory it is. <a 455 d. k. aug. constantinopoli valentiniano a. 8 et anthemio conss.>
Si vero ignorante domino, sciente vero qui pensiones domus exigit vel conductore vel procuratore vel actore praedii parasynaxes et conventicula interdicta collegerint, conductor vel procurator sive actor vel quicumque eos in domum vel in possessionem vel in monasterium receperint ac passi fuerint illicitas parasynaxes conventusque celebrari, si vilis et abiectae condicionis sunt, fustibus publice et in poenam suam et in aliorum coerceantur exemplum, si honestae vero personae sunt, decem libras auri multae nomine fisco nostro cogantur inferre. <a 455 d. k. aug. constantinopoli valentiniano a. viii et anthemio conss.>
But if, the owner being ignorant, while the one who exacts the rents of the house, or the lessee, or the procurator, or the estate-actor knowing, they shall have gathered forbidden parasynaxes and conventicles, the lessee or procurator or actor, or whoever shall have received them into a house or into a possession or into a monastery and shall have allowed illicit parasynaxes and assemblies to be celebrated there, if they are of base and abject condition, let them be publicly beaten with rods and restrained both as a punishment to themselves and as an example to others; but if they are persons of honorable standing, let them be compelled to pay to our fisc, by way of a fine, ten pounds of gold. <a 455 on the Kalends of August, at Constantinople, Valentinian Augustus (8) and Anthemius, consuls.>
Nullum praeterea apollinaristam vel eutychianistam ad aliquam iubemus adspirare militiam. si qui vero in quacumque militia inventi fuerint militare, soluti cingulo honestorum hominum et palatii communione priventur nec in aliqua nec in qua nati sunt civitate vel vico aut regione versentur. <a 455 d. k. aug.
Moreover, we command that no Apollinarist or Eutychianist aspire to any military service. But if any shall be found to be serving in whatever service, let them be stripped of the belt and deprived of the communion of honorable men and of the palace, nor let them reside in any city, not even in that in which they were born, or in any village or region. <a 455 d. k. aug.
Nulli insuper eutychianistae vel apollinaristae publice vel privatim advocandi coetus et circulos contrahendi et de errore haeretico disputandi ac perversitatem facinorosi dogmatis adserendi tribuatur facultas. <a 455 d. k. aug. constantinopoli valentiniano a. viii et anthemio conss.>
Moreover, to no Eutychianist or Apollinarist, publicly or privately, shall the faculty be granted of summoning assemblies and forming circles, and of disputing about the heretical error and asserting the perversity of the criminal dogma. <a 455 d. k. aug. constantinopoli valentiniano a. viii et anthemio conss.>
Nulli etiam contra venerabilem chalcedonensem synodum liceat aliquid vel dictare vel scribere vel edere atque emittere aut aliorum scripta super eadem re proferre. <a 455 d. k. aug. constantinopoli valentiniano a. viii et anthemio conss.>
Let it be permitted to no one, moreover, to dictate or to write or to publish and to issue anything against the venerable Chalcedonian synod, or to bring forward the writings of others concerning the same matter. <in the year 455, on the Kalends of August, at Constantinople, with Valentinian for the 8th time and Anthemius as consuls.>
Eos vero qui discendi studio audierint de infausta haeresi disputantes, decem librarum auri, quae fisco nostro inferendae sunt, iubemus subire dispendium. ultimo etiam supplicio coerceantur, qui illicita docere temptaverint. <a 455 d. k. aug.
Those, indeed, who, out of a zeal for learning, have listened to persons disputing about the ill‑omened heresy, we order to incur a penalty of ten pounds of gold, which are to be paid into our fisc. Let those also who shall have attempted to teach unlawful things be restrained by the ultimate punishment. <a 455 d. k. aug.
Omnes vero huiuscemodi chartae ac libri, qui funestum eutychetis, hoc est apollinaris, fuerint dogma complexi, incendio concrementur, ut facinorosae perversitatis vestigia ipsa flammis ambusta depereant. aequum namque est, ut immanissima sacrilegia par poenae magnitudo percellat. <a 455 d. k. aug.
But all papers and books of this kind, which shall have embraced the baleful dogma of Eutyches, that is, of Apollinaris, are to be consumed by fire, so that the very traces of criminal perversity, scorched by the flames, may perish. For it is equitable that a magnitude of punishment equal to the most monstrous sacrileges should strike them down. <a 455 d. k. aug.
Scientibus moderatoribus provinciarum eorumque apparitionibus, defensoribus etiam civitatum, quod, si ea, quae legis huius religiosissima sanctione custodienda decrevimus, aut neglexerint aut aliqua permiserint temeritate violari, denarum librarum auri multam fisco cogantur inferre: insuper etiam existimationis suae periculum sustinebunt. <a 455 d. k. aug. constantinopoli valentiniano a. viii et anthemio conss.>
Let the governors of the provinces and their apparitors, and also the defenders of the cities, know that, if they either neglect those things which by the most religious sanction of this law we have decreed to be kept, or allow them through some rashness to be violated, they shall be compelled to pay to the fisc a fine of ten pounds of gold; moreover, they shall also endure peril to their reputation. <at constantinople, on the kalends of august, in the year 455, valentinian in his 8th consulship and anthemius, consuls.>
Si qui orthodoxae religionis emptione vera vel ficticia aut quocumque alio iure vel titulo praedia et possessiones resque immobiles, in quibus orthodoxae fidei ecclesiae vel oratoria constituta sunt, in haereticae sectae et contraria orthodoxae fidei sentientem quamcumque personam transferre voluerint, nullam huiusmodi vel inter vivos habitam vel secreto iudicio compositam valere volumus voluntatem, etiamsi ab orthodoxae fidei venditore vel quocumque modo alienatore commenticio sub qualibet occasione fuerit adsignata: sed irrita omnia huiusmodi documenta et tamquam penitus nec scripta esse censemus. * leo a. erythrio pp. * <a 466 - 472 ? >
If anyone of the orthodox religion should wish to transfer, by a true or a fictitious purchase or by whatever other law or title, estates and possessions and immovable things, in which churches or oratories of the orthodox faith have been established, to any person adhering to a heretical sect and thinking contrary to the orthodox faith, we will that no such will or act—whether held inter vivos or composed by a secret judgment—have validity, even if it shall have been assigned by a vendor of the orthodox faith or by a sham alienator in whatever way under whatever pretext: but we judge all documents of this kind void and as though they had not been written at all. * leo a. to erythrius, praetorian prefect. * <a 466 - 472 ? >
Sive enim apud dominos possessoresve orthodoxos ea praedia maneant seu ad fisci nostri iura pervenerint, necesse est in his ecclesias et oratoria constituta diligentius et sollicitius instaurari. nostrae enim serenitatis undique ad hunc exitum providentia ducit, ut omnipotentis dei templa, in quibus nostrae fidei instituta perdurant, cultu adsiduo per omnia saecula rediviva serventur. <a 466 472 ? >
For whether those estates remain with lords or orthodox possessors, or have come to the rights of our fisc, it is necessary that in them the churches and oratories established be restored more diligently and more solicitously. For the providence of Our Serenity on every side leads to this outcome, that the temples of almighty God, in which the institutes of our faith endure, be preserved—revivified—with assiduous cult through all the ages. <a 466 472 ? >
Nec enim dubitari potest, quod si in haereticos veniant possessiones, in quibus verae fidei ecclesiae vel oratoria constituta sunt et integritas colitur, omnimodo ab his deseri atque destitui, omni cultu vacare, omnibus sacris et solitis viduari mysteriis, omni splendore privari, nullis populorum conventionibus, nullis clericorum observationibus celebrari et ex hoc sine dubio easdem ecclesias perire ruere complanari. nec enim de earum instauratione haeretici poterunt aliquando cogitare, quas penitus esse nolebant. quae omnia resecantes ad praesentem legem pervenimus.
For it cannot be doubted that, if possessions come into the hands of heretics, in which churches or oratories of the true faith have been established and integrity is cultivated, they will in every way be deserted and abandoned by these men, be empty of all cult, be widowed of all sacred and accustomed mysteries, be deprived of all splendor, be celebrated by no gatherings of peoples, by no observances of clerics; and from this without doubt the same churches will perish, collapse, and be leveled. For heretics will not at any time be able to think about the restoration of those which they absolutely did not wish to exist. Cutting away all these things, we have come to the present law.
Cognovimus multos esse orthodoxos liberos, quibus nec pater nec mater orthodoxae sunt religionis. et ideo sancimus, non tantum in casu, ubi alter orthodoxae religionis est, sed etiam in his casibus, in quibus uterque parens alienae sectae sit, id est pater et mater, ii tantummodo liberi ad eorum successionem sive ex testamento sive ab intestato vocentur et donationes seu alias liberalitates ab his accipere possint, qui orthodoxorum venerabili nomine sunt decorati: ceteris liberis eorum, qui non dei omnipotentis amorem, sed paternam vel maternam impiam adfectionem secuti sunt, ab omni beneficio repellendis. * iust.
We have learned that there are many orthodox children, whose neither father nor mother is of the orthodox religion. And therefore we sanction, not only in the case where one is of the orthodox religion, but also in those cases in which both parents are of an alien sect, that is, father and mother, that only those children be called to their succession, whether by will or ab intestate, and be able to receive donations or other liberalities from those who are adorned with the venerable name of the orthodox: the rest of their children, who have followed not the love of Almighty God but a paternal or maternal impious affection, being repelled from every benefit. * Just.
Sed ne videamur morientibus quidem genitoribus liberis providere, viventibus autem nullam inferre providentiam, quod etiam ex facto nobis cognitum est, necessitatem imponimus talibus genitoribus orthodoxos liberos secundum sui patrimonii quantitatem alere et omnia eis praestare, quae ad quotidianam vitae conversationem sufficiant: sed et dotes pro filiabus vel neptibus dare et ante nuptias donationes pro filiis vel nepotibus perscribere, in omni casu secundum vires patrimonii huiusmodi liberalitatibus aestimandis, ne propter divini amoris electionem paterna vel materna fuerint liberi provisione defraudati. <a 529 >
But lest we seem to provide for children indeed when their parents are dying, yet to bring in no provision when they are living—which also has become known to us in fact—we impose necessity upon such parents to support their orthodox children according to the amount of their patrimony and to furnish to them everything which suffices for the daily conduct of life: and also to give dowries for daughters or granddaughters and to set down in writing ante-nuptial donations for sons or grandsons, in every case such liberalities being assessed according to the resources of the patrimony, lest, on account of the choice of divine love, the children be defrauded of paternal or maternal provision. <a 529 >
Omnibus videlicet, quae nostrae constitutiones de poenis paganorum et manichaeorum et borboritarum et samaritarum et montanistarum et tascodrogorum et ophitarum ceterorumque haereticorum causa constituerunt, ex hac nostra lege confirmandis et in perpetuum valituris. <a 529 >
namely, all the provisions which our constitutions have established concerning the penalties of the pagans and the Manichaeans and the Borborites and the Samaritans and the Montanists and the Tascodrogites and the Ophites and the other heretics, are by this our law confirmed and shall be valid in perpetuity. <a 529 >
Quoniam multi iudices in dirimendis litigiis nos interpellaverunt, indigentes nostro oraculo, ut eis reseretur, quid de testibus haereticis statuendum sit, utrumne accipiantur eorum testimonia an respuantur, sancimus contra orthodoxos quidem litigantes nemini haeretico vel etiam his qui iudaicam superstitionem colunt esse in testimonia communionem, sive utraque pars orthodoxa sit sive altera. * iust. a. iohanni pp. * <a 531 d. v k. aug.
Since many judges, in resolving litigations, have petitioned us, needing our oracle, that it be disclosed to them what must be established concerning heretical witnesses—whether their testimonies should be received or rejected—we decree that, in cases against orthodox litigants, no heretic, nor even those who cultivate the Judaic superstition, is to have participation in testimony, whether both parties are orthodox or only one. * Justinian Augustus to John, praetorian prefect. * <a 531 d. 5 k. aug.
Inter se autem haereticis vel iudaeis, ubi litigandum existimaverint, concedimus foedus permixtum et dignos litigatoribus etiam testes introduci, exceptis scilicet his, quos vel manichaeus furor ( cuius partem et borboritas esse manifestissimum est) vel pagana superstitio detinet, samaritis nihilo minus et qui illis non absimiles sunt, id est montanistis et tascodrogis et ophitis, quibus pro reatus similitudine omnis legitimus actus interdictus est. <a 531 d. v k. aug. constantinopoli post consulatum lampadii et orestis vv. cc.>
But between themselves, to heretics or Jews, whenever they think there must be litigation, we concede a mixed compact and that witnesses also worthy of the litigants be introduced, with these of course excepted: those whom either the Manichaean madness (of which it is most manifest that the Borboritae are a part) or pagan superstition holds, likewise the Samaritans, and those who are not unlike them, that is, the Montanists and the Tascodrogi and the Ophites, for whom, on account of the likeness of their guilt, every legitimate act is interdicted. <a 531, on the 5th day before the Kalends of August, at Constantinople, after the consulate of Lampadius and Orestes, most distinguished men.>
Sed et his quidem, id est manichaeis et borboritis et paganis nec non samaritis et montanistis et tascodrogis et ophitis, omne testimonium sicut et alias legitimas conversationes sancimus esse interdictum : aliis vero haereticis tantummodo iudicialia testimonia contra orthodoxos, secundum quod constitutum est, volumus esse inhibita. <a 531 d. v k. aug. constantinopoli post consulatum lampadii et orestis vv. cc.>
But also to these indeed, that is, to the Manichaeans and Borborites and pagans, and likewise to the Samaritans and Montanists and Tascodrogi and Ophites, we sanction that all testimony, as also other legitimate dealings, be interdicted : but for other heretics we wish only judicial testimonies against the orthodox, according to what has been established, to be inhibited. <a 531 d. v k. aug. constantinopoli post consulatum lampadii et orestis vv. cc.>
Ceterum testamentaria testimonia eorum et quae in ultimis elogiis vel in contractibus consistunt, propter utilitatem necessarii usus sine ulla distinctione permittimus, ne probationum facultas angustetur. <a 531 d. v k. aug. constantinopoli post consulatum lampadii et orestis vv. cc.>
Moreover, we permit, without any distinction, their testamentary testimonies and those which consist in last will-declarations or in contracts, because of the utility of necessary use, lest the faculty of proofs be narrowed. <a 531 on the 5th day before the Kalends of August, at Constantinople, after the consulship of Lampadius and Orestes, most distinguished men.>
Divinam nostram sanctionem, per quam iussimus neminem errore constrictum haereticorum hereditatem vel legatum sive fideicommissum accipere, etiam in ultimis militum voluntatibus locum habere praecipimus, sive communi iure sive militari testentur. * iust. a. iohanni pp. * <a 531 d. k. sept.
We prescribe that our divine sanction, by which we commanded that no one bound by the error of the heretics receive an inheritance or a legacy or a fideicommissum, shall have place also in the last wills of soldiers, whether they make a testament under the common law or the military law. * Justinian Augustus to John, praetorian prefect. * <a 531 on the Kalends of Sept.
Antistitem, qui sanctitatem baptismatis illicita usurpatione geminaverit, sacerdotio indignum esse censemus. eorum enim condemnamus errorem, qui apostolorum praecepta calcantes christiani nominis sacramenta sortitos alio rursus baptismate non purificant, sed incestant, lavacri nomine polluentes. * valens grat.
We judge a bishop who has doubled the sanctity of baptism by illicit usurpation to be unworthy of the priesthood. For we condemn the error of those who, trampling the precepts of the apostles, do not purify by another baptism again those who have obtained the sacraments of the Christian name, but defile them, polluting under the name of a washing. * valens grat.
Nulli haereticorum danda est licentia vel ingenuos vel servos proprios, qui orthodoxorum sunt initiati mysteriis, ad suum rursus baptisma deducendi, nec vero illos, quos emerint vel qualitercumque habuerint necdum suae superstitioni coniunctos, prohibendi catholicae sequi religionem ecclesiae. * theodos. et valentin.
No license is to be granted to any of the heretics to lead back either freeborn persons or their own slaves, who have been initiated into the mysteries of the orthodox, to their baptism again; nor indeed are they to forbid those whom they have purchased or in whatever way have held, not yet joined to their superstition, to follow the catholic religion of the church. * theodos. and valentin.
Quod qui fecerit vel, cum sit ingenuus, in se fieri passus sit vel factum non detulerit, exilio ac decem librarum auri multa damnabitur: testamenti et donationis faciendae utrique deneganda licentia. <a 428 d. iii k. iun. constantinopoli felice et tauro conss.>
Whoever shall have done this, or, though he is freeborn, has allowed it to be done to himself, or has not reported the deed, shall be condemned to exile and to a fine of ten pounds of gold: to each, the license for making a testament and a donation is to be denied. <a 428 on the 3rd day before the Kalends of June at Constantinople, Felix and Taurus consuls.>
Quae omnia ita custodiri decernimus, ut nulli iudicum liceat delatum ad se crimen minori aut nulli coercitioni mandare, nisi ipse id pati velit, quod aliis dissimulando concesserit. <a 428 d. iii k. iun. constantinopoli felice et tauro conss.>
We decree that all these things be kept thus, that it be lawful for none of the judges to assign a charge brought before him to a lesser coercion or to none at all, unless he himself is willing to suffer that which by dissembling he has conceded to others. <given at Constantinople on 30 May 428, in the consulship of Felix and Taurus.>
Si quis lege venerabili constitutus ex christiano iudaeus effectus sacrilegis coetibus adgregetur, cum accusatio fuerit comprobata, facultates eiusdem dominio fisci iubemus vindicari. * constantius a. ad thalassium pp. * <a 357 d. v non. iul.
If anyone, established by the venerable law, having become a Jew from a Christian, is aggregated to sacrilegious assemblies, when the accusation has been proved, we order the property of the same to be claimed into the dominion of the fisc. * constantius augustus to thalassius, praetorian prefect. * <a 357 dated 5 nones of july.
Si quis defunctum violatae atque desertae christianae religionis accusat eumque in sacrilegia templorum vel in ritus iudaicos transisse contendit eaque gratia testari minime potuisse confirmat, intra quinquennium iuge, quod inofficiosis actionibus constitutum est, proprias exserat actiones futurique iudicii huiuscemodi sortiatur exordium. * grat. valentin.
If anyone accuses a deceased person of having violated and deserted the Christian religion, and contends that he passed over into the sacrileges of temples or into Judaic rites, and confirms that for that reason he was by no means able to make a testament, let him, within the continuous five-year period which has been established for inofficious actions, assert his own actions and obtain the commencement of a future judgment of this kind. * Gratian, Valentinian.
Ii, qui sanctam fidem prodiderint et sanctum baptisma haeretica superstitione profanaverint, a consortio omnium segregati sint, a testimoniis alieni, testamenti, ut ante iam sanximus, non habeant factionem, nulli in hereditate succedant, a nemine scribantur heredes. * valentin. theodos.
Those who have betrayed the holy faith and have profaned the holy baptism by heretical superstition, let them be segregated from the fellowship of all, be excluded from testimony, let them, as we have already sanctioned before, not have testamentary capacity, let them succeed to no one in inheritance, let them be written as heirs by no one. * valentin. theodos.
Sed nec umquam in statum pristinum revertentur, non flagitium morum oblitterabitur paenitentia neque umbra aliqua exquisitae defensionis aut muniminis obducetur, quoniam quidem eos, qui fidem quam deo dicaverant polluerunt et prodentes divinum mysterium in profana migraverunt, tueri ea quae sunt commenticia et concinnata non possunt. <a 391 d. v id. mai. concordiae tatiano et symmacho conss.>
But neither will they ever return into their former state; the scandal of their morals will not be obliterated by penitence, nor will any shadow of an exquisite defense or muniment be drawn over them, since indeed those who have polluted the faith which they had dedicated to God and, betraying the divine mystery, have migrated into profane things, cannot be protected by things that are commentitious and concinnated. <a 391 d. v id. mai. concordiae tatiano et symmacho conss.>
Quibus quamvis praeterita interdicta sufficiant, tamen etiam illud iteramus, ne, postquam a fide deviaverint, testandi aut donandi quippiam habeant facultatem. sed nec venditionis specie facere legi fraudem sinantur, totumque ab intestato christianitatem sectantibus propinquis potissimum deferatur. <a 426 d. vii id. april.
Although the past interdicts suffice for these persons, nevertheless we also repeat this: that, after they have deviated from the faith, they shall have no faculty of making a will or of donating anything. Nor let them be allowed, under the appearance of a sale, to commit a fraud upon the law; and let the whole be devolved by intestate succession, preferably to relatives who follow Christianity. <in the year 426, on the 7th day before the Ides of April.
In tantum autem contra huiuscemodi sacrilegia perpetuari volumus actionem, ut universis ab intestato venientibus etiam post mortem peccantis absolutam vocem insimulationis congruae non negamus: nec illud patiemur obstare, si nihil in contestatione profano dicatur vivente perductum. <a 426 d. vii id. april. ravennae theodosio a. xii et valentiniano c. ii conss.>
Moreover, we wish the action to be perpetuated to such an extent against sacrileges of this kind that we do not deny to all who come by intestate succession, even after the offender’s death, the unqualified right to bring a fitting accusation; nor will we allow it to be an obstacle if it is said that nothing was brought to the stage of contestation while the profane person was alive. <a. 426 on the 7th day before the Ides of April, at Ravenna, Theodosius, Augustus, 12, and Valentinian, Caesar, 2, consuls.>
Sed ne huius interpretatio criminis latius incerto vagetur errore, eos praesentibus insectamur oraculis, qui nomine christianitatis induti sacrificia vel fecerint vel facienda mandaverint: quorum etiam post mortem comprobata perfidia hac ratione plectenda est, ut donationibus testamentisque rescissis ii, quibus hoc defert legitima successio, huiusmodi personarum hereditate potiantur. <a 426 d. vii id. april. ravennae theodosio a. xii et valentiniano c. ii conss.>
But lest the interpretation of this crime wander more widely in uncertain error, we assail with these present oracles those who, clad in the name of Christianity, have either performed sacrifices or have ordered them to be performed; and their perfidy, even after death, once proved, must be punished in this way: with donations and testaments rescinded, those to whom the lawful succession conveys this shall obtain the inheritance of persons of this kind. <a 426 d. 7 id. april. ravennae theodosio a. 12 et valentiniano c. 2 conss.>
Eos, qui catholicarum ecclesiarum clerici vel orthodoxae fidei monachi relicto vero orthodoxae religionis cultu apollinaris vel eutychetis haeresin et dogmata abominanda sectati sunt, omnibus poenis, quae prioribus legibus adversus haereticos constitutae sunt, iubemus teneri et extra ipsum quoque romani imperii solum repelli, sicut de manichaeis praecedentium legum statuta sanxerunt. * valentin. et marcian.
Those who, being clerics of the catholic churches or monks of the orthodox faith, have, with the true worship of the orthodox religion abandoned, followed the heresy and abominable dogmas of Apollinaris or Eutyches, we order to be held subject to all penalties which have been established by prior laws against heretics, and to be repelled even outside the very soil of the Roman Empire itself, just as the statutes of the preceding laws decreed concerning the Manichaeans. * Valentinian and Marcian.
Cum sit nobis cura deligens per omnia superni numinis religionem tueri, signum salvatoris christi nemini licere vel in solo vel in silice vel in marmoribus humi positis insculpere vel pingere, sed quodcumque reperitur tolli: gravissima poena multando eo, si quis contrarium statutis nostris temptaverit, specialiter imperamus. * theodos. et valentin.
Since it is our diligent care in all things to safeguard the religion of the supernal divinity, we command that it be permitted to no one to engrave or to paint the sign of the Savior Christ either on the soil, or on flint, or on marbles set on the ground, but that whatever is found be removed: punishing him with a most grievous penalty if anyone shall have attempted anything contrary to our statutes, we expressly command. * theodosius and valentinian.
Iudaeis et maioribus eorum et patriarchis volumus intimari, quod, si quis post hanc legem aliquem, qui eorum feralem fugerit sectam et ad dei cultum respexerit , saxis aut alio furoris genere, quod nunc fieri cognovimus, ausus fuerit attemptare, mox flammis dedendus est et cum omnibus suis participibus concremandus. * const. a. ad euagrium pp. * <a 315 d. xv k. nov.
Let it be intimated to the Jews and their elders and patriarchs that, if anyone after this law should dare to attempt, with stones or some other kind of frenzy, which we have now learned is being done, against anyone who has fled their deadly sect and has turned toward the cult of God , he is forthwith to be given to the flames and to be burned up with all his accomplices. * Constantine Augustus to Evagrius, Praetorian Prefect. * <a 315 on the 15th day before the Kalends of November
Ne quis christianam mulierem in matrimonium iudaeus accipiat neque iudaeae christianus coniugium sortiatur. nam si quis aliquid huiusmodi admiserit, adulterii vicem commissi huius crimen obtinebit, libertate in accusandum publicis quoque vocibus relaxata. * valentin.
Let no Jew take a Christian woman into matrimony, nor let a Christian obtain a conjugal union with a Jewess. For if anyone shall have committed anything of this kind, he will incur the charge of this deed in the stead of adultery, the liberty for accusation being relaxed even to public voices. * Valentinian.
Iudaeos quodam festivitatis suae sollemni aman ad poenae quondam recordationem incendere et sanctae crucis adsimulatam speciem in contemptu christianae fidei sacrilega mente exurere provinciarium rectores prohibeant, ne locis suis fidei nostrae signum immisceant, sed ritus suos citra contemptum christianae legis retineant, amissuri sine dubio permissa hactenus, nisi ab illicitis temperaverint. * honor. et theodos.
Let provincial rectors forbid the Jews, at a certain solemnity of their festival, to kindle for the recordation of a former penalty and, with a sacrilegious mind, in contempt of the Christian faith, to burn up a simulated appearance of the holy cross, lest they intermix in their own places the sign of our faith; but let them retain their rites without contempt of the Christian law, being without doubt about to lose the permissions granted thus far, unless they refrain from illicit things. * Honorius and Theodosius.
Caelicolarum nomen inauditum quodammodo novum crimen superstitionis vindicavit. ii, nisi ad dei cultum venerationemque christianam conversi fuerint, his legibus , quibus praecipimus haereticos adstringi, se quoque noverint attinendos. * honor.
The unheard-of name of the heaven-worshipers has, in a certain way, declared a new charge of superstition. They, unless they shall have been converted to the worship of God and Christian veneration, should know that they also are to be constrained by those laws , by which we command heretics to be constrained. * honor.
Die sabbato ac reliquis sub tempore, quo iudaei cultus sui reverentiam servant, neminem aut facere aliquid aut ulla ex parte conveniri debere praecipimus ( ita tamen, ut nec illis detur licentia eodem die christianos orthodoxos convenire, ne christiani forte ex interpellatione iudaeorum ab officialibus praefatis diebus aliquam sustineant molestiam), cum fiscalibus commodis et litigiis privatorum constat reliquos dies posse sufficere. * honor. et theodos.
On the Sabbath day and at the other times during which the Jews observe the reverence of their cult, we prescribe that no one either do anything or be convened in any respect ( ita tamen, that neither is license given to them on the same day to convene orthodox Christians, lest Christians perhaps, from the interpellation of the Jews, should sustain any annoyance from officials on the aforesaid days), since for fiscal commodities and for the litigations of private persons the remaining days are understood to be able to suffice. * Honorius and Theodosius.
Nullus tamquam iudaeus, cum sit innocens, obteratur nec eitum eum ad contumeliam religio qualiscumque perficiat: non passim eorum synagogae vel habitacula concrementur vel perperam sine ulla ratione laedantur, cum alioquin, etiam si sit aliquis sceleribus implicitus, idcirco tamen iudiciorum vigor iurisque publici tutela videtur in medio constituta, ne quisquam sibi ipse permittere valeat ultionem. * honor. et theodos.
Let no one be trampled down, on the ground that he is a Jew, when he is innocent, nor let any religion whatsoever bring it about that he be subjected to insult: let not their synagogues or habitations be indiscriminately burned up or wrongfully injured without any rationale, since otherwise, even if someone is entangled in crimes, for that very reason the vigor of the courts and the protection of the public law seem to have been established in the common forum, lest anyone be able to permit to himself vengeance. * Honorius and Theodosius.
Sed ut hoc iudaeorum personis volumus esse provisum, ita illud quoque monendum esse censemus, ne iudaei forsitan insolescant elatique sui securitate quicquam praeceps in christianae reverentiam cultionis admittant. <a 412 d. viii id. aug. constantinopoli honorio viiii et theodosio v aa. conss.>
But as we wish this to be provided for the persons of the Jews, so we also judge that this must be admonished: lest the Jews perhaps grow insolent and, lifted up by their own security, admit anything headlong against the reverence of Christian worship. <a 412 d. 8 id. aug. constantinopoli honorio 9 et theodosio 5 aa. conss.>
Iudaeorum primates, qui in utriusque palestinae synedriis nominantur vel in aliis provinciis degunt, periculo suo anniversarium canonem de synagogis omnibus palatinis compellentibus exigant ad eam formam, quam patriarchae quondam coronarii auri nomine postulabant: et hoc, quod de occidentalibus partibus patriarchis conferri consueverat, nostris largitionibus inferatur. * theodos. et valentin.
Let the chiefs of the Jews, who are named in the synedria of both Palestines or dwell in other provinces, at their own risk exact the annual canon from all the synagogues, the Palatine officials compelling, according to that form which the patriarchs formerly demanded under the name of the “golden crown”: and let this, which used to be conferred upon the patriarchs from the western parts, be paid into our treasury. * Theodosius and Valentinian.
Hac victura in omne aevum lege sancimus neminem iudaeum, quibus omnes administrationes et dignitates interdictae sunt, nec defensoris civitatis fungi saltem officio nec patris honorem adripere concedimus, ne adquisiti sibi officii auctoritate muniti adversus christianos et ipsos plerumque sacrae religionis antistites velut insultantes fidei nostrae iudicandi vel pronuntiandi quamlibet habeant potestatem. * theodos. et valentin.
By this law, destined to live for all time, we sanction that no Jew—upon whom all administrations and dignities are interdicted—is permitted even to exercise the office of defensor of the city, nor to seize the honor of a father; lest, armed with the authority of an office acquired for themselves, they should have any power of judging or pronouncing sentence against Christians and even, very often, the prelates of the sacred religion, as though insulting our faith. * Theodosius and Valentinian.
Quisquis igitur vel infulas ceperit, quaesitis dignitatibus non potiatur, vel si ad officia vetita subrepserit, his penitus repelletur, vel si synagogam extruxerit, compendio catholicae ecclesiae noverit se laborasse: et qui ad honores et dignitates inrepserit, habeatur, ut antea, condicionis extremae, etsi honorariam illicite promeruerit dignitatem: et qui synagogae fabricam coeperit non studio reparandi, cum damno auri quinquaginta librarum fraudetur ausibus suis. <a 439 d. prid. k. febr.
Whoever therefore shall have taken the fillets, let him not obtain the dignities sought; or if he shall have crept into forbidden offices, he shall be utterly repelled from these; or if he shall have built a synagogue, let him know that he has labored to the profit of the Catholic Church: and he who shall have crept into honors and dignities shall be held, as before, of the lowest condition, even if he shall have illicitly earned an honorary dignity: and he who shall have begun the fabric of a synagogue not from a zeal for repairing, let him be mulcted for his audacity, with the loss of fifty pounds of gold. <year 439 day before the Kalends of February.
Iudaeus servum christianum nec comparare debebit nec largitatis vel alio quocumque titulo consequatur. quod si aliquis iudaeorum mancipium vel christianum habuerit vel sectae alterius seu nationis crediderit ex quacumque causa possidendum et id circumciderit, non solum mancipii damno multetur, verum etiam capitali sententia puniatur, ipso servo pro praemio libertate donando. * constantius a. ad euagrium.
A Jew ought neither to purchase a Christian slave nor acquire one by gift or by any other title whatsoever. But if any of the Jews shall have had as a slave a Christian, or shall have supposed one of another sect or nation to be held in possession for whatever cause, and shall circumcise him, let him be penalized not only by the loss of the slave, but also be punished with a capital sentence, the slave himself being granted freedom as a reward. * constantius a. to euagrius.
Placuit omnibus locis atque urbibus universis claudi protinus templa et accessu vetito omnibus licentiam delinquendi perditis abnegari. * constantius a. ad taurum pp. * <a 354 d.K.Dec.Constantio a.Vii et constante iii conss. >
It has been decreed that in all places and in all cities the temples be immediately closed, and, access having been forbidden to all, that the license of delinquency be denied to the profligate. * Constantius Augustus to Taurus, Praetorian Prefect. * <a 354, on the Kalends of Dec.; under Constantius Augustus, 7, and Constans, 3, consuls.>
Quod si quis aliquid forte huiusmodi perpetraverit, gladio ultore sternatur. facultates etiam perempti fisco decernimus vindicari et similiter puniri rectores provinciarum, si facinora vindicare neglexerint. <a 354 d.K.Dec.Constantio a.Vii et constante iii conss.
But if anyone should by chance perpetrate anything of this kind, let him be laid low by the avenging sword. We also decree that the assets of the executed be claimed by the fisc, and that the governors of the provinces be punished similarly, if they have neglected to avenge the crimes. <a 354 a.d. on the Kalends of Dec., Constantius consul for the 7th time and Constans consul for the 3rd.>
Ne quis mortalium ita faciendi sacrificii sumat audaciam, ut inspectione iecoris extorumque praesagio vanae spem promissionis accipiat vel, quod est deterius, futura sub exsecrabili consultatione cognoscat. acerbioris etenim imminebit supplicii cruciatus eis, qui contra vetitum praesentium vel futurarum rerum explorare temptaverint veritatem. * grat.
Let no mortal assume such audacity of performing sacrifice as to receive, by inspection of the liver and by the presage of entrails, the hope of a vain promise, or—what is worse—to learn the future under an execrable consultation. for the torment of a more bitter punishment will threaten those who, against the prohibition, shall have attempted to explore the truth of things present or future. * grat.
Sicut sacrificia prohibemus, ita volumus publicorum operum ornamenta servari. ac ne sibi aliqua auctoritate blandiantur, qui ea conantur evertere, si quod rescriptum, si qua lex forte praetenditur: abreptae huiusmodi chartae ex eorum manibus ad nostram scientiam referantur. * arcad.
Just as we forbid sacrifices, so we wish the ornaments of public works to be preserved. And lest those who attempt to overthrow them flatter themselves with any authority, if any rescript, if some law is perchance put forward: let papers of this kind, snatched from their hands, be referred to our knowledge. * Arcadius.
Ut profanos ritus iam salubri lege submovimus, ita festos conventus civium et communem omnium laetitiam non patimur submoveri. unde absque ullo sacrificio atque ulla superstitione damnabili exhiberi populo voluptates secundum veterem consuetudinem, iniri etiam festa convivia, si quando exigunt publica vota, decernimus. * arcad.
As we have now removed profane rites by a salutary law, so we do not allow the festive assemblies of the citizens and the common joy of all to be removed. Hence, without any sacrifice and any damnable superstition, we decree that entertainments be exhibited to the people according to ancient custom, and that festive banquets also be undertaken, if ever the public vows demand. * arcad.
Omnia loca, quae sacris error veterum deputavit, nostrae rei iubemus sociari. quod autem ex eo iure ubicumque ad singulas quasque personas vel praecedentium principum largitas vel nostra maiestas voluit pervenire, id in eorum patrimoniis aeterna firmitate perduret. ea vero, quae multiplicibus constitutis ad venerabilem ecclesiam voluimus pertinere, christiana sibi merito religio vindicabit.
All places which the error of the ancients assigned to sacred rites, we order to be associated with our estate. But whatever from that right, wherever, to each and every person either the liberality of preceding princes or our Majesty has willed to pass, let that endure in their patrimonies with eternal firmness. But those things which by multiple constitutions we have willed to pertain to the venerable Church, the Christian religion will deservedly vindicate for itself.
Christianis, qui vel vere sunt vel esse dicuntur, specialiter demandamus, ut iudaeis ac paganis in quiete degentibus nihilque temptantibus turbulentum legibusque contrarium non audeant manus inferre religionis auctoritate abusi. nam si contra securos fuerint violenti vel eorum bona diripuerint, non ea sola quae abstulerint, sed convicti in duplum quae rapuerint restituere compellantur. * honor.
We particularly command that Christians, who either truly are or are said to be, should not dare—abusing the authority of religion—to lay hands upon Jews and pagans who are living in quiet and attempting nothing turbulent or contrary to the laws. For if they have been violent against those securely at peace or have plundered their goods, they shall be compelled, once convicted, not only to return what they have taken away, but to restore in double what they have seized. * honor.
Rectores etiam provinciarum et officia et principales cognoscant se, si non ipsi talia vindicent, sed fieri a popularibus hoc permiserint, ut eos qui fecerint puniendos. <a 423 d. vi id. iun. constantinopoli asclepiodoto et mariniano conss.>
Let the governors of the provinces and the staffs and the principal officers also know that, if they do not themselves punish such matters, but permit this to be done by the populace, those who have done so are to be punished. <a 423 d. vi id. jun. constantinople asclepiodotus and marinianus consuls.>
Nemo venerantis adorantisque animo delubra, quae olim iam clausa sunt, reseret: absit a saeculo nostro infandis exsecrandisque simulacris honorem pristinum reddi, redimiri sertis templorum impios postes, profanis aris accendi ignes, adoleri in isdem thura, victimas caedi, pateris vina libari et religionis loco existimari sacrilegium. * valentin. et marcian.
Let no one, with a spirit of venerating and adoring, unbar the shrines which long ago have already been closed: far be it from our age that pristine honor be restored to unspeakable and execrable simulacra, that the impious doorposts of temples be wreathed with garlands, that fires be kindled on profane altars, that incense be burned on the same, that victims be slain, that wines be libated from paterae, and that sacrilege be esteemed in the place of religion. * valentinian and marcian.
Quisquis autem contra hanc serenitatis nostrae sanctionem et contra interdicta sacratissimarum veterum constitutionum sacrificia exercere temptaverit, apud publicum iudicem reus tanti facinoris legitime accusetur et convictus proscriptionem omnium bonorum suorum et ultimum supplicium subeat. <a 451 d. prid. id. nov.
Whoever, moreover, shall have attempted to perform sacrifices contrary to this sanction of Our Serenity and contrary to the prohibitions of the most sacred ancient constitutions, let him be lawfully accused before the public judge as guilty of so great a crime, and, once convicted, let him undergo the proscription of all his goods and the ultimate punishment. <a 451 d. prid. id. nov.
Quod si vir clarissimus rector provinciae post accusationem legitimam et post crimen in cognitione convictum tantum scelus dissimulaverit vindicare, quinquaginta libras auri ipse iudex, quinquaginta etiam officium eius confestim fisco nostro inferre cogatur. <a 451 d. prid. id. nov.
But if the most distinguished man, the governor of a province, after a legitimate accusation and after the crime has been proved in a judicial cognition, shall have dissimulated avenging such a crime, let the judge himself be compelled forthwith to pay fifty pounds of gold into our fisc, and likewise his officium fifty. <a 451 on the day before the Ides of November.
In tantum autem huiusmodi facinora volumus esse resecanda, ut, etiamsi in alieno praedio vel domo aliquid tale perpetretur, scientibus videlicet dominis, praedium quidem vel domus sacratissimi viribus aerarii addicetur, domini vero pro hoc solo, quod scientes consenserint sua loca talibus contaminari sceleribus, si quidem dignitate vel militia quadam decorantur, amissione militiae vel dignitatis nec non rerum suarum proscriptione plectentur, privatae vero condicionis vel plebeii constituti post cruciatus corporis operibus metallorum perpetuo deputabuntur exilio. <a 472? >
But we wish felonies of this kind to be excised to such an extent that, even if on another’s estate or in a house something of this sort is perpetrated, with the owners, namely, knowing, the estate or house shall be adjudged to the powers of the most sacred treasury; while the owners, for this alone—that, knowing, they have consented that their places be contaminated by such crimes—if indeed they are adorned with some dignity or a certain military service, shall be punished by loss of their military service or dignity and also by proscription of their goods; but those of private condition or established as plebeians, after bodily tortures, shall be assigned to the works of the mines in perpetual exile. <a 472? >
Iudaei, qui reatu aliquo vel debitis fatigati simulant se christianae legi velle coniungi, ut ad ecclesias confugientes evitare possint crimina vel pondera debitorum, arceantur nec ante suscipiantur, quam debita universa reddiderint vel fuerint innocentia demonstrata purgati. * arcad. et honor.
Jews who, wearied by some charge or by debts, simulate that they wish to be joined to the Christian law, so that by taking refuge at the churches they may be able to evade crimes or the burdens of debts, are to be warded off and are not to be received before they have repaid all debts or have been purged, their innocence having been demonstrated. * Arcadius and Honorius.
Fideli ac devota praeceptione sancimus nemini licere ad sacrosanctas ecclesias confugientes abducere: sub hac videlicet definitione, ut, si quisquam contra hanc legem venire temptaverit, sciat se ad maiestatis crimen esse retinendum. * honor. et theodos.
By a faithful and devoted precept we ordain that it be permitted to no one to lead away those fleeing to the most‑sacred churches: under this definition, namely, that if anyone shall attempt to go against this law, let him know that he is to be held to the crime of majesty (treason). * honorius and theodosius.
Si servus cuiusquam ecclesiam alteriave armatus nullis hoc suspicantibus inopinatus inruerit, exinde protinus abstrahatur vel certe continuo domino vel ei, unde eum tam furiosa formido proripuit, indicetur eique mox abstrahendi copia non negetur. * theodos. et valentin.
If a slave of anyone, armed, with no one suspecting this, shall unexpectedly rush into a church or some other place, let him be forthwith removed from there, or at any rate let it be reported at once to the master or to the one from whom so frenzied a fear snatched him away; and to him let the opportunity of removing him at once not be denied. * theodos. et valentin.
Sed si armorum fiducia resistendi animos insania impellente conceperit, abripiendi extrahendique eum domino, quibus potest id efficere viribus, concedatur. quod si illum etiam confici in concertatione pugnaque contigerit, nulla erit eius noxa nec conflandae criminationis relinquetur occasio, si is, qui ex statu servili in hostilis et homicidae condicionem transiliit, occisus sit. <a 432 d. v. k. april.
But if, under a confidence in arms, with insanity impelling him, he has conceived spirits of resisting, let it be granted to the master to snatch him away and drag him out, by whatever forces he can effect this. And if it should happen that he is even dispatched in the contest and the fight, there will be no fault on his part nor will any opportunity be left for forging an accusation, if he who has leapt from a servile status into the condition of an enemy and a homicide has been slain. <a 432 d. v. k. april.
Denuntiamus vobis omnibus, ut in sacrosanctis ecclesiis et in aliis quidem venerabilibus locis, in quibus cum pace et quiete vota competit celebrari, abstineatis omni seditione. nemo conclamationibus utatur, nemo moveat tumultum aut impetum committat vel conventicula collecta multitudine in qualibet parte civitatis vel vici vel cuiuscumque loci colligere aut celebrare conetur. nam si quis aliquid contra leges a quibusdam sibi existimet perpetrari, liceat ei adire iudicem et legitimum postulare praesidium.
We give warning to you all, that in the sacrosanct churches and indeed in other venerable places in which it is fitting that vows be celebrated with peace and quiet, you abstain from all sedition. Let no one employ conclamations, let no one stir up a tumult or commit an assault, or attempt to gather or hold conventicles, with a multitude collected, in any part of the city or of a village or of any place whatsoever. For if anyone should think that something is being perpetrated against the laws by certain persons, let it be permitted him to approach the judge and to demand lawful protection.
Praesenti lege decernimus per omnia loca valitura ( excepta hac urbe regia, in qua nos divinitate propitia degentes, quotiens usus exegerit, invocati singulis causis atque personis praesentanea constituta praestamus) nullos penitus cuiuscumque condicionis de sacrosanctis ecclesiis orthodoxae fidei expelli aut tradi vel protrahi confugas nec pro his venerabiles episcopos aut religiosos oeconomos exigi, quae debeantur ab eis: qui hoc moliri aut facere aut nuda saltim cogitatione atque tractatu ausi fuerint temptare, capitali et ultima supplicii animadversione plectendi sunt. ex his ergo locis eorumque finibus, quos anteriorum le gum praescripta sanxerunt, nullos expelli aut eici aliquando patimur nec in ipsis ecclesiis reverendis ita quemquam detineri atque constringi, ut ei aliquid aut victualium rerum aut vestis negetur aut requies. * leo a. erythrio pp. * <a 466 d. prid.
By the present law we decree, to be valid through all places ( except this royal city, in which we, dwelling with divinity propitious, whenever need shall have required, when invoked for individual cases and persons, furnish immediate determinations), that no refugees, of whatever condition, be at all expelled from the most holy churches of the orthodox faith or handed over or dragged forth, nor, on account of them, that the venerable bishops or the religious oikonomoi (stewards) be exacted to pay what is owed by them: those who shall have dared to contrive or to do this, or to attempt it even by bare thought and discussion, are to be punished with the death penalty and the ultimate severity of punishment. From these places, therefore, and their boundaries, which the prescriptions of earlier laws have sanctioned, we at no time allow anyone to be driven out or ejected; nor in the reverend churches themselves may anyone be so detained and constrained that anything either of victuals or of clothing or of rest is denied to him. * Leo Augustus to Erythrius, Praetorian Prefect. * <year 466, the day before.
Sed si quidem ipsi refugae apparent publice et se in sacris locis offerunt quaerentibus conveniendos, ipsi, servata locis reverentia, iudicum quibus subiacent sententiis moneantur, responsum daturi, quale sibi quisque perspexerit convenire. <a 466 d. prid. k. mart.
But if the fugitives themselves appear publicly and offer themselves in sacred places to those seeking to meet with them, they themselves—reverence for the places being preserved—are to be admonished by the judges, to whose judgments they are subject, to give a response of such sort as each has perceived to be suitable for himself. <a 466 d. prid. k. mart.
Quod si in finibus ecclesiasticis latitant, religiosus oeconomus seu defensor ecclesiae vel certe, quem his negotiis commodiorem auctoritas episcopalis elegerit, reconditam latentemque personam decenter sine ullo incommodo monitus, intra fines ecclesiae si invenitur, praesentet. <a 466 d. prid. k. mart.
But if they are hiding within ecclesiastical boundaries, the religious oikonomos or defender of the church, or certainly whomever the episcopal authority shall have chosen as more suitable for these affairs, having been duly notified, without any inconvenience, shall present the concealed and lurking person, if he is found within the bounds of the church. <a 466, on the day before the Kalends of March.
Cum autem monitus fuerit in publico privatove contractu actione civili, in eius sit arbitrio sive per se seu, si magis elegerit, instructo sollemniter procuratore directo in eius iudicis, cuius pulsatur sententiis, examine respondere. <a 466 d. prid. k. mart.
When, however, he shall have been put on notice, in a public or private contract, by a civil action, it shall be at his discretion either to answer in person or, if he prefers, to answer by a procurator duly and solemnly appointed, directed to the examination of that judge, by whose sentences he is being proceeded against. <a 466 d. the day before the Kalends of March.
Sed si hoc facere detractat aut differt, iudiciorum legumque solitus ordo servetur. itaque si res immobiles possidet, post edictorum sollemnia sententia iudicantis usque ad modum debiti bonorum eius sive praediorum traditio seu venditio celebretur. <a 466 d. prid.
But if he declines to do this or defers it, the accustomed order of courts and laws shall be observed. and so, if he possesses immovable things, after the solemnities of the edicts, by the judge’s sentence, the delivery or sale of his goods or of his estates shall be carried out up to the amount of the debt. <a 466 d. prid.
Quod si res mobiles habet easque extra terminos occultat ecclesiae, sententia iudicantis et exsecutoris sollicitudine perquisitae, quocumque occultantur, erutae pro aequitatis tramite modoque debiti publicis rationibus privatisque proficiant. <a 466 d. prid. k. mart.
But if he possesses movable things and hides them outside the boundaries of the church, then, by the judgment of the judge and, having been searched out by the diligence of the executor, wherever they are concealed, once unearthed, let them, according to the course of equity and the measure of what is due, accrue to the public and private accounts. <a 466 on the day before the Kalends of March.
Sane si intra fines habentur ecclesiae vel apud quemlibet ex clericis absconditae sive depositae fuisse firmantur, studio et providentia viri reverentissimi oeconomi sive defensoris ecclesiae diligentia inquisitae quolibet modo ad sacrosanctam ecclesiam pervenientes proferantur, ut pari aequitatis ordine ex isdem bonis fisco vel rei publicae sive creditoribus et quibuscumque iustis petitoribus ad modum debiti consulatur. <a 466 d. prid. k. mart.
Indeed, if they are held within the bounds of the church or are affirmed to have been hidden or deposited with any one of the clerics, let them—sought out with the zeal and providence of the most reverend man, the oikonomos or the defender of the church—and, in whatever way coming to the sacrosanct church, be brought forth, so that, by an equal order of equity, from the same goods provision may be made for the fisc or the commonwealth, or for the creditors and for any just petitioners, according to the measure of the debt. <a 466 d. the day before the Kalends of March.
Sicubi depositae vel commendatae dicuntur, inquirendi tantam volumus esse cautelam, ut, si sola suspicatione apud aliquem adserantur absconditae, de sua etiam conscientia satisfacere auctoritate venerabilis antistitis iubeatur. <a 466 d. prid. k. mart.
Wherever things are said to have been deposited or commended, we will that there be such great caution in inquiring, that, if on mere suspicion they are alleged to have been concealed with someone, he be ordered, by the authority of the venerable bishop, to satisfy even from his own conscience. <a 466 on the day before the Kalends of March.
Adicientes, quod ea, quae de principalibus personis decrevimus, etiam in fideiussorum sive mandatorum seu rerum ad eos pertinentium vel familiarium et sociorum vel participum et omnino in isdem causis obnoxiorum personis praecipimus observari, scilicet si ipsos quoque secum confugae intra ecclesiarum terminos habere voluerint, ut ex eorum quoque bonis publica debita privataque solvantur et per eos rerum ubicumque depositae sunt procedat inquisitio. et haec quidem de ingenuis liberisque personis. <a 466 d. prid.
Adding that those things which we have decreed concerning principal persons we also order to be observed in the persons of sureties or mandators, or of those whose affairs pertain to them, or of familiars and associates or partners, and generally of persons liable in the same causes; namely, if the refugees should wish to have these persons too with them within the bounds of churches, that from their goods also the public and private debts be paid, and that through them inquiry proceed as to property wherever it has been deposited. And these things indeed concern freeborn and free persons. <a 466 d. prid.
Sane si servus aut colonus vel adscripticius, familiaris sive libertus et huiusmodi aliqua persona domestica vel condicioni subdita conquassatis rebus certis atque subtractis aut se ipsum furatus ad sacrosancta se contulerit loca, statim a religiosis oeconomis sive defensoribus, ubi primum hoc scire potuerint, per eos videlicet ad quos pertinent, ipsis praesentibus pro ecclesiastica disciplina et qualitate commissi aut ultione competenti aut intercessione humanissima procedente, remissione veniae et sacramenti interveniente securi ad locum statumque proprium revertantur, rebus, quas secum habuerint, reformandis. diutius enim eos intra ecclesiam non convenit commorari, ne patronis seu dominis per ipsorum ab sentiam obsequia iusta denegentur et ipsi per incommodum ecclesiae egentium et pauperum alantur expensis. <a 466 d. prid.
Surely, if a slave or colonus or adscriptitius, a household retainer or a freedman, and any such domestic person or one subject to a condition, after having shaken down certain goods and removed them, or having stolen himself away, should betake himself to sacred places, at once by the religious oeconomi or defenders, as soon as they are able to know this, through those, namely, to whom they pertain, with those same present, in accordance with ecclesiastical discipline and the quality of the offense, either with fitting punishment or with most humane intercession proceeding, with remission of pardon and a sacrament intervening, let them safely return to their own place and status, with the things which they have had with them to be restored. For it is not proper that they remain longer within the church, lest to patrons or masters due services be denied by their absence, and lest they themselves be maintained at the expense— to the disadvantage of the church— of the needy and poor. <a 466 d. prid.
Inter haec autem, quae sedulo ad religiosi oeconomi sive defensoris ecclesiae sollicitudinem curamque respiciunt, erit etiam illud observandum, ut singulorum intra ecclesias confugientium personas causasque incessanter conquirant, denique iudices vel eos, ad quos causae et personae pertinent, instantius instruant, ut aequitatis convenientiam diligentius exsequantur. <a 466 d. prid. k. mart.
Among these things, moreover, which sedulously have regard to the solicitude and care of the religious economus or defender of the church, this also must be observed: that they incessantly inquire into the persons and causes of each who take refuge within churches, and, finally, that they more urgently instruct the judges, or those to whom the causes and persons pertain, so that they may more diligently carry out what is consonant with equity. <a 466, on the day before the Kalends of March.
Iam dudum placuit, ut in ecclesia catholica libertatem domini suis famulis praestare possint, si sub adspectu plebis adsistentibus christianorum antistitibus id faciant, ut propter facti memoriam vice actorum interponatur qualiscumque scriptura, in qua ipsi vice testium signent. unde a vobis quoque ipsis non immerito dandae et relinquendae sunt libertates, quo quis vestrum pacto voluerit, dummodo vestrae voluntatis evidens appareat testimonium. * const.
It has long since been resolved that in the Catholic church masters may bestow liberty upon their own servants, if they do this under the gaze of the populace, with the prelates of the Christians standing by, so that for the memory of the act some sort of writing may be interposed in place of the official records, in which they themselves sign in the stead of witnesses. Whence by you yourselves also liberties are not undeservedly to be given and relinquished, on whatever terms any one of you may have wished, provided that evident testimony of your will appears. * const.
Qui religiosa mente in ecclesiae gremio servulis suis meritam concesserint libertatem, eandem eodem iure donasse videantur, quo civitas romana sollemnitatibus decursis dari consuevit. sed hoc dumtaxat his, qui sub adspectu antistitum dederint, placuit relaxari. clericis autem amplius concedimus, ut, cum suis famulis tribuunt libertatem, non solum in conspectu ecclesiae ac religiosi populi plenum fructum libertatis concessisse dicantur, verum etiam cum postremo iudicio dederint libertates seu quibuscumque verbis dari praeceperint, ita ut ex die publicatae voluntatis sine aliquo iuris teste vel interprete competat directa libertas.
Those who, with a religious mind, in the bosom of the church have granted to their slaves the deserved liberty, are to be seen to have bestowed the same by the same law by which Roman citizenship is accustomed to be given after the solemnities have been completed. But it is our pleasure that this be allowed only for those who have given it under the gaze of the bishops. Moreover, we grant more to clerics: when they bestow liberty upon their household slaves, not only are they to be said, in the sight of the church and the religious people, to have granted the full fruit of liberty, but also when in their last judgment they have given liberties, or have ordered them to be given in whatever words, so that from the day of the promulgated will direct liberty shall accrue without any legal witness or interpreter.
Quae ex relationibus vel suggestionibus iudicantium per consultationem in commune florentissimorum sacri nostri palatii procerum auditorium introducto negotio statuimus vel quibuslibet corporibus aut legatis aut provinciae vel civitati vel curiae donavimus, nec generalia iura sint, sed leges fiant his dumtaxat negotiis atque personis, pro quibus fuerint promulgata, nec ab aliquo retractentur: notam infamiae subituro eo, qui vel astute ea interpretari voluerit vel impetrato impugnare rescripto, nec habituro fructum per subreptionem eliciti: et iudices, si dissimulaverint vel ulterius litigantem audierint vel aliquid allegandum admiserint vel sub quodam ambiguitatis colore ad nos rettulerint, triginta librarum auri condemnatione plectendi sunt. * theodos. et valentin.
Those things which, from the relations or suggestions of judging officials, through consultation, the matter having been introduced into the common auditorium of the most flourishing nobles of our sacred palace, we have decreed, or which we have granted to any corporations or legates or to a province or a city or a curia, are not to be general laws, but shall become laws only for those matters and persons for whom they were promulgated, nor are they to be reconsidered by anyone: the mark of infamy to be undergone by the one who either will have wished cunningly to interpret them or, a rescript having been obtained, to attack them; nor shall he have the benefit of what has been elicited by subreption: and judges, if they have dissembled or have further listened to a litigant or have admitted anything to be alleged or have referred to us under a certain color of ambiguity, are to be punished by a condemnation of 30 pounds of gold. * theodosius and valentinian.
Leges ut generales ab omnibus aequabiliter in posterum observentur, quae vel missa ad venerabilem coetum oratione conduntur vel inserto edicti vocabulo nuncupantur, sive eas nobis spontaneus motus ingesserit sive precatio vel relatio vel lis mota legis occasionem postulaverit. nam satis est edicti eas nuncupatione censeri vel per omnes populos iudicum programmate divulgari vel expressius contineri, quod principes censuerunt ea, quae in certis negotiis statuta sunt similium quoque causarum fata componere. * theodos.
Laws, as general, are to be observed equably by all for the future, whether they are enacted by an oration sent to the venerable assembly or are named with the term “edict” inserted, whether a spontaneous motion has suggested them to us or a petition or a report or a suit set in motion has demanded the occasion of a law. For it is sufficient that they be reckoned by the nuncupation of “edict,” or be promulgated through all peoples by a proclamation of the judges, or be more expressly contained, since princes have decreed that the things which have been established in certain transactions also settle the outcomes of similar causes. * theodos.
Sed et si generalis lex vocata est vel ad omnes iussa est pertinere, vim obtineat edicti; interlocutionibus, quas in uno negotio iudicantes protulimus vel postea proferemus, non in commune praeiudicantibus, nec his, quae specialiter quibusdam concessa sunt civitatibus vel provinciis vel corporibus, ad generalitatis observantiam pertinentibus. <a 426 d. viii id. nov. ravennae theodosio xii et valentiniano ii aa.Conss.>
But also, if a law has been called general or has been commanded to pertain to all, let it obtain the force of an edict; interlocutions, which in a single case we, when judging, have issued or will afterward issue, do not create prejudice for the generality; nor do those things which have been granted specially to certain cities or provinces or corporations pertain to the observance of generality. <a 426 on the 8th day before the Ides of November at Ravenna Theodosius 12 and Valentinian 2, augusti, consuls.>
Digna vox maiestate regnantis legibus alligatum se principem profiteri: adeo de auctoritate iuris nostra pendet auctoritas. et re vera maius imperio est submittere legibus principatum. et oraculo praesentis edicti quod nobis licere non patimur indicamus.
A voice worthy of the majesty of one reigning: to profess that the princeps is bound by the laws; to such a degree does our authority depend upon the authority of law. And in truth it is greater than imperium to submit the principate to the laws. And by the oracle of the present edict we indicate what we do not allow to be licit for us.
Non dubium est in legem committere eum, qui verba legis amplexus contra legis nititur voluntatem: nec poenas insertas legibus evitabit, qui se contra iuris sententiam scaeva praerogativa verborum fraudulenter excusat. nullum enim pactum, nullam conventionem, nullum contractum inter eos videri volumus subsecutum, qui contrahunt lege contrahere prohibente. * theodos.
it is not doubtful that he commits against the law who, embracing the words of the law, strives against the will of the law: nor will he avoid the penalties inserted in the laws, who, against the judgment of the law, fraudulently excuses himself by a perverse (left‑handed) prerogative of words. for we wish no pact, no convention, no contract to be seen as having ensued between those who contract when the law forbids contracting. * theodos.
Quod ad omnes etiam legum interpretationes tam veteres quam novellas trahi generaliter imperamus, ut legis latori, quod fieri non vult, tantum prohibuisse sufficiat, cetera quasi expressa ex legis liceat voluntate colligere: hoc est ut ea quae lege fieri prohibentur, si fuerint facta, non solum inutilia, sed pro infectis etiam habeantur, licet legis lator fieri prohibuerit tantum nec specialiter dixerit inutile esse debere quod factum est. sed et si quid fuerit subsecutum ex eo vel ob id, quod interdicente lege factum est, illud quoque cassum atque inutile esse praecipimus. <a 439 d. vii id. april.
We command generally that this be drawn to all interpretations of laws, both ancient and novel, namely, that for the legislator it suffices to have merely prohibited what he does not wish to be done, and that it is permitted to gather the rest, as though expressed, from the will of the law: that is, that those things which are forbidden by the law to be done, if they have been done, are to be regarded not only as ineffectual, but even as not done, although the legislator only prohibited their being done and did not specifically say that what has been done ought to be invalid. But also, if anything has followed from it or on account of it, which was done with the law forbidding it, we direct that that too be void and ineffectual. <a 439 d. 7 id. April.
Secundum praedictam itaque regulam, quam ubique servari factum lege prohibente censuimus, certum est nec stipulationem eiusmodi tenere nec mandatum ullius esse momenti nec sacramentum admitti. <a 439 d. vii id. april. constantinopoli theodosio a. xvii et festo conss.>
Accordingly, according to the aforesaid rule, which we have decreed must be observed everywhere, the act being prohibited by law, it is certain that neither a stipulation of this kind holds nor is a mandate of any moment nor is an oath admitted. <in the year 439, on the 7th day before the ides of april, at constantinople, in the consulship of theodosius augustus for the 17th time and festus, consuls.>
Humanum esse probamus, si quid de cetero in publica vel in privata causa emerserit necessarium, quod formam generalem et antiquis legibus non insertam ecat , id ab omnibus antea tam proceribus nostri palatii quam gloriosissimo coetu vestro, patres conscripti, tractari et, si universis tam iudicibus quam vobis placuerit, tunc allegata dictari et sic ea denuo collectis omnibus recenseri et, cum omnes consenserint, tunc demum in sacro nostri numinis consistorio recitari, ut universorum consensus nostrae serenitatis auctoritate firmetur. * theodos. et valentin.
We judge it to be human (reasonable) that, if hereafter anything necessary shall have emerged in a public or in a private cause, which sets a general form and is not inserted among the ancient laws, it be handled beforehand by all, both by the chiefs of our palace and by your most glorious assembly, conscript fathers, and, if it has pleased all, both the judges and you, then let the allegations be dictated, and thus let these things, with all gathered again, be reviewed; and, when all have consented, then at last let them be recited in the sacred consistory of our divinity, so that the consensus of all may be strengthened by the authority of our serenity. * theodosius and valentinian.
Scitote igitur, patres conscripti, non aliter in posterum legem a nostra clementia promulgandam, nisi supra dicta forma fuerit observata. bene enim cognoscimus , quod cum vestro consilio fuerit ordinatum, id ad beatitudinem nostri imperii et ad nostram gloriam redundare. <a 446 d. xvi k. nov.
Know then, Conscript Fathers, that henceforth a law is not to be promulgated by our clemency otherwise, unless the aforesaid form shall have been observed. for we well recognize, that when it shall have been ordained with your counsel, it redounds to the beatitude of our empire and to our glory. <a 446 d. 16 k. nov.
Leges sacratissimae, quae constringunt omnium vitas, intellegi ab omnibus debent , ut universi praescripto earum manifestius cognito vel inhibita declinent vel permissa sectentur. si quid vero in isdem legibus latum fortassis obscurius fuerit, oportet id imperatoria interpretatione patefieri duritiamque legum nostrae humanitati incongruam emendari. * valentin.
Most sacred laws, which bind the lives of all, ought to be understood by all , so that, with their prescription more manifestly known, all may either decline what is inhibited or pursue what is permitted. But if anything in those same laws has perhaps been enacted more obscurely, it ought to be laid open by imperial interpretation, and the hardness of the laws incongruous to our humanity to be corrected. * Valentinian.
Cum de novo iure, quod inveterato usu non adhuc stabilitum est, dubitatio emergat, necessaria est tam suggestio iudicantis quam sententiae principalis auctoritas. * leo et zeno aa. * <a 474 d. x k. mai. leone iuniore a. cons.>
When a doubt emerges about new law, which has not yet been established by inveterate use, both the suggestion of the judge and the authority of the imperial pronouncement are necessary. * leo and zeno, augusti. * <a 474, on the 10th day before the Kalends of May, in the consulship of Leo the Younger, augustus.>
Si imperialis maiestas causam cognitionaliter examinaverit et partibus cominus constitutis sententiam dixerit, omnes omnino iudices, qui sub nostro imperio sunt, sciant hoc esse legem non solum illi causae, pro qua producta est, sed omnibus similibus. * iust. a. demostheni pp. * <a 529 recitata septimo millario urbis constantinopolitanae in novo consistorio palatii iustiniani.
If the imperial majesty has examined a cause by way of cognitio and, with the parties set face to face, has pronounced a sentence, let all judges whatsoever who are under our empire know this to be law not only for that cause for which it was promulgated, but for all similar ones. * Justinian Augustus to Demosthenes, praetorian prefect. * <in the year 529, recited at the seventh milestone of the city of Constantinople, in the new Consistory of the Palace of Justinian.
Quid enim maius, quid sanctius imperiali est maiestate? vel quis tantae superbiae fastidio tumidus est, ut regalem sensum contemnat, cum et veteris iuris conditores constitutiones, quae ex imperiali decreto processerunt, legis vicem obtinere aperte dilucideque definiunt? <a 529 recitata septimo millario urbis constantinopolitanae in novo consistorio palatii iustiniani.
For what, indeed, is greater, what more sacred than the imperial majesty? Or who is so swollen with the disdain of such arrogance as to scorn the regal judgment, when even the founders of the ancient law clearly and lucidly define that constitutions which have proceeded from an imperial decree hold the force of law? <in the year 529 it was recited at the seventh milestone of the city of Constantinople in the new consistory of the palace of Justinian.
Cum igitur et hoc in veteribus legibus invenimus dubitatum, si imperialis sensus legem interpretatus est, an oporteat huiusmodi regiam interpretationem obtinere , eorum quidem vanam scrupulositatem tam risimus quam corrigendam esse censuimus. <a 529 recitata septimo millario urbis constantinopolitanae in novo consistorio palatii iustiniani. d. iii k. nov.
Since therefore we also have found this questioned in the ancient laws—whether, if the imperial judgment has interpreted a law, such a royal interpretation ought to prevail—we both laughed at their empty scrupulosity and judged it to be corrected. <a 529 read out at the seventh milestone of the city of Constantinople in the new consistory of the palace of Justinian. d. 3 k. nov.
Definimus autem omnem imperatoris legum interpretationem sive in precibus sive in iudiciis sive alio quocumque modo factam ratam et indubitatam haberi. si enim in praesenti leges condere soli imperatori concessum est, et leges interpretari solum dignum imperio esse oportet. <a 529 recitata septimo millario urbis constantinopolitanae in novo consistorio palatii iustiniani.
We define, moreover, that every interpretation of the emperor concerning the laws, whether made in petitions or in judgments or in any other manner whatsoever, is to be held ratified and indubitable. For if at present it is granted to the emperor alone to enact laws, it is fitting that only one worthy of the imperium interpret the laws. <a 529 recited at the seventh milestone of the city of Constantinople in the new consistory of the palace of Justinian.
Cur autem ex suggestionibus procerum, si dubitatio in litibus oriatur et sese non esse idoneos vel sufficientes ad decisionem litis illi existiment, ad nos decurritur et quare ambiguitates iudicum, quas ex legibus oriri evenit, aures accipiunt nostrae, si non a nobis interpretatio mera procedit? vel quis legum aenigmata solvere et omnibus aperire idoneus esse videbitur nisi is, cui soli legis latorem esse concessum est? <a 529 recitata septimo millario urbis constantinopolitanae in novo consistorio palatii iustiniani.
Why, moreover, from the suggestions of the nobles, if a doubt should arise in litigations and those men think themselves not idoneous or sufficient for the decision of the suit, is there a resort to us; and why do the ambiguities of judges, which it happens arise from the laws, reach our ears, if a pure interpretation does not proceed from us? Or who will seem fit to solve the enigmas of the laws and to open them to all, unless he to whom alone it has been granted to be the lawgiver? <a 529 recited at the seventh milestone of the city of Constantinople, in the new consistory of the Palace of Justinian.
Explosis itaque huiusmodi ridiculosis ambiguitatibus tam conditor quam interpres legum solus imperator iuste existimabitur: nihil hac lege derogante veteris iuris conditoribus, quia et eis hoc maiestas imperialis permisit. <a 529 recitata septimo millario urbis constantinopolitanae in novo consistorio palatii iustiniani. d. iii k. nov.
Therefore, with such ridiculous ambiguities expelled, both the founder and the interpreter of the laws will be justly considered to be the emperor alone: this law derogating nothing from the founders of the old law, because to them also the imperial majesty permitted this. <a 529 recited at the seventh milestone of the city of Constantinople in the new consistory of the Palace of Justinian. d. 3 k. nov.
Si quis adserat cum mandatis nostris se venisse secretis, omnes sciant nemini quicquam, nisi quod scriptis probaverit, esse credendum nec ullius dignitate terreri, sive ille tribuni sive notarii sive comitis praeferat dignitatem, sed sacras nostras litteras esse quaerendas. * grat. valentin.
If anyone should assert that he has come with our secret mandates, let all know that nothing is to be believed to anyone except what he has proved by writings, nor to be terrified by anyone’s dignity, whether he carries the dignity of tribune or notary or count, but that our sacred letters are to be sought. * Gratian, Valentinian.
Quamvis consultum senatus perpetuam per se obtineat firmitatem, tamen etiam nostris legibus idem prosequimur adicientes, ut, si quisquam speciali supplicatione eliciendum aliquod rescriptum temptaverit, ut transire ei formam liceat statutorum, tertia patrimonii parte multatus et damnatus ambitus crimine maneat infamis. * valentin. theodos.
Although a senatorial decree holds perpetual firmness by itself, nevertheless by our laws we likewise pursue the same, adding that, if anyone shall have attempted by a special supplication to elicit some rescript, so that it may be permitted him to overstep the form of the statutes, he shall be fined a third part of his patrimony and, condemned for the crime of ambitus, shall remain infamous. * Valentinian, Theodosius.
Deo auctore nostrum gubernantes imperium, quod nobis a caelesti maiestate traditum est, et bella feliciter peragimus et pacem decoramus et statum rei publicae sustentamus: et ita nostros animos ad dei omnipotentis erigimus adiutorium, ut neque armis confidamus neque nostris militibus neque bellorum ducibus vel nostro ingenio, sed omnem spem ad solam referamus summae providentiam trinitatis: unde et mundi totius elementa processerunt et eorum dispositio in orbem terrarum producta est. * iust. a. triboniano v. eminent.
With God as author, governing our imperium, which has been handed down to us by heavenly majesty, we both prosecute wars successfully and adorn peace and sustain the state of the republic: and we so lift our minds to the aid of almighty God that we trust neither in arms nor in our soldiers nor in the generals of wars nor in our own ingenuity, but refer all hope to the providence alone of the supreme Trinity: whence also the elements of the whole world proceeded and their disposition was brought forth into the orb of lands. * Justinian Augustus to Tribonian, a most eminent man.
Cum itaque nihil tam studiosum in omnibus rebus invenitur quam legum auctoritas, quae et divinas et humanas res bene disponit et omnem iniquitatem expellit, repperimus autem omnem legum tramitem, qui ab urbe condita et romuleis descendit temporibus, ita esse confusum, ut in infinitum extendatur et nullius humanae naturae capacitate concludatur: primum nobis fuit studium a sacratissimis retro principibus initium sumere et eorum constitutiones emendare et viae dilucidae tradere, quatenus in unum codicem congregatae et omni supervacua similitudine et iniquissima discordia absolutae universis hominibus promptum suae sinceritatis praebeant praesidium. <a 530 data octavo decimo kalendas ianuarias constantinopo li lampadio et oreste viris clarissimus consulibus.>
Accordingly, since nothing is found in all affairs so zealous as the authority of the laws, which arranges both divine and human things well and expels all iniquity, and since we have found that the whole path of the laws, which descends from the founding of the City and the Romulean times, is so confused that it is extended into infinity and can be encompassed by the capacity of no human nature: our first study was to take our beginning from the most sacrosanct former princes and to emend their constitutions and to hand them down by a lucid way, to the extent that, gathered into one codex and freed from every superfluous similarity and most iniquitous discord, they may afford to all men the ready safeguard of their own sincerity. <in the year 530, given on the 18th day before the Kalends of January, at Constantinople, when Lampadius and Orestes, most distinguished men, were consuls.>
Hocque opere consummato et in uno volumine nostro nomine praefulgente coadunato, cum ex paucis et tenuioribus relevati ad summam et plenissimam iuris emendationem pervenire properaremus et omnem romanam sanctionem et colligere et emendare et tot auctorum dispersa volumina uno codice indita ostendere, quod nemo alius neque sperare neque optare ausus est, res quidem nobis difficillima, immo magis impossibilis videbatur. sed manibus ad caelum erectis et aeterno auxilio invocato eam quoque curam nostris reposuimus animis, deo freti, qui et res penitus desperatas donare et consummare suae virtutis magnitudine potest. <a 530 data octavo decimo kalendas ianuarias constantinopoli lampadio et oreste viris clarissimus consulibus.>
And with this work consummated and coadunated in one volume, shining forth with our name, since, lifted up from the fewer and slighter things, we were hastening to arrive at the highest and most plenary emendation of the law, and both to collect and to emend every Roman sanction and to show the scattered volumes of so many authors inserted into one code—something which no one else dared either to hope or to desire—the matter indeed seemed to us most difficult, nay rather impossible. But with hands raised to heaven and with eternal aid invoked, we reposed that care also in our minds, trusting in God, who by the greatness of His virtue can both grant and consummate things utterly despaired of. <in the year 530, given on the eighteenth day before the Kalends of January, at Constantinople, when Lampadius and Orestes, most illustrious men, were consuls.>
Et ad tuae sinceritatis optimum respeximus ministerium tibique primo et hoc opus commisimus, ingenii tui documentis ex nostri codicis ordinatione acceptis, et iussimus quos probaveris tam ex facundissimis antecessoribus quam ex viris disertissimis togatis fori amplissimae sedis ad sociandum laborem eligere. his itaque collectis et in nostrum palatium introductis nobisque tuo testimonio placitis totam rem faciendam permisimus, ita tamen, ut tui vigilantissimi animi gubernatione res omnis celebretur. <a 530 data octavo decimo kalendas ianuarias constantinopoli lampadio et oreste viris clarissimus consulibus.>
And we looked to the best ministry of your sincerity, and to you first we entrusted also this work, the proofs of your talent taken from the ordering of our Code having been received; and we ordered that those whom you should approve, both from the most eloquent Antecessors and from the most articulate men of the toga of the forum of the most ample seat, be chosen to associate in the labor. Therefore, with these gathered and introduced into our palace, and approved to us by your testimony, we permitted the whole matter to be carried through, yet in such a way that the entire business be conducted under the governance of your most vigilant mind. <a 530 given on the eighteenth day before the Kalends of January at Constantinople, when the most illustrious men Lampadius and Orestes were consuls.>
Iubemus igitur vobis antiquorum prudentium, quibus auctoritatem conscribendarum interpretandarumque legum sacratissimi principes praebuerunt, libros ad ius romanum pertinentes et legere et elimare, ut ex his omnis materia colligatur, nulla secundum quod possibile est neque similitudine neque discordia derelicta, sed ex his hoc colligi, quod unum pro omnibus sufficiat. quia autem et alii libros ad ius pertinentes scripserunt, quorum scripturae a nullis auctoribus receptae nec usitatae sunt, neque nos eorum volumina nostram inquietare dignamur sanctionem. <a 530 data octavo decimo kalendas ianuarias constantinopoli lampadio et oreste viris clarissimus consulibus.>
We therefore order you both to read and to polish the books of the ancient prudents (jurists), to whom the most sacrosanct princes provided authority for composing and interpreting laws, which pertain to Roman law, so that from these all material may be collected, with nothing, so far as possible, left aside either by similarity or by discord, but that from these there be gathered that which, as one, may suffice for all. But since others also have written books pertaining to law, whose writings have been received by no authorities nor have been in use, neither do we deign that their volumes disturb our sanction. <a 530 given on the eighteenth day before the Kalends of January at Constantinople, in the consulship of Lampadius and Orestes, most distinguished men.>
Cumque haec materia summa numinis liberalitate collecta fuerit, oportet eam pulcherrimo opere extruere et quasi proprium et sanctissimum templum iustitiae consecrare et in libros quinquaginta et certos titulos totum ius dirigere tam secundum nostri constitutionum codicis quam edicti perpetui imitationem, prout hoc vobis commodius esse patuerit, ut nihil extra memoratam consummationem possit esse derelictum, sed his quinquaginta libris totum ius antiquum, per millesimum et quadringentesimum paene annum confusum et a nobis purgatum, quasi quodam muro vallatum nihil extra se habeat: omnibus auctoribus iuris aequa dignitate pollentibus et nemini quadam praerogativa servanda, quia non omnes in omnia, sed certi per certa vel meliores vel deteriores inveniuntur. <a 530 data octavo decimo kalendas ianuarias constantinopoli lampadio et oreste viris clarissimus consulibus.>
And when this material shall have been collected by the highest liberality of the Deity, it is proper to build it up with a most beautiful work and, as it were, to consecrate a proper and most holy temple of Justice, and to direct the whole ius into fifty books and fixed titles, both according to our Code of Constitutions and in imitation of the Perpetual Edict, as this shall have appeared to you to be more convenient, so that nothing can be left outside the aforementioned consummation; but in these fifty books the whole ancient ius, confounded for almost 1,400 years and purged by us, as if walled about by a certain wall, may have nothing outside itself: with all the authors of law wielding equal dignity and with a prerogative preserved for none, because not all are found to be better or worse in everything, but certain men in certain matters. <in the year 530, given on the eighteenth day before the Kalends of January, at Constantinople, in the consulship of Lampadius and Orestes, most distinguished men.>
Sed neque ex multitudine auctorum quod melius et aequius est iudicatote, cum possit unius forsitan et deterioris sententia et multos et maiores in aliqua parte superare. et ideo ea, quae antea in notis aemilii papiniani ex ulpiano et paulo nec non marciano adscripta sunt, quae antea nullam vim obtinebant partim propter honorem splendidissimi papiniani, non statim respuere, sed, si quid ex his ad repletionem summi ingenii papiniani laborum vel interpretationem necessarium esse perspexeritis, et hoc ponere legis vicem obtinens non moremini: ut omnes qui relati fuerint in hunc codicem prudentissimi viri habeant auctoritatem tam, quasi et eorum studia ex principalibus constitutionibus profecta et a nostro divino fuerint ore profusa. omnia enim merito nostra facimus, quia ex nobis omnis eis impertietur auctoritas.
But do not judge what is better and more equitable from the multitude of authors, since perhaps the opinion of one man—even an inferior one—can in some part surpass many and greater. And therefore those items which were formerly appended in the notes of Aemilius Papinianus from Ulpian and Paulus, and likewise Marcianus—things which previously obtained no force, partly out of regard for the honor of the most splendid Papinian—do not at once reject; but if you perceive that anything from these is necessary either for the repletion of the labors of Papinian’s supreme genius or for interpretation, do not delay to set this down also as obtaining the force of law: so that all the most prudent men who shall have been entered into this Code may have authority, as though their studies too had proceeded from the principal constitutions and had been poured forth from our divine mouth. For with good reason we make all these things ours, because from us all authority will be imparted to them.
Sed et hoc studiosum vobis esse volumus, ut, si quid in veteribus non bene positum libris inveniatis vel aliquod superfluum vel minus perfectum, supervacua similitudine semota et quod imperfectum est repleatis et omne opus moderatum et quam pulcherrimum ostendatis. hoc etiam nihilo minus observando, ut, si aliquid in veteribus legibus vel constitutionibus, quas antiqui in suis libris posuerunt , non recte scriptum inveniatis, et hoc reformetis et ordini moderato tradatis: ut hoc videatur esse verum et optimum et quasi ab initio scriptum, quod a vobis electum et ibi positum fuerit, et nemo ex comparatione veteris voluminis quasi vitiosam scripturam arguere audeat. cum enim lege antiqua, quae regia nuncupabatur, omne ius omnisque potestas populi romani in imperatoriam translata sunt potestatem, nos vero sanctionem omnem non dividimus in alias et alias conditorum partes, sed totam nostram esse volumus, quid possit antiquitas nostris legibus abrogare?
But we also wish this to be your studious care, that, if you find anything in the old books not well set—whether something superfluous or less perfect—having removed the superfluous resemblance, you fill up what is imperfect and present the whole work moderated and as beautiful as possible. This likewise to be observed none the less: that, if you discover anything not correctly written in the ancient laws or constitutions which the ancients placed in their books, you also reform this and consign it to a moderate order; so that what has been chosen by you and placed there may appear to be true and optimal and as if written from the beginning, and let no one from a comparison with the old volume dare to accuse the script as faulty. For since by the ancient law, which was called the Royal Law, all right and all power of the Roman people were transferred into the imperial power, and we, in truth, do not divide every sanction into this or that portion of earlier framers, but wish the whole to be ours, what could antiquity abrogate from our laws?
and we wish the same things, when they have been replaced, to obtain to such an extent that, if they had been written otherwise among the ancients, but are found to the contrary in the composition, no charge of the writing be imputed, but let this be ascribed to our election. <a 530 given on the eighteenth day before the Kalends of January at Constantinople, when Lampadius and Orestes, most illustrious men, were consuls.>
Nulla itaque in omnibus praedicti codicis membris antinomia ( sic enim a vetustate graeco vocabulo nuncupatur) aliquem sibi vindicet locum, sed sit una concordia, una consequentia, adversario nemine constituto. <a 530 data octavo decimo kalendas ianuarias constantinopoli lampadio et oreste viris clarissimus consulibus.>
Accordingly, let no antinomy in all the parts of the aforesaid code (for thus indeed by antiquity it is named by a Greek vocable) claim any place for itself, but let there be one concord, one consequence, with no adversary established. <a 530, given on the eighteenth day before the Kalends of January [December 15], at Constantinople, when Lampadius and Orestes, most illustrious men, were consuls.>
Sed et similitudinem ( secundum quod dictum est) ab huiusmodi consummatione volumus exulare: et ea, quae sacratissimis constitutionibus quas in codicem nostrum redegimus cauta sunt, iterum poni ex veteri iure non concedimus, cum divalium constitutionum sanctio sufficit ad eorum auctoritatem: nisi forte vel propter divisionem vel propter repletionem vel propter pleniorem indaginem hoc contigerit : et hoc tamen perraro, ne ex continuatione huiusmodi lapsus oriatur aliquid in tali prato spinosum. <a 530 data octavo decimo kalendas ianuarias constantinopoli lampadio et oreste viris clarissimus consulibus.>
But we also wish likeness by way of argument ( according to what has been said) to be banished from a consummation of this kind: and we do not permit those things which have been provided by the most sacred constitutions which we have reduced into our code to be set forth again from the old law, since the sanction of the imperial constitutions suffices for their authority: unless perhaps this should occur either on account of division or on account of repletion or for a fuller investigation: and this, however, very rarely, lest from a continuation of this kind some thorny thing should arise by a slip in such a meadow. <a 530 given on the eighteenth day before the Kalends of January at Constantinople, with Lampadius and Orestes, most illustrious men, as consuls.>
Sed et si quae leges in veteribus libris positae iam in desuetudinem abierunt, nullo modo vobis easdem ponere permittimus, cum haec tantummodo obtinere volumus , quae vel iudiciorum frequentissimus ordo exercuit vel longa consuetudo huius almae urbis comprobavit, secundum salvii iuliani scripturam, quae indicat debere omnes civitates consuetudinem romae sequi, quae caput est orbis terrarum, non ipsam alias civitates. romam autem intellegendum est non solum veterem, sed etiam regiam nostram, quae deo propitio cum melioribus condita est auguriis. <a 530 data octavo decimo kalendas ianuarias constantinopoli lampadio et oreste viris clarissimus consulibus.>
But also, if any laws placed in the ancient books have now passed into desuetude, we in no way permit you to set forth the same, since we wish to have force this only , which either the most frequent order of judgments has exercised or the long custom of this kindly city has approved, according to the writing of Salvius Julianus, which indicates that all cities ought to follow the custom of Rome, which is the head of the world, not that she follow other cities. Rome, moreover, is to be understood not only as the Old [city], but also as our Royal [city], which, by God being propitious, was founded with better auguries. <a 530 given on the eighteenth day before the Kalends of January at Constantinople, Lampadius and Orestes, most illustrious men, consuls.>
Ideoque iubemus duobus istis codicibus omnia gubernari, uno constitutionum, altero iuris enucleati et in futuro codici componendi: vel si quid aliud a nobis fuerit promulgatum institutionum vicem obtinens, ut rudis animus studiosi simplicibus enutritus facilius ad altioris prudentiae redigatur scientiam. <a 530 data octavo decimo kalendas ianuarias constantinopoli lampadio et oreste viris clarissimus consulibus.>
And therefore we command that all things be governed by these two codices—one of constitutions, the other of enucleated law to be composed into a future codex—or, if anything else has been promulgated by us holding the place of the Institutes, so that the raw mind of the student, nourished by simple things, may more easily be brought to the knowledge of higher prudence. <a 530 given on the eighteenth day before the Kalends of January at Constantinople, under the consulate of Lampadius and Orestes, most distinguished men.>
Nostram autem consummationem, quae a vobis deo adnuente componetur, digestorum vel pandectarum nomen habere sancimus, nullis iuris peritis in posterum audentibus commentarios illi adplicare et verbositate sua supra dicti codicis compendium confundere: quemadmodum et in antiquioribus temporibus factum est, cum per contrarias interpretantium sententias totum ius paene conturbatum est sed sufficiat per indices tantummodo et titulorum subtilitatem quae paratitla nuncupantur quaedam admonitoria eius facere, nullo ex interpretatione eorum vitio oriundo. <a 530 data octavo decimo kalendas ianuarias constantinopoli lampadio et oreste viris clarissimus consulibus.>
But we ordain that our consummation, which will be composed by you with God assenting, have the name of Digests or Pandects, with no jurists in future daring to apply commentaries to it and, by their verbosity, to confound the compendium of the aforesaid Code: just as also was done in earlier times, when through the contrary opinions of interpreters nearly the whole law was thrown into confusion; but let it suffice to make for it certain admonitory aids through indices only and through the subtlety of the titles, which are called paratitla, with no fault arising from their interpretation. <a 530 given on the eighteenth day before the Kalends of January at Constantinople, Lampadius and Orestes, most illustrious men, being consuls.>
Ne autem per scripturam aliqua fiat in posterum dubitatio, iubemus non per siglorum captiones et compendiosa aenigmata, quae multas per se et per suum vitium antinomias induxerunt, eiusdem codicis textum conscribi: etiam si numerus librorum significatur aut aliud quicquam: nec haec etenim per specialia sigla numerorum manifestari, sed per litterarum consequentiam explanari concedimus. <a 530 data octavo decimo kalendas ianuarias constantinopoli lampadio et oreste viris clarissimus consulibus.>
Lest, however, any doubt be made in the future through script, we order that the text of the same Code not be written by means of sigla-captations and compendious enigmas, which have introduced many antinomies both of themselves and by their own fault, even if the number of books is signified or anything whatsoever: nor, indeed, do we allow even these to be made manifest through special sigla of numbers, but we grant that they be explained through the sequence of letters. <a 530 dated on the eighteenth day before the Kalends of January at Constantinople, with Lampadius and Orestes, most illustrious men, consuls.>
Haec omnia igitur deo placido facere tua prudentia una cum aliis facundissimis viris studeat et tam subtili quam celerrimo fini tradere, ut codex consummatus et in quinquaginta libros digestus nobis offeratur in maximam et aeternam rei memoriam deique omnipotentis providentiae argumentum nostrique imperii vestrique ministerii gloriam. <a 530 data octavo decimo kalendas ianuarias constantinopoli lampadio et oreste viris clarissimus consulibus.>
Therefore let your prudence, together with other most eloquent men, strive to do all these things to a placid God and to deliver them to a finish both most subtle and most swift, so that the code, consummated and digested into 50 books, may be offered to us for the greatest and eternal memory of the matter, as a proof of the providence of almighty God, and for the glory of our empire and your ministry. <given in 530, on the 18th day before the Kalends of January, at Constantinople, with Lampadius and Orestes, most distinguished men, as consuls.>
Tanta circa nos divinae humanitatis est providentia, ut semper aeternis liberalitatibus nos sustentare dignetur. post bella enim parthica aeterna pace sopita postque vandalicam gentem ereptam et carthaginem, immo magis omnem libyam romano imperio iterum sociatam et leges antiquas iam senio praegravatas per nostram vigilantiam praebuit in novam pulchritudinem et moderatum pervenire compendium: quod nemo ante nostrum imperium umquam speravit neque humano ingenio possibile esse penitus existimavit. erat enim mirabile romanam sanctionem ab urbe condita usque ad nostri imperii tempora, quae paene in mille et quadringentos annos concurrunt, intestinis proeliis vacillantem hocque et in imperiales constitutiones extendentem in unam reducere consonantiam, ut nihil neque contrarium neque idem neque simile in ea inveniatur et ne geminae leges pro rebus singulis positae usquam appareant.
So great around us is the providence of divine humanity, that it deigns always to sustain us by eternal liberalities. For after the Parthian wars were lulled into eternal peace, and after the Vandalic nation was plucked away and Carthage—nay rather all Libya—was again affiliated to the Roman empire, it has afforded, through our vigilance, that the ancient laws, now weighed down by senescence, should arrive into a new beauty and a moderated compendium: which no one before our reign ever hoped for, nor judged to be at all possible to human ingenuity. For it was a marvel to reduce the Roman sanction, from the founding of the city down to the times of our empire, which run together into almost 1,400 years, wavering with internal battles and extending this even into the imperial constitutions, back into one consonance, so that nothing contrary, nor identical, nor similar be found in it, and that duplicate laws set for individual matters should nowhere appear.
for this was indeed peculiar to celestial providence, but in no way possible for human frailty. Therefore we, in our accustomed manner, looked to the safeguard of immortality; and, the highest Numen having been invoked, we desired that God become the author and presiding overseer of the whole work, and we entrusted all diligence to Tribonian, a most exalted man, Master of the Offices and former Quaestor of our Sacred Palace and former Consul; and upon him we imposed the whole ministry of an ordination of this kind, so that he himself, together with other most illustrious and most prudent men, might fulfill our desire. Our Majesty also, continually by investigating and thoroughly searching into the things that were being composed by them, whatever was found doubtful and uncertain, uplifted by this heavenly Numen, corrected and reduced into a fitting form.
Et principales quidem constitutiones duodecim libris digestas iam ante in codicem nostro nomine praefulgentem contulimus. postea vero maximum opus adgredientes ipsa vetustatis studiosissima opera iam paene confusa et dissoluta eidem viro excelso permisimus tam colligere quam certo moderamini tradere. sed cum omnia percontabamur, a praefato viro excelso suggestum est duo paene milia librorum esse conscripta et plus quam tricies centena milia versuum a veteribus effusa, quae necesse esset omnia et legere et perscrutari et ex his si quid optimum fuisset eligere.
And indeed we had already previously brought the principal constitutions, digested into twelve books, into a Code resplendent with our name. Afterwards, however, as we approached the greatest work, we entrusted to that same most exalted man the very works of antiquity—most painstaking in their labor, yet now almost confused and dissolved—both to collect them and to submit them to a definite moderation. But when we inquired into everything, it was represented by the aforesaid most exalted man that nearly 2,000 books had been written and that more than 3,000,000 lines had been poured forth by the ancients, all of which it would be necessary both to read and to scrutinize, and from these to choose whatever had been best.
which was brought to completion by heavenly splendor and by the favor of the highest Trinity, according to our mandates, which from the beginning we issued to the aforesaid exalted man; and into fifty books everything that was most useful was collected, and all ambiguities were decided, with nothing contentious left behind. And we imposed upon the books the name of Digests or Pandects, because they have within themselves all the legitimate disputations and decisions, and what was collected from every quarter this they received into their own embrace, completing the whole work at almost one hundred and fifty thousand lines. And into seven parts we arranged them, not improperly nor without reason, but looking to the nature and art of numbers and fashioning a division of parts consonant with them.
In tertia vero congregatione omnia quae de rebus nominantur contulimus, octo libris eis deputatis. <a 533 data septimo decimo kalendas ianuarius constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iii consule >
In the third collection, indeed, we have brought together all that are entitled concerning Things (res), with eight books assigned to them. <in the year 533, given on the seventeenth day before the Kalends of January, at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 3rd consulship >
Quartus autem locus, qui et totius compositionis quasi quidam invenitur umbilicus, octo libros suscepit. in quibus omnia quae ad hypothecam pertinent oreposita sunt, ut non a pigneraticia actione in libris de rebus posita multum distarent: alio libro eodem inserto volumine, quae aedilicium edictum et redhibitoriam actionem et duplae stipulationem, quae de evictionibus proposita est, continet. quia haec omnia titulis emptionum et venditionum consentanea sunt et praedicta actiones quasi pedisequae illarum ab initio processerunt, in vetustioris quidem edicti ordinatione in loca devia et multo distantia devagantes, per nostram autem providentiam his congregatae, cum oportuerat ea quae de eodem paene loquuntur in confinio ponere.
The fourth place, which is found as it were the very umbilicus of the whole composition, has taken up eight books. In these all things which pertain to hypothec are set forth, so that they might not be far removed from the pigneratic action placed in the books on things: with another book inserted into the same volume, which contains the Aedilician Edict and the redhibitory action and the stipulation of the double, which is propounded concerning evictions. Because all these are congruent with the titles of purchases and sales, and the aforesaid actions, as handmaids of those, proceeded from the beginning—wandering indeed, in the arrangement of the more ancient edict, into out-of-the-way and very distant places—but by our providence gathered to these, since it was proper to place those things which speak almost about the same matter in contiguity.
Accordingly, another book, after the first two, was devised by us on interest and trajectitious monies, and on instruments and witnesses and proofs, and likewise presumptions. And the aforementioned three separate books were set next to the composition On Things. After these, whatever has been said by the laws about betrothals or marriages or dowries we have set down again, concluding them in three volumes of books.
but about tutelages and curatorships we have composed twin books. And we have set the aforementioned ordination of eight books in the middle of the whole work, containing on every side laws both most useful and most beautiful. <a 533 given on the seventeenth day before the Kalends of January at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, consul for the 3rd time >
Quintus autem exoritur nobis digestorum articulus, in quo de testamentis et codicillis tam privatorum quam militum omne, quidquid antiquis dictum est, inveniat quis depositum: qui de testamentis appellatur. de legatis autem et fideicommissis quinque librorum numerus adgregatus est. <a 533 data septimo decimo kalendas ianuarius constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iii consule >
The fifth, moreover, article of the Digest arises for us, in which, concerning testaments and codicils of both private persons and soldiers, anyone may find laid up all that whatever has been said by the ancients; it is entitled On Testaments. But concerning legacies and fideicommissa, a number of five books has been aggregated.
Cumque nihil tam peculiare fuerat, quam ut legatis quidem legis falcidiae narratio, fideicommissis autem senatus consulti trebelliani, singulis libris utrique eorum adplicatis tota pars quinta in novem libros coadunata est. solum autem senatus consultum trebellianum ponendum esse existimavimus: captiosas etenim et ipsis veteribus odiosas pegasiani senatus consulti ambages et utriusque senatus consulti ad se tam supervacuas quam scrupulosas diversitates respuentes totum ius super his positum trebelliano senatus consulto adiudicavimus. <a 533 data septimo decimo kalendas ianuarius constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iii consule >
And since nothing had been so particular as this—that the account of the Lex Falcidia pertained to legacies, but that of the senatus consultum Trebellianum to fideicommissa—with a separate book assigned to each of them, the entire Fifth Part has been consolidated into nine books. Moreover, we have judged that only the senatus consultum Trebellianum should be set forth: for, rejecting the captious convolutions of the senatus consultum Pegasianum—hateful even to the ancients themselves—and the distinctions of each senatus consultum for its own part, as both superfluous and over-scrupulous, we have adjudged all the law established on these matters to the senatus consultum Trebellianum. <a in the year 533, given on the seventeenth day before the Kalends of January (December 16), at Constantinople, under our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, consul for the 3rd time >
Sed in his nihil de caducis a nobis memoratum est, ne causa, quae in rebus non prospere gestis et tristibus temporibus romanis increbuit calamitatibus, bello coalescens civili, nostris remaneant temporibus, quae favor caelestis et pacis vigore firmavit et super omnes gentes in bellicis victoriis posuit, ne luctuosum monumentum laeta saecula inumbrare concedatur. <a 533 data septimo decimo kalendas ianuarius constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iii consule >
But in these matters nothing about the caduca was mentioned by us, lest the cause—which, amid affairs not prosperously conducted and in sad times for the Romans, swelled with calamities, coalescing into civil war—should remain in our times, which heavenly favor and the vigor of peace has made firm and has set above all nations in martial victories; lest a mournful monument be permitted to overshadow happy ages. <a 533 given on the seventeenth day before the Kalends of January at Constantinople, in the consulship of our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, for the 3rd time>
Sexta deinde pars digestorum exoritur, in quibus omnes bonorum possessiones positae sunt, quae ad ingenuos, quae ad libertinos respiciunt: ut et ius omne, quod de gradibus et adfinitatibus descendit, legitim aeque hereditates et omnis ab intestato successio et tertullianum et orfitianum senatus consultum, ex quibus matres et filii invicem sibi heredes existunt, in geminos libros contulimus, bonorum possessionis multitudinem in compendiosum et manifestissimum ordinem concludentes. <a 533 data septimo decimo kalendas ianuarius constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iii consule >
Then the sixth part of the Digest arises, in which all the bonorum possessiones are set down, those that regard the freeborn and those that regard freedmen: and likewise the whole law that descends from degrees of kinship and affinities, and the legitimate inheritances as well, and all intestate succession, and the Tertullian and the Orfitian senatorial decree, by which mothers and sons become heirs to one another in turn—we have gathered into twin books, concluding the multitude of bonorum possessio in a compendious and most manifest order. <a 533 given on the seventeenth day before the Kalends of January at Constantinople, under our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, consul for the 3rd time >
Post haec ea, quae de operis novi nuntiationibus damnique infecti et pro aedificiis dirutis et eorum insidiis et quae de aqua pluvia arcenda veteribus auctoribus placita sunt, nec non de publicianis et donationibus tam inter vivos quam mortis causa conficiendis cauta legibus invenimus, in librum singularem deduximus. <a 533 data septimo decimo kalendas ianuarius constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iii consule >
After these, those matters which concern notices of new work and of uncompensated damage, and remedies for buildings demolished and the threats against them, and those determinations approved by the ancient authorities about warding off rain-water, as well as the Publician actions, and donations to be executed both inter vivos and mortis causa, carefully provided for by the laws, we have set forth in a single book. <a 533 dated the seventeenth day before the Kalends of January at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 3rd consulship >
Quemadmodum et de adquisitione tam dominii quam possessionis et titulis qui eam inducunt multae et variae lectiones uni sunt insertae volumini: <a 533 data septimo decimo kalendas ianuarius constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iii consule >
Just as also concerning the acquisition both of ownership and of possession, and the titles which bring about such acquisition, many and various lessons have been inserted into a single volume: <a 533 given on the seventeenth day before the Kalends of January, at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 3rd consulship>
Alio libro deputato his, qui iudicati vel in iure confessi sunt, et de bonorum detentionibus et venditionibus et ut ne quid in fraudem creditorum fiat. <a 533 data septimo decimo kalendas ianuarius constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iii consule >
Another book assigned to those who have been adjudged or have confessed in court, and concerning detentions and sales of goods, and that nothing be done in fraud of creditors. <a 533 given on the 17th day before the Kalends of January at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, consul for the 3rd time >
Postque haec omnia interdicta glomerata sunt: et deinceps exceptiones et de temporum prolixitatibus et de obligationibus et actionibus liber iterum singularis extenditur: ut praefata sexta pars totius digestorum voluminis octo libris definiatur. <a 533 data septimo decimo kalendas ianuarius constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iii consule >
And after these, all the interdicts are aggregated: and next, as to exceptions and as to the prolixities of times and as to obligations and actions, a single book is again extended: so that the aforesaid sixth part of the whole volume of the Digest is defined by eight books. <a 533 given on the seventeenth day before the Kalends of January at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, consul for the 3rd time >
Septimus autem et novissimus articulus digestorum sex libris formatus est. quo de stipulationibus seu verborum obligationibus et fideiussoribus et mandatoribus , nec non novationibus et solutionibus et acceptilationibus et de praetoris stipulationibus omne quod ius invenitur gemino volumine inscriptum est, quod in libris antiquis nec numerari possibile fuit. <a 533 data septimo decimo kalendas ianuarius constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iii consule >
The seventh and newest article of the Digest has been formed in six books. In it, concerning stipulations or obligations of words and sureties and mandators , and likewise novations and payments and acceptilations and the praetor’s stipulations, everything that is found in law has been written in a twin volume, which in the ancient books could not even be enumerated. <a 533 given on the seventeenth day before the Kalends of January at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, consul for the 3rd time >
Et post hoc duo terribiles libri positi sunt pro delictis privatis et extraordininariis nec non publicis criminibus, qui omnem continent severitatem poenarumque atrocitatem. quibus permixta sunt et ea quae de audacibus hominibus cauta sunt, qui se celare conantur et contumaces existunt: et de poenis, quae condemnatis infliguntur vel conceduntur, nec non de eorum substantiis. <a 533 data septimo decimo kalendas ianuarius constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iii consule >
And after this two terrible books were set forth for private and extraordinary delicts and likewise for public crimes, which contain every severity and the atrocity of punishments. Intermixed with these are also the provisions that have been taken concerning audacious men who try to conceal themselves and prove contumacious: and about the penalties which are inflicted upon or granted to the condemned, and likewise about their estates. <a 533 given on the seventeenth day before the Kalends of January at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, consul for the 3rd time >
Cetera autem omnia, quae ad municipales vel de decurionibus et muneribus vel publicis operibus vel nundinis et pollicitationibus ac diversis cognitionibus et censibus vel significatione verborum veteribus inventa sunt quaeque regulariter definita, in se recepit quinquagesimus, totius consummationis perfectus. <a 533 data septimo decimo kalendas ianuarius constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iii consule >
Moreover, all the rest—the things which pertain to municipal affairs, or concerning decurions and burdens, or public works, or market-days and pollicitations, and various cognitions and censuses, or the signification of words—which were devised by the ancients and regularly defined, the Fiftieth has taken into itself, perfect as the consummation of the whole. <a 533 given on the seventeenth day before the Kalends of January at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, consul for the 3rd time >
Quae omnia confecta sunt per virum excelsum nec non prudentissimum magistrum ex quaestore et ex consule tribonianum, qui similiter eloquentiae et legitimae scientiae artibus decoratus et in ipsis rerum experimentis emicuit nihilque maius nec carius nostris umquam iussionibus duxit: nec non per alios viros magnificos et studiosissimos perfecta sunt, id est constantinum virum illustrem comitem sacrarum largitionum et magistrum scrinii libellorum sacrarumque cognitionum, qui semper nobis ex bona opinione et gloria sese commendavit: nec non theophilum virum illustrem magistrum iurisque peritum in hac splendissima civitate laudabiliter optimam legum gubernationem extendentem: et dorotheum virum illustrem et fa cundissimum quaestiorum, quem in berytiensium splendidissima civitate leges discipulis tradentem propter eius optimam opinionem et gloriam ad nos deduximus participemque huius operis fecimus: sed et anatolium virum illustrem magistrum, qui et ipse apud berytienses iuris interpres constitutus ad hoc opus adlectus est , vir ab antiqua stirpe legitima procedens, cum et pater eius leontius et avus eudoxius post patricium inclutae recordationis quaestorium et antecessorem et leontium virum gloriosissimum praefectorium et consularem atque patricium filium eius optimam sui memoriam in legibus reliquerunt: nec non cratinum virum illustrem et comitem sacrarum largitionum et optimum antecessorem huius almae urbis constitutum: qui omnes ad praedictum opus electi sunt una cum stephano, mena, prosdocio, eutolmio, timotheo, leonide, leontio, platone, iacobo, constantino, iohanne, viris prudentissimis, qui patroni quidem sunt causarum apud maximam sedem praefecturae, quae orientalibus praetoriis praesidet, omne autem suae virtutis testimonium undique accipientes et a nobis ad tanti operis consummationem electi sunt. et cum omnes in unum convenerunt gubernatione triboniani viri excelsi, ut tantum opus nobis auctoribus possint conficere, deo propitio in quinquaginta libros opus consummatum est. <a 533 data septimo decimo kalendas ianuarius consta ntinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iii consule >
All which things were brought to completion by the exalted man and most prudent master, Tribonian, former quaestor and former consul, who likewise, adorned with the arts of eloquence and of legitimate science, shone forth in the very experiments of affairs, and deemed nothing greater nor dearer than our commands; and likewise by other magnificent and most studious men they were perfected, that is, by Constantinus, an illustrious man, Count of the Sacred Largesses and master of the bureau of petitions and of sacred cognitions, who has always commended himself to us by good repute and glory; and likewise by Theophilus, an illustrious man, a master and skilled in law in this most splendid city, laudably extending the best governance of the laws; and by Dorotheus, an illustrious man and most eloquent man of the quaestorship, whom, teaching the laws to students in the most splendid city of the Berytians, on account of his excellent reputation and glory we led to us and made a participant in this work; and also by Anatolius, an illustrious man, a master, who likewise, appointed among the Berytians as an interpreter of law, was enrolled for this work—a man proceeding from an ancient legitimate stock, since both his father Leontius and his grandfather Eudoxius, after Patricius of renowned memory, quaestor and antecessor, and Leontius, his son, a most glorious man of praefectorial and consular rank and a patrician, left the best memory of themselves in the laws; and likewise by Cratinus, an illustrious man and Count of the Sacred Largesses and an excellent antecessor appointed in this nourishing city: all of whom were chosen for the aforesaid work together with Stephen, Mena, Prosdochius, Eutolmius, Timothy, Leonidas, Leontius, Plato, Jacob, Constantine, John, most prudent men, who are indeed patrons (advocates) of causes at the greatest seat of the prefecture, which presides over the Oriental praetorian courts, while receiving testimony of their virtue from every side, and by us were chosen for the consummation of so great a work. And when all came together, under the governance of the exalted man Tribonian, in order that, we being the authors, they might be able to bring so great a work to completion, with God propitious the work was consummated in 50 books. <a 533 dated on the 17th day before the Kalends of January at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 3rd consulship >
Tanta autem nobis antiquitati habita est reverentia, ut nomina prudentium taciturnitati tradere nullo patiamur modo: sed unusquisque eorum, qui auctor legis fuit, nostris digestis inscriptus est: hoc tantummodo a nobis effecto, ut, si quid in legibus eorum vel supervacuum vel imperfectum aut minus idoneum visum est, vel adiectionem vel deminutionem necessariam accipiat et rectissimis tradatur regulis. et ex multis similibus vel contrariis quod rectius habere apparebat, hoc pro aliis omnibus positum est unaque omnibus auctoritate indulta, ut quidquid ibi scriptum est, hoc nostrum appareat et ex nostra voluntate compositum: nemine audente comparare ea quae antiquitas habebat his quae nostra auctoritas introduxit, quia multa et maxima sunt, quae propter utilitatem rerum transformata s unt. adeo ut et si principalis constitutio fuerat in veteribus libris relata, neque ei pepercimus, sed et hanc corrigendam esse putavimus et in melius restaurandam.
So great, moreover, was the reverence we held for antiquity that we allow in no way the names of the prudent—of the jurists—to be consigned to silence; rather, each of those who was an author of a law has been inscribed in our Digests. Only this has been effected by us: that, if anything in their laws seemed superfluous, imperfect, or less suitable, it should receive the necessary addition or diminution and be handed over to the straightest rules. And from the many similar or contrary [opinions], that which appeared to have the more correct [position] was set in place in lieu of all the others, and one authority was granted to all, so that whatever is written there may appear to be ours and composed from our will—no one daring to compare those things which antiquity possessed with those which our authority has introduced—because there are many and very great things which have been transformed for the utility of affairs. So much so that even if a principal constitution had been reported in the ancient books, we did not spare it, but judged that this too should be corrected and restored for the better.
for indeed, with the ancient names left aside, whatever had been decorous and necessary to the verity of the laws, this we have preserved by our emendations. and for this cause, even whatever was doubted among them has now come into the safest repose, with nothing left tottering. <a 533 given on December 16 at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, consul for the 3rd time >
Sed cum prospeximus, quod ad portandam tantae sapientiae molem non sunt idonei homines rudes et qui in primis legum vestibulis stantes intrare ad arcana eorum properant, et aliam mediocrem eruditionem praeparandam esse censuimus, ut sub ea colorati et quasi primitiis omnium imbuti possint ad penetralia eorum intrare et formam legum pulcherrimam non coniventibus oculis accipere. et ideo triboniano viro excelso, qui ad totius operis gubernationem relectus est, nec non theophilo et dorotheo viris illustribus et facundissimis antecessoribus accersitis mandavimus, quatenus libris, quos veteres composuerunt, qui prima legum argumenta continebant et institutiones vocabuntur, separatim collectis, quidquid ex his utile et aptissimum et undique sit elimatum et rebus, quae in praesenti aevo in usu vertuntur, consentaneum invenitur, hoc et capere studeant et quattuor libris reponere et totius eruditionis prima fundamenta atque elementa ponere, quibus iuvenes suffulti possint graviora et perfectiora legum scita sustentare. admonuimus autem eos, ut memores etiam nostrarum fiant constitutionum, quas pro emendatione iuris promulgavimus, et in confectione institutionum etiam eadem emendatione ponere non morentur: ut sit manifestum et quid antea vacillabat et quid postea in stabilitatem redactum est.
But when we perceived that men untrained and standing at the very vestibules of the laws, who hasten to enter their arcana, are not fit to bear the mass of so great wisdom, we judged that another moderate instruction ought to be prepared, so that, dyed under it and, as it were, imbued with the first-fruits of all things, they may be able to enter their inner sancta and receive the most beautiful form of the laws with eyes not blinking. And therefore to Tribonian, a man of high rank, who has been selected again for the governance of the whole work, and likewise, Theophilus and Dorotheus, illustrious men and most eloquent professors, having been summoned, we commanded that, with the books which the ancients composed, which contained the first subjects of the laws and will be called Institutes, collected separately, whatever from these is useful and most apt and polished on all sides, and is found consonant with matters which in the present age are in use, this they should both strive to take up and to place in four books, and to lay the first foundations and elements of the whole erudition, by which youths, supported, may be able to sustain the weightier and more perfect enactments of the laws. We have moreover admonished them to be mindful also of our constitutions, which we have promulgated for the emendation of the law, and not to delay to set the same emendation in the making of the Institutes as well: so that it may be manifest both what formerly wavered and what afterwards has been reduced into stability.
When this work, completed by them, was presented and read over to us, we received it with a ready mind and judged it not unworthy of our judgment, and we ordered that the aforesaid books have the authority of constitutions; which is declared more openly in our address, which we have prefixed to the same books. <a 533, given on the seventeenth day before the Kalends of January, at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, consul for the 3rd time>
Omni igitur romani iuris dispositione composita et in tribus voluminibus, id est institutionum et digestorum seu pandectarum nec non constitutionum, perfecta et in tribus annis consummata, quae ut primum separari coepit, neque in totum decennium compleri sperabatur: omnipotenti deo et hanc operam ad hominum sustentationem piis obtulimus animis uberesque gratias maximae deitati reddidimus, quae nobis praestitit et bella feliciter agere et honesta pace perpotiri et non tantum nostro, sed etiam omni aevo tam instanti quam posteriori leges optimas ponere. <a 533 data septimo decimo kalendas ianuarius constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iii consule >
Accordingly, with the entire disposition of Roman law composed and perfected in three volumes—namely, of the Institutions and of the Digest or Pandects, as well as of the Constitutions—and consummated within three years, which, when first it began to be set apart, was not hoped to be completed even in a whole decade: to almighty God we have also offered this work, for the sustentation of humankind, with pious minds, and we have rendered abundant thanks to the greatest Deity, who has granted to us both to wage wars successfully and to enjoy honorable peace to the full, and to set down the best laws not only for our own age but for every age, both the present and the later. <a in 533, given on the seventeenth day before the Kalends of January, at Constantinople, in the consulship of our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, for the 3rd time >
Omnibus itaque hominibus eandem sanctionem manifestam facere necessarium esse perspeximus, ut sit eis cognitum, quanta confusione et infinitate absoluti in quantam moderationem et legitimam veritatem pervenerunt: legesque in posterum habeant tam directas quam compendiosas omnibusque in promptu positas et ad possidendi libros earum facilitatem idoneas: ut non mole divitiarum expensa possint homines supervacuae legum multitudinis adipisci volumina, sed vilissima pecunia facilis eorum comparatio pateat tam ditioribus quam tenuioribus, minimo pretio magna prudentia reparanda. <a 533 data septimo decimo kalendas ianuarius constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iii consule >
Accordingly, we have perceived it to be necessary to make the same sanction manifest to all men, so that it may be known to them from what confusion and boundlessness, once set free, they have come into what moderation and legitimate truth: and that hereafter they may have laws both direct and compendious, set forth at the ready for all and suited to the ease of possessing their books: so that men need not, with a mass of riches expended, obtain volumes of a superfluous multitude of laws, but that with the cheapest money an easy acquisition of them may lie open both to the richer and to the poorer, great prudence to be procured at the least price.
Si quid autem in tanta legum compositione, quae ab immenso librorum numero collecta est, simile forsitan raro inveniatur, nemo hoc vituperandum existimet, sed primum quidem imbecillitati humanae, quae naturaliter inest, hoc inscribat , quia omnium habere memoriam et penitus in nullo peccare divinitatis magis quam mortalitatis est: quod et a maioribus dictum est. deinde sciat, quod similitudo in quibusdam et his brevissimis adsumpta non inutilis est, et nec citra nostrum propositum hoc subsecutum: aut enim ita lex necessaria erat, ut diversis titulis propter rerum cognationem adplicari eam oporteat, aut, cum fuerat aliis diversis permixta, impossibile erat eam per partes detrahi, ne totum confundatur. et in his partibus, in quibus perfectissimae visiones eitae veterum fuerant, quod particulatim in eas fuerat sparsum, hoc dividere ac separare penitus erat incivile, ne tam sensus quam aures legentium ex hoc perturbentur.
If, however, in so great a composition of laws, which has been collected from an immense number of books, something perhaps similar is found rarely, let no one think this to be blameworthy, but first ascribe this to human imbecility, which is naturally inherent, because to have the memory of all things and to sin in nothing at all is more of divinity than of mortality: which also has been said by the elders. Then let him know that a similitude assumed in certain points—and these very brief—is not useless, and that this has not ensued apart from our purpose: for either the law was so necessary that it ought to be applied to diverse titles on account of the cognation of the matters, or, since it had been intermingled with various others, it was impossible to draw it off by parts, lest the whole be confounded. And in those parts in which the most perfect editions of the ancients had been published, to divide and entirely separate what had been scattered into them piecemeal was quite uncivil, lest both the sense and the ears of the readers be perturbed by this.
Similique modo si quid principalibus constitutionibus cautum est, hoc in digestorum volumine poni nullo concessimus modo, quasi constitutionum recitatione sufficiente: nisi et hoc raro ex isdem causis, quibus similitudo adsumpta est. <a 533 data septimo decimo kalendas ianuarius constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iii consule >
In a similar manner, if anything has been provided by princely constitutions, we have in no way permitted this to be placed in the volume of the Digest, as though the recitation of the constitutions were sufficient: unless even this be done rarely for the same reasons for which similarity has been assumed. <a 533 given on the seventeenth day before the Kalends of January at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, consul for the 3rd time >
Contrarium autem aliquid in hoc codice positum nullum sibi locum vindicabit nec invenitur, si quis subtili animo diversitatis rationes excutiet: sed est aliquid novum inventum vel occulte positum, quod dissonantiae querellam dissoluit et aliam naturam inducit discordiae fines effugientem. <a 533 data septimo decimo kalendas ianuarius constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iii consule >
However, anything contrary placed in this code will claim no place for itself nor be found, if anyone with a subtle mind sifts the reasons for diversity; but there is something new discovered or covertly positioned, which dissolves the complaint of dissonance and introduces another nature that escapes the bounds of discord. <a 533 given on the seventeenth day before the Kalends of January at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 3rd consulship >
Sed et si quid forsitan praetermissum est, quod in tantis milibus quasi in profundo positum latitabat, et, cum idoneum fuerat poni, obscuritate involutum necessario derelictum est: quis hoc apprehendere recto animo possit? primo quidem propter ingenii mortalis exiguitatem: deinde propter ipsius rei vitium, quod multis inutilibus permixtum nullam sui ad eruendum praebuit copiam: deinde quod multo utilius est pauca idonea effugere, quam multis inutilibus homines praegravari. <a 533 data septimo decimo kalendas ianuarius constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iii consule >
But even if perhaps something has been omitted, which in so great multitudes lay hidden as if set in the deep, and, when it had been fit to be set forth, wrapped in obscurity, was necessarily left aside: who could apprehend this with an upright mind? first indeed on account of the exiguity of mortal ingenuity; then on account of the defect of the thing itself, which, commixed with many useless things, afforded no opportunity of itself for being dug out; then because it is much more useful that a few suitable things should escape than that men be overburdened by many useless things. <in the year 533, given on the seventeenth day before the Kalends of January at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, consul for the 3rd time>
Mirabile autem aliquid ex his libris emersit, quod multitudo antiqua praesente brevitate paucior invenitur. homines etenim, qui antea lites agebant, licet multae leges fuerant positae, tamen ex paucis lites perferebant vel propter inopiam librorum, quos comparare eis impossibile erat, vel propter ipsam inscientiam, et voluntate iudicum magis quam legitima auctoritate lites dirimebantur. in praesenti autem consummatione nostrorum digestorum e tantis leges collectae sunt voluminibus, quorum et nomina antiquiores homines non dicimus nesciebant, sed nec umquam audiebant.
But something marvelous has emerged from these books, namely that the ancient multitude is found to be fewer than the present brevity. For men who formerly prosecuted lawsuits, although many laws had been set down, nevertheless carried on suits from a few, either because of a lack of books, which it was impossible for them to procure, or because of sheer ignorance; and suits were decided by the will of the judges rather than by legitimate authority. But in the present completion of our Digests, laws have been collected out of so many volumes, whose very names earlier men—we do not say did not know—had never even heard.
all of which have been collected, with a most ample substance congregated, so that the ancient multitude may indeed be found indigent, but our brevity may be rendered most opulent. moreover, the copiousness of books of ancient wisdom was especially provided by Tribonianus, a most excellent man, among which many had been unknown even to the most erudite men themselves; and when all these had been thoroughly read, whatever from them was most beautiful—this, separated out, came into our best composition. but the founders of this work not only perused those volumes from which the laws have been set down, but also many others, which—finding in them nothing either useful or new to excerpt and apply to our Digests—they rejected with the best intention.
Sed quia divinae quidem res perfectissimae sunt, humani vero iuris condicio semper in infinitum decurrit et nihil est in ea, quod stare perpetuo possit ( multas etenim formas edere natura novas deproperat), non desperamus quaedam postea emergi negotia, quae adhuc legum laqueis non sunt innodata. si quid igitur tale contigerit, augustum imploretur remedium, quia ideo imperialem fortunam rebus humanis deus praeposuit, ut possit omnia quae noviter contingunt et emendare et componere et modis et regulis competentibus tradere. et hoc non primum a nobis dictum est, sed ab antiqua descendit prosapia: cum et ipse iulianus legum et edicti perpetui subtilissimus conditor in suis libris hoc rettulit, ut, si quid imperfectum inveniatur, ab imperiali sanctione hoc repleatur.
But because divine matters indeed are most perfect, while the condition of human law ever runs forth into the infinite and there is nothing in it that can stand perpetually (for nature hastens to bring forth many new forms), we do not despair that certain affairs may later emerge which have not yet been knotted in the snares of the laws. If, therefore, anything of the sort should occur, let the august remedy be implored, since for this reason God has set imperial fortune over human affairs: that it may be able both to amend and to compose all things which newly occur, and to hand them down with modes and rules that are competent. And this was not first said by us, but descends from an ancient lineage: since Julian himself, the most subtle composer of the laws and of the Perpetual Edict, reported this in his books—that, if anything imperfect be found, let it be filled up by an imperial sanction.
and not he himself alone, but also the deified Hadrian, in the composition of the edict and in the senatus consultum which followed it, defined this most openly: that, if something set in the edict is not found, new authority can construct it according to his rules and his conjectures and imitations. <a 533 given on the seventeenth day before the Kalends of January at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, consul for the 3rd time >
Haec igitur omnia scientes, patres conscripti et omnes orbis terrarum homines, gratias quidem amplissimas agite summae divinitati, quae vestris temporibus tam saluberrimum opus servavit: quo enim antiquitas digna divino non est visa iudicio, hoc vestris temporibus indultum est. hasce itaque leges et adorate et observate omnibus antiquioribus quiescentibus: nemoque vestrum audeat vel comparare eas prioribus vel, si quid dissonans in utroque est, requirere, quia omne quod hic positum est hoc unicum et solum observari censemus. nec in iudicio nec in alio certamine, ubi leges necessariae sunt, ex aliis libris, nisi ab isdem institutionibus nostrisque digestis et constitutionibus a nobis compositis vel promulgatis aliquid vel recitare vel ostendere conetur, nisi temerator velit falsitatis crimini subiectus una cum iudice, qui ei audientiam accommodabit, poenis gr avissimis laborare.
Therefore, knowing all these things, Conscript Fathers and all men of the circle of lands, render most ample thanks to the highest Divinity, who has preserved in your times so health-bringing a work: for what to antiquity did not seem worthy in the divine judgment has, in your times, been granted by indulgence. These laws therefore both adore and observe, all earlier ones being at rest: and let none of you dare either to compare them to the prior ones or, if anything dissonant is in either, to inquire; because everything that is set down here we judge that this one thing alone is to be observed. Neither in judgment nor in any other contest where laws are necessary let anyone attempt either to recite or to produce anything from other books, except from these same Institutes and our Digest and the constitutions composed or promulgated by us, unless the rash violator wishes, subjected to the charge of falsity together with the judge who accommodates him a hearing, to labor under very gr avious penalties.
Ne autem incognitum vobis fiat, ex quibus veterum libris haec consummatio ordinata est, iussimus et hoc in primordiis digestorum nostrorum inscribi, ut manifestissimum sit, ex quibus legis latoribus quibusque libris eorum et quot milibus hoc iustitiae romanae templum aedificatum est. <a 533 data septimo decimo kalendas ianuarius constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iii consule >
Lest, however, it be unknown to you from which books of the ancients this consummation has been ordered, we have also commanded that this be inscribed at the beginnings of our Digests, so that it may be most manifest by which legislators and by which of their books, and by how many thousands, this temple of Roman justice has been built. <a in the year 533, given on the seventeenth day before the Kalends of January, at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 3rd consulship >
Legis latores autem vel commentatores eos elegimus, qui digni tanto opere fuerant et quos et anteriores piissimi principes admittere non sunt indignati, omnibus uno dignitatis apice impertito nec sibi quodam aliquam praerogativam vindicante. cum enim constitutionum vicem et has leges obtinere censuimus quasi ex nobis promulgatas, quid amplius aut minus in quibusdam esse intellegatur, cum una dignitas, una potestas omnibus est indulta? <a 533 data septimo decimo kalendas ianuarius constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iii consule >
But as law-givers or commentators we chose those who had been worthy of so great a work, and whom even earlier most pious princes did not disdain to admit, with one pinnacle of dignity imparted to all and with no certain person claiming any prerogative for himself. For since we have deemed that, in the place of constitutions, these laws too hold as if promulgated by us, what could be understood as more or less belonging to some, when one dignity, one power has been granted to all? <a 533 dated on the seventeenth day before the Kalends of January at constantinople, in our lord justinian’s consulship, perpetual augustus, for the 3rd time >
Hoc autem quod et ab initio nobis visum est, cum hoc opus fieri deo adnuente mandabamus, tempestivum nobis videtur et in praesenti sancire, ut nemo neque eorum , qui in praesenti iuris peritiam habent, nec qui postea fuerint audeat commentarios isdem legibus adnectere: nisi tantum si velit eas in graecam vocem transformare sub eodem ordine eaque consequentia, sub qua voces romanae positae sunt ( hoc quod graeci kata poda dicunt), et si qui forsitan per titulorum subtilitatem adnotare maluerint et ea quae paratitla nuncupantur componere. alias autem legum interpretationes, immo magis perversiones eos iactare non concedimus , ne verbositas eorum aliquid legibus nostris adferat ex confusione dedecus. quod et in antiquis edicti perpetui commentatoribus factum est, qui opus moderate confectum huc atque illuc in diversas sententias producentes in infinitum detraxerunt, ut paene omnem romanam sanctionem esse confusam.
Moreover, this which also seemed to us from the beginning, when we were ordering this work to be done with God assenting, seems timely to us also to sanction at the present, that no one, neither of those , who at present have expertise in law, nor those who shall be later, dare to attach commentaries to the same laws: unless only if he should wish to transform them into the Greek tongue under the same order and the same sequence under which the Roman words have been set (this which the Greeks call kata poda), and if any perchance should prefer to annotate by the subtlety of the titles and to compose those things which are called paratitla. But other interpretations of the laws—nay rather perversions—we do not allow them to vaunt , lest their verbosity bring some disgrace to our laws out of confusion. Which also happened with the ancient commentators of the Perpetual Edict, who, taking a work compiled with moderation this way and that into divergent opinions, dragged it out endlessly, so that nearly the whole Roman sanction is confused.
If we have not suffered them , how is the vain discord of posterity to be admitted? But if they should dare to do anything of such a kind, let they themselves be established as guilty of falsity, and let their volumes be in every way destroyed. If, however, as was said above, anything should seem ambiguous, let this be referred to the imperial summit through the judges and be made manifest by august authority, to whom alone it has been granted both to enact and to interpret laws.
Eandem autem poenam falsitatis constituimus et adversus eos, qui in posterum leges nostras per si glorum obscuritates ausi fuerint conscribere. omnia enim, id est et nomina prudentium et titulos et librorum numeros, per consequentias litterarum volumus, non per sigla manifestari, ita ut, qui talem librum sibi paraverit, in quo sigla posita sunt in qualemcumque locum libri vel voluminis, sciat inutilis se esse codicis dominum: neque enim licentiam aperimus ex tali codice in iudicium aliquid recitare, qui in quacumque sua parte siglorum habet malitiam. ipse autem librarius, qui eas inscribere ausus fuerit, non solum criminali poena secundum quod dictum est plectetur, sed etiam libri aestimationem in duplum domino reddat, si et ipse dominus ignorans talem librum vel comparaverit vel confici curaverit.
Moreover, we establish the same penalty of falsity also against those who henceforth shall have dared to write our laws through the obscurities of sigla. For we will that everything—namely, both the names of the jurists and the titles and the numbers of the books—be made manifest by the sequences of letters, not by sigla; so that whoever has procured for himself such a book, in which sigla have been set in any place of the book or volume, may know that he is the master of a useless codex: for we do not open permission to recite anything in judgment from such a codex, which in any of its parts has the malice of sigla. But the scribe himself, who shall have dared to inscribe them, shall be punished not only with the criminal penalty according to what has been said, but also shall render to the owner double the valuation of the book, if the owner himself, being ignorant, either has purchased such a book or has taken care to have it produced.
Leges autem nostras, quae in his codicibus, id est institutionum seu elementorum et digestorum vel pandectarum posuimus, suum obtinere robur ex tertio nostro felicissimo sancimus consulatu, praesentis duodecimae indictionis tertio kalendas ianuarias, in omne aevum valituras et una cum nostris constitutionibus pollentes et suum vigorem in iudiciis ostendentes in omnibus causis, sive quae postea emerserint sive in iudiciis adhuc pendent nec eas iudicialis vel amicalis forma compescuit. quae enim iam vel iudiciali sententia finita sunt vel amicali pacto sopita, haec reuscitari nullo volumus modo. bene autem properavimus in tertium nostrum consulatum et has leges edere, quia maximi dei et domini nostri ihesu christi auxilium felicissimum eum nostrae rei publicae donavit, cum in hunc et b ella parthica abolita sunt et quieti perpetuae tradita, et tertia pars mundi nobis adcrevit ( post europam enim et asiam et tota libya nostro imperio adiuncta est) et tanto operi legum caput impositum est, omnia caelestia dona nostro tertio consulatui indulta.
But we sanction that our laws, which we have set in these codices—that is, of the Institutes or Elements and of the Digests or Pandects—obtain their own force from our most fortunate third consulship, on the 3rd day before the Kalends of January of the present 12th indiction, to be valid for all time and, together with our constitutions, to be puissant and to show their own vigor in the courts in all causes, whether those which shall hereafter emerge or those which still hang in the courts and which no judicial or amicable form has restrained. For those matters which have already been ended by a judicial sentence or lulled by an amicable pact, these we wish to be revived in no way. Moreover, we made good haste in our third consulship also to publish these laws, because the aid of the greatest God and our Lord Jesus Christ has most happily bestowed it upon our commonwealth, since in this both the Parthian wars have been abolished and handed over to perpetual quiet, and a third part of the world has been added to us ( after Europe and Asia, all Libya too has been joined to our empire), and upon so great a work of laws a head has been set, all heavenly gifts having been bestowed upon our third consulship.
Itaque omnes iudices nostri pro sua iurisdictione easdem leges suscipiant et tam in suis iudiciis quam in hac regia urbe habeant et proponant, et praecipue vir excelsus huius almae urbis praefectus. curae autem erit tribus excelsis praefectis praetoriis tam orientalibus quam illyricis nec non libycis per suas auctoritates omnibus, qui suae iurisdictioni suppositi sunt, eas manifestare. <a 533 data septimo decimo kalendas ianuarius constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iii consule >
Therefore let all our judges, according to their jurisdiction, receive these same laws, and both in their own courts and in this royal city have and publish them, and especially the exalted man, the prefect of this nurturing city. Moreover, it shall be the care of the three exalted praetorian prefects—both the Oriental and the Illyrian, and also the Libyan—through their authorities to make them manifest to all who are subjected to their jurisdiction. <a given in 533, on the seventeenth day before the Kalends of January, at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, consul for the 3rd time >
Quamvis, cum causam tuam ageres, ignorantia iuris propter simplicitatem armatae militiae adlegationes competentes omiseris, tamen si nondum satisfecisti, permitto tibi, si coeperis ex sententia conveniri, defensionibus tuis uti. * ant. a. maximo mil.
Although, when you were pleading your cause, through ignorance of the law owing to the simplicity of the armed soldiery, you omitted the competent allegations, nevertheless, if you have not yet satisfied the judgment, I permit you, if you begin to be proceeded against in accordance with the sentence, to make use of your defenses. * antoninus augustus to maximus, soldier.
Si post divisionem factam testamenti vitium in lucem emerserit, ex his, quae per ignorantiam confecta sunt, praeiudicium tibi non comparabitur. ostende igitur apud correctorem virum clarissimum amicum nostrum testamentum vel fide veri deficere vel iuris ratione stare non posse, ut infirmata scriptura, quae testamenti vice prolata est, solidam successionem obtineas. * diocl.
If, after a division has been made, a defect of the testament comes to light, no prejudice will be acquired against you from those things which were effected through ignorance. Show therefore before the corrector, a most distinguished man, our friend, that the testament either fails in the credibility of truth or cannot stand by the reason of law, so that, the document which has been produced in the stead of a testament having been invalidated, you may obtain a solid succession. * Diocletian.
Si non transactionis causa, sed indebitam errore facti olei materiam vos archantico stipulanti dare spopondisse rector animadverterit provinciae, reddito quod debetis residui liberationem condicentes audiet. * diocl. et maxim.
If, not for the sake of a transaction, but through an error of fact, the rector of the province perceives that you promised to give to the archanticus who was stipulating the material of oil that was not owed, then, upon the return of what you do owe, he will hear you demanding a release of the remainder. * Diocletian and Maximian.
Cum testamentum nullo iure constiterit, ex eius, quae ab intestato successit, professione sola velut ex testamento liberos per errorem profitentis orcini vel proprii liberti, si non ipsius accessit iudicium, cum errantis voluntas nulla sit, effici non potuerint. * diocl. et maxim.
When a testament has stood by no law, from the mere profession of her who has succeeded ab intestato, as though from a testament, orcinian freedmen or her own freedmen, professed through error, cannot be effected, if the judgment of the testator himself has not intervened, since the will of one erring is none. * diocletian and maximian.
Ne passim liceat mulieribus omnes suos contractus retractare in his, quae praetermiserint vel ignoraverint, statuimus, si per ignorantiam iuris damnum aliquod circa ius vel substantiam suam patiantur, in his tantum casibus, in quibus praeteritarum legum auctoritas eis suffragatur, subveniri. * leo et anthem. aa. erythrio pp. * <a 472 d. k. iul marciano cons.>
So that it may not be permitted indiscriminately to women to rescind all their contracts in those matters which they have overlooked or not known, we decree that, if through ignorance of the law they suffer some loss concerning their right or their substance, relief is to be afforded only in those cases in which the authority of past laws supports them. * leo and anthemius, the emperors, to erythrius, praetorian prefect. * <in the year 472, on the Kalends of July, in the consulship of marcianus.>
Licet servilis condicio deferendae precis facile capax non sit, tamen admissi sceleris atrocitas et laudabilis fidei exemplum super vindicanda caede domini tui hortamento fuit, ut praefecto praetorio iuxta adnotationis nostrae decretum demandaremus ( quem adire cura), ut auditis his, quae in libello contulisti, et reos investigare et severissimam vindictam iuxta legum censuram exigere curet. * diocl. et maxim.
Although the servile condition is not easily capable of presenting a petition, nevertheless the atrocity of the crime committed and the laudable example of fidelity, in the matter of avenging the slaughter of your master, was an encouragement for us to entrust to the praetorian prefect, in accordance with the decree of our adnotation ( take care to approach him), that, once he has heard the things which you set forth in the libellus, he should take care both to investigate the guilty and to exact the most severe vengeance in accordance with the censure of the laws. * diocl. and maxim.
Quotiens rescripto nostro moratoria praescriptio remittitur, aditus supplicandi pandatur. quod autem totius negotii cognitionem tollit et vires principalis negotii exhaurit, sine gravi partis alterius dispendio convelli non potest. nec praescriptionis igitur peremptoriae relaxatio petatur.
Whenever by our rescript the moratory prescription is remitted, the avenue of supplication is opened. But that which removes the cognition of the whole business and exhausts the force of the principal action cannot be torn up without grave loss to the other party. Therefore, let no relaxation of a peremptory prescription be sought.
Instrumentorum exempla non prosit precibus adiunxisse, sed necesse sit eorum in supplicatione vim exprimi, ut responsuro principi vera precatio rem aperiat cognoscendam, solis, cum necessitas exegerit, verbis precibus inserendis, quorum de sensu inter partes ita dubitari contigerit, ut etiam merito nostrum expectetur iudicium. * theodos. et valentin.
It is of no advantage to have added copies of instruments to petitions, but it is necessary that their force be expressed in the supplication, so that the true petition may lay open to the emperor who is to reply the matter to be ascertained, with only—when necessity has required—those words being inserted in the petitions, about the sense of which it has so come to be doubted between the parties that even our judgment is deservedly awaited. * theodos. and valentin.
Temporales actiones, quae per oblationem precum et ad eas rescriptiones perpetuantur, definire necessarium esse duximus, ne quis putet ad alias etiam, quae certis taxantur temporibus, hoc pertinere. sciant igitur omnes eas tantummodo per oblationes precum et ad eas rescripta perpetuari, quae a praetore constitutae annali tempore coartatae sunt. * iust.
Temporal actions, which are perpetuated through the oblation of petitions and the rescripts to them, we have deemed it necessary to define, lest anyone think that this pertains also to other actions which are assessed by fixed times. let all therefore know that only those are perpetuated through the oblations of petitions and the rescripts to them which, established by the praetor, are constrained within an annual time. * iust.
Licet, postquam supplicasti, priusquam rescriptum impetrares, praeses provinciae vir clarissimus pronuntiaverit, cum tamen a sententia non provocaveris, rescriptum, quod postea secutum esse suggeris, ad retrahenda quae decreto terminata sunt non patrocinatur. * alex. a. caperio.
Although, after you petitioned, before you obtained a rescript, the governor of the province, a most illustrious man, pronounced judgment, since, however, you did not appeal from the sentence, the rescript which you suggest followed thereafter does not support pulling back things that have been concluded by decree. * Alex. A. to Caperius.
Supplicare causa pendente non licet, nisi vel actorum vel pronuntiationis editio denegetur. qui autem terminatam rescripto vel consultatione quaestionem exquisito suffragio refricare conabitur, in omnem litis aestimationem adversario suo protinus condemnetur: omni venia deneganda, si quis contra haec supplicare temptaverit. * const.
To supplicate while the case is pending is not permitted, unless either the issuance of the records or of the pronouncement is denied. But whoever shall attempt, by solicited suffrage, to re-open a question terminated by rescript or by consultation, shall forthwith be condemned to his adversary in the full valuation of the suit: every indulgence is to be denied, if anyone shall attempt to supplicate contrary to these things. * Constantine.
Praescriptione mendaciorum opposita, sive in iuris narratione mendacium reperiatur sive in facti sive in tacendi fraude, pro tenore veritatis, non deprecantis adfirmatione, datum iudicem cognoscere debere et secundum hoc de causa convenit ferre sententiam. * diocl. et maxim.
With a plea of mendacity interposed, whether a lie be found in the narration of law or of fact or in the fraud of keeping silent, according to the tenor of truth, not by the affirmation of the supplicant, the appointed judge ought to take cognizance, and according to this it is proper to render judgment in the case. * diocletian and maximian.
Omnes cuiuscumque maioris vel minoris administrationis universae nostrae rei publicae iudices monemus, ut nullum rescriptum, nullam pragmaticam sanctionem, nullam sacram adnotationem, quae generali iuri vel utilitati publicae adversa esse videatur, in disceptatione cuiuslibet litigii patiantur proferri, sed generales sacras constitutiones modis omnibus non dubitent observandas. * anastas. a. matroniano pp. * <a 491 ? d. k. iul.
We admonish all judges of our entire commonwealth, of whatever greater or lesser administration, that they should allow no rescript, no pragmatic sanction, no sacred annotation, which may seem to be adverse to general law or to public utility, to be produced in the disputation of any lawsuit, but by every means let them not hesitate to observe the general sacred constitutions. * Anastasius Augustus to Matronianus, Praetorian Prefect. * <a 491 ? on the Kalends of July.
Falso adseveratur auctoritatem rescriptorum devoluto spatio anni obtinere firmitatem suam non oportere, cum ea, quae ad ius rescribuntur, perennia esse debent, si modo tempus, intra quod adlegari vel audiri debeat, non sit comprehensum. * alex. a. epagatho.
It is falsely asserted that the authority of rescripts ought not to retain its firmness after the lapse of a year, since those things which are rescribed for the law ought to be perennial, provided only that no time-limit is included within which it must be alleged or heard. * alex. a. to epagathus.
Sacri adfatus, quoscumque nostrae mansuetudinis in quacumque parte paginarum scripserit auctoritas, non alio vultu penitus aut colore, nisi purpurea tantummodo scriptione illustrentur, scilicet ut cocti muricis et triti conchylii ardore signentur: eaque tantummodo fas sit proferri et dici rescripta in quibuscumque iudiciis, quae in chartis sive membranis subnotatio nostrae subscriptionis impresserit. * leo a. hilariano mag. off.
Sacred addresses, whatever the authority of our mansuetude shall have written in whatever part of the pages, are to be illuminated with no other countenance or color, except only by purple writing, namely that they be marked with the glow of boiled murex and ground conchylian dye; and only those shall be lawful to be produced and to be called rescripts in whatever judgments, which, on papers or on parchments, the subnotation of our subscription shall have impressed. * Leo Augustus to Hilarianus, Master of Offices.
Hanc autem sacri encausti confectionem nulli sit licitum aut concessum habere aut quaerere aut a quoquam sperare: eo videlicet, qui hoc adgressus fuerit tyrannico spiritu, post proscriptionem bonorum omnium capitali non immerito poena plectendo. <a 470 d. vi k. april. iordane et severo conss.>
But let it be lawful or permitted to no one to have, or to seek, or to hope for from anyone, this preparation of the sacred purple ink; namely, that whoever shall have attempted this with a tyrannical spirit, after the proscription of all his goods, be punished, not undeservedly, with capital punishment. <a 470 on the 6th day before the Kalends of april, jordanes and severus, consuls.>
Universa rescripta, sive in personam precantium sive ad quemlibet iudicem manaverint, quae vel adnotatio vel quaevis pragmatica sanctio nominetur, sub ea condicione proferri praecipimus, si preces veritate nituntur, nec aliquem fructum precator oraculi percipiat impetrati, licet in iudicio adserat veritatem, nisi quaestio fidei precum imperiali beneficio monstretur inserta. * zeno a. sebastiano pp. * <a 477 d. x k. ian. constantinopoli post consulatum armati.>
We direct that all rescripts—whether they have flowed forth concerning the person of the petitioners or to any judge, whether it be called an annotation or any pragmatic sanction—be produced under this condition: if the petitions rest on truth; and let the supplicant receive no fruit of the oracle obtained, although he asserts the truth in court, unless the question of the good faith of the petitions is shown to have been inserted by imperial beneficence. * Zeno Augustus to Sebastianus, Praetorian Prefect. * <a 477 d. 10 Kal. Jan. at Constantinople, after the consulship of Armatus.>
Nam et vir magnificus quaestor et viri spectabiles magistri scriniorum: qui sine praefata adiectione qualecumque divinum responsum dictaverint, et iudices, qui susceperint, reprehensionem subibunt et, qui illicite dictata scribere ausi fuerint cuiuscumque scrinii memoriales seu pragmaticarii vel adiutores primicerii, amissione cinguli ferientur. <a 477 d. x k. ian. constantinopoli post consulatum armati.>
For both the magnificent man, the quaestor, and the men of spectabilis rank, the masters of the scrinia: whoever, without the aforesaid addition, shall have dictated any sort of divine response, and the judges who shall have received it, will undergo reprehension; and the memoriales or pragmaticarii or the assistants of the primicerius of any bureau, who shall have dared to write things unlawfully dictated, will be stricken with the loss of the belt. <a 477 on the tenth day before the Kalends of January at Constantinople, after the consulship of Armatus.>
Pragmaticas praeterea sanctiones non ad singulorum preces super privatis negotiis proferri, sed si quando corpus aut schola vel officium vel curia vel civitas vel provincia vel quaedam universitas hominum ob causam publicam fuderit preces, manare decernimus, ut hic etiam veritatis quaestio reservetur. <a 477 d. x k. ian. constantinopoli post consulatum armati.>
Moreover, we decree that Pragmatic sanctions are not to be issued at the prayers of individuals concerning private affairs, but that they are to emanate if ever a corpus or a schola or an officium or a curia or a civitas or a provincia or a certain universitas of men shall have poured forth petitions on account of a public cause, so that here too an inquiry into the truth be reserved. <a 477 d. x k. ian. constantinopoli post consulatum armati.>
Si quis iudicum accepisse aeneas vel argenteas vel marmoreas statuas extra imperiale beneficium in administratione positus detegetur, emolumenta, quae acceperit in ea positus dignitate, quam polluit, cum extortis titulis vel praesumptis in quadruplum fisco nostro inferat simulque noverit existimatonis suae poenam se subiturum. nec eos sane a periculo pudoris haberi volumus immunes, qui adulandi studio aut metu inconstanti ignavia transire quae sunt interdicta temptaverint. * arcad.
If any of the judges, while placed in administration, shall be detected to have accepted bronze or silver or marble statues outside an imperial beneficence, he shall pay into our fisc fourfold the emoluments which he has received while placed in that dignity which he has polluted, together with the titles (inscriptions) extorted or assumed; and let him also know that he will undergo the penalty to his reputation. Nor indeed do we wish those to be held immune from the peril to honor, who, by zeal for adulation or by inconstant fear and craven sloth, have attempted to overstep what is interdicted. * Arcad.
Si quando nostrae statuae vel imagines eriguntur seu diebus, ut adsolet, festis sive communibus, adsit iudex sine adorationis ambitioso fastigio, ut ornamentum diei vel loco et nostrae recordationi sui probet accessisse praesentiam. * theodos. a. et valentin.
If ever our statues or images are erected, or on days, as is customary, whether festive or common, let the judge be present without the ostentatious exaltation of adoration, so that he may prove that his presence has been added as an ornament to the day or the place, and to our remembrance of him. * theodosius a. and valentinian.
Et virtutum praemia tribui merentibus convenit et aliorum honores aliis damnorum occasionem fieri non oportet. idcirco quotiens vel iudicibus nostris vel cuilibet alii statua fuerit a quocumque collegio seu officio vel in hac sacratissima civitate vel in provinciis postulata, nequaquam ex discriptione sumptus colligi patimur, sed eius, cuius ad honorem petitur, expensis propriis statuam collocari praecipimus. * theodos.
And it is fitting that the rewards of virtues be granted to those meriting them, and that the honors of some ought not to become an occasion of losses to others. Therefore, whenever for our judges or for anyone else a statue shall have been requested by any collegium or office, whether in this most sacred city or in the provinces, we by no means allow the expenses to be collected by assessment, but we order that the statue be set up at the own expense of him in whose honor it is sought. * theodos.
Qui ad statuas vel vitandi metus vel creandae invidiae causa confugerint, si certas habuerint causas, quibus confugere ad imperatoria simulacra debuerint, iure ac legibus vindicentur. si vero probati fuerint artibus suis invidiam inimicis creare voluisse, ultrix in eos sententia proferatur. * valentin.
Those who have fled to statues either for the sake of avoiding fear or for the sake of creating envy, if they shall have had definite causes on account of which they ought to have fled to the imperial simulacra, let them be vindicated by right and by the laws. if in truth they shall have been proven by their arts to have wished to create envy for their enemies, let an avenging sentence be pronounced against them. * valentin.
Si quos iudices vel propter adversam et longinquam corporis valetudinem vel propter neglegentiam aut furtum vel simile aliquod vitium sublimitas tua inutiles esse reppererit, his ab administratione remotis et vice eorum aliis subrogatis furibusque poenis legitimis subactis ad nostrae mansuetudinis scientiam non crimina, sed vindicta referatur. * valentin. theodos.
If your loftiness shall have found any judges to be useless, either on account of adverse and long-continued bodily ill-health or on account of negligence or theft or some similar vice, let these be removed from administration and others substituted in their stead, and, the thieves having been subjected to lawful penalties, let it be reported to the knowledge of our clemency not the crimes, but the punishment. * Valentinian. Theodosius.
Si qui posthac velut indebitis oneribus gravati ad preces crediderint convolandum sive de naviculariis rationibus sive transvectionibus, rescripta, quae de omnibus his atque huiusmodi ordinationibus emitti contigerit, ad sedem sublimitatis tuae rescribantur. * arcad. honor.
If any persons hereafter, as though weighed down by undue burdens, should believe they must resort to petitions, whether concerning navicularian accounts or transports, let the rescripts which may have been issued regarding all these and suchlike ordinations be written back to the seat of your Sublimity. * Arcadius, Honorius.
Multas quidem et antea a deo meruimus largitates et innumerabilia circa nos eius beneficia confitemur, pro quibus nihil dignum nos egisse cognoscimus: prae omnibus tamen hoc, quod nunc deus omnipotens per nos pro sua laude et pro suo nomine demonstrare dignatus est, excedit omnia mirabilia opera, quae in saeculo contigerunt, ut africa per nos tam brevi tempore reciperet libertatem, ante centum et quinque annos a vvandalis captivata, qui animarum fuerant simul hostes et corporum. <a 534 emissa lex constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
We have indeed merited many largesses from God even before, and we confess his innumerable benefactions toward us, for which we recognize that we have done nothing worthy; yet before all this, which now almighty God has deigned to demonstrate through us for his praise and for his name, surpasses all marvelous works which have happened in the world: that Africa through us, in so brief a time, recovered liberty, having been captured one hundred and five years before by the Vandals, who had been at once enemies of souls and of bodies. <in 534 a law was issued at Constantinople by our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, consul for the 4th time, and by Paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Nam animas quidem diversa tormenta atque supplicia non ferentes rebaptizando ad suam perfidiam transferebant: corpora vero liberis natalibus clara iugo barbarico durissime subiugabant. <a 534 emissa lex constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
For the souls indeed, not bearing diverse torments and punishments, they were transferring by re-baptizing into their perfidy; but the bodies, illustrious by free birth, they most harshly subjugated under a barbaric yoke. <in 534 a law was issued at Constantinople: our lord Justinian, perpetual emperor, in year 4, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, being consuls.>
Vidimus venerabiles viros, qui abscissis radicitus linguis poenas suas mirabiliter loquebantur: alii vero post diversa tormenta per diversas dispersi provincias vitam in exilio peregerunt. <a 534 emissa lex constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
We saw venerable men, who, with their tongues cut off by the roots, were wondrously speaking out their own penalties: others, however, after diverse torments, scattered through diverse provinces, finished their life in exile. <a 534 a law was issued at Constantinople under our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in year 4, and with Paulinus, a most illustrious man, as consuls.>
Quo ergo sermone aut quibus operibus dignas deo gratias agere valeamus, quod per me, ultimum servum suum, ecclesiae suae iniurias vindicare dignatus est et tantarum provinciarum populos a iugo servitutis eripere? <a 534 emissa lex constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
With what speech, then, or by what works might we be able to render thanks worthy to God, for that through me, his lowest servant, he deigned to vindicate the injuries done to his church and to snatch the peoples of so many provinces from the yoke of servitude? <in 534 a law was issued at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, for the 4th time, and Paulinus, most distinguished man, consuls.>
Quod beneficium dei antecessores nostri non meruerunt, quibus non solum africam liberare non licuit, sed et ipsam romam viderunt ab eisdem vvandalis captam et omnia imperialia ornamenta in africam exinde translata. <a 534 emissa lex constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
This benefaction of God our predecessors did not merit, to whom it was permitted not only not to free Africa, but they even saw Rome herself captured by those same Vandals, and all the imperial ornaments thence transferred into Africa. <in 534 a law was issued at Constantinople, under our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, for the 4th time, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Nunc vero deus per suam misericordiam non solum africam et omnes eius provincias nobis tradidit, sed et ipsa imperialia ornamenta, quae capta roma fuerant ablata, nobis restituit. <a 534 emissa lex constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
Now indeed God, through His mercy, has not only handed over Africa and all its provinces to us, but has also restored to us the very imperial ornaments which, when Rome had been captured, had been carried off. <in 534 a law was issued at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in year 4, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Ergo post tanta beneficia, quae nobis divinitas contulit, hoc de domini dei nostri misericordia postulamus, ut provincias, quas nobis restituere dignatus est, firmas et illaesas custodiat et faciat nos eas secundum suam voluntatem ac placitum gubernare, et universa africa sentiat omnipotentis dei misericordiam et cognoscant eius habitatores, quam a durissima captivitate et iugo barbarico liberati in quanta libertate sub felicissimo nostro imperio degere meruerunt. <a 534 emissa lex constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
Therefore, after such great benefactions which divinity has bestowed upon us, this we ask from the mercy of our Lord God: that the provinces which he deigned to restore to us he may guard firm and unharmed, and may cause us to govern them according to his will and good-pleasure; and may all Africa feel the mercy of almighty God, and may its inhabitants know how, freed from a most harsh captivity and the barbarian yoke, they have deserved to live in how great a liberty under our most fortunate empire. <in 534 a law was issued at Constantinople, under our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 4th year, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Hoc etiam deprecantes exoramus precibus sanctae et gloriosae semper virginis et dei genetricis mariae, ut, quidquid minus est rei publicae nostrae, per nos, ultimos servos suos, restituat in suo nomine deus et dignos nos faciat servitium eius adimplere. <a 534 emissa lex constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
Asking this also, we implore by the prayers of the holy and glorious ever-virgin and God-bearer Mary, that whatever is lacking to our republic, through us, his lowest servants, God may restore in his name, and may make us worthy to fulfill his service. <a 534 a law issued at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, Father of the Fatherland, Augustus, in his 4th consulship, and Paulinus, a most illustrious man, consuls.>
Deo itaque auxiliante pro felicitate rei publicae nostrae per hanc divinam legem sancimus, ut omnis africa, quam deus nobis praestit, per ipsius misericordiam optimum suscipiat ordinem et propriam habeat praefecturam, ut sicut oriens atque illyricum, ita et africa praetoriana maxima potestate specialiter a nostra clementia decoretur. <a 534 emissa lex constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
Therefore, with God assisting, for the felicity of our commonwealth we sanction by this divine law that all Africa, which God has granted to us, by His mercy should receive the best ordering and have its own prefecture, so that, just as the East and Illyricum, so also Africa may be adorned by our clemency with praetorian authority of the greatest power in a special manner. <a in 534 the law was issued at Constantinople, under our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in year 4, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Cuius sedem iubemus esse carthaginem et in praefatione publicarum chartarum praefecturis aliis eius nomen adiungi, quam nunc tuam excellentiam gubernare decernimus. <a 534 emissa lex constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
We order its seat to be Carthage, and that in the preface of public charters its name be adjoined to the other prefectures, which we now decree your Excellency to govern. <in 534 a law issued at Constantinople, under our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in year 4, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, being consuls.>
Et ab ea auxiliante deo septem provinciae cum suis iudicibus disponantur, quarum zeugi, quae proconsularis antea vocabatur, carthago et byzacium ac tripolis rectores habeant consulares: reliquae vero, id est numidia et mauritaniae et sardinia, a praesidibus cum dei auxilio gubernentur. <a 534 emissa lex constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
And from it, with God aiding, let seven provinces with their own judges be arranged, of which Zeugitana, which previously was called Proconsularis, and Carthage and Byzacium and Tripolis shall have rectors of consular rank; but the rest, that is, Numidia and the Mauretanias and Sardinia, shall be governed by praesides with the help of God. <in 534 a law was issued at Constantinople, in the consulship of our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 4th year, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man.>
Et in officio quidem tuae magnitudinis nec non pro tempore viri magnifici praefecti africae trecentos nonaginta sex viros per diversa scrinia et officia militare decernimus. in officiis vero consularium ac praesidum quinquaginta homines per singula officia esse sancimus. <a 534 emissa lex constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
and indeed in the office of Your Magnificence, and also, for the time being, of the magnificent man, the Prefect of Africa, we decree 396 men to serve across the various bureaus (scrinia) and offices. but in the offices of the consulars and of the presidents (praesides) we sanction that 50 men be in each several office. <a 534 the law was issued at Constantinople, under our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 4th consulship, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, as consuls.>
Quae vero emolumenta sive magnificentia tua sive consulares et praesides et quid unusquisque ex officio eorum de publico consequi debet, notitia subter adnexa declarat. <a 534 emissa lex constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
But what emoluments either Your Magnificence or the consulars and the presidents, and what each one from their office ought to obtain from the public, the notice appended below declares. <a law issued at Constantinople in 534, when our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in year 4, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, were consuls.>
Optamus ergo, ut omnes iudices nostri secundum voluntatem et timorem dei et nostram electionem atque ordinationem sic suas administrationes gubernare studeant, ut nullus eorum aut cupiditati sit deditus aut violentias aliquas vel ipse inferat vel iudicibus aut officiis eorum aut quibuscumque aliis collatoribus inferre permittat. licet enim per omnes provincias nostras deo iuvante festinemus, ut illaesos habeant collatores, maxime tamen tributariis dioeceseos africanae consulimus, qui post tantorum temporum captivitatem meruerunt deo iuvante per nos lumen libertatis adspicere. <a 534 emissa lex constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
We therefore desire that all our judges, according to the will and fear of God and our election and ordination, strive so to govern their administrations that none of them be given over to cupidity, nor either himself inflict any violences or permit them to be inflicted by the judges or their offices or by any other collectors. For although through all our provinces, with God aiding, we hasten that they may have the collectors unharmed, yet we take counsel especially for the tributaries of the African diocese, who, after a captivity of so many years, have deserved, with God aiding, through us to behold the light of liberty. <a 534 a law issued at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, ever Augustus, in year 4, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Ergo iubemus omnes violentias et omnem avaritiam cessare et iustitiam atque veritatem circa omnes nostros tributarios reservari. sic enim et deus placatur et ipsi possunt celerius, sicut collatores alii nostrae rei publicae, relevari atque florere. <a 534 emissa lex constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
Therefore we order all violences and all avarice to cease, and that justice and truth be preserved toward all our taxpayers. For thus both God is appeased, and they themselves, like the other contributors of our republic, can more quickly be relieved and flourish. <a In 534 a law was issued at Constantinople, in the consulship of our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, for the 4th time, and of Paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Sportulas etiam ab officio tam viri magnifici praefecti africani quam reliquorum iudicum sic exigi iubemus, quomodo in nostris legibus est dispositum et ab omni re publica nostra custoditur, ut nullus audeat quocumque tempore vel quocumque modo earum excedere quantitatem. <a 534 emissa lex constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
We also order that sportulae be collected by the bureau both of the most magnificent man, the African Prefect, and of the remaining judges, in the manner that has been arranged in our laws and is observed by every part of our commonwealth, so that no one may dare at any time or in any way to exceed their amount. <a 534 law issued at Constantinople by our lord Justinian, perpetual emperor, in year 4, and with Paulinus, most distinguished man, as consuls.>
Hoc etiam praesenti sanctione credimus ordinandum, ut non multa dispendia pro completione chartarum vel codicillorum vel in nostro laterculo vel in scriniis praefecti praetoriorum per africam iudices sustinere videantur, quia, si ipsi dispendiis laesi non fuerint, nullam habeant necessitatem eiusdem nostrae africae tributarios praegravandi. <a 534 emissa lex constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
We also believe it is to be ordained by this present sanction, that judges not appear to sustain many expenses for the completion of papers or codicils either in our register or in the archives of the praetorian prefects throughout Africa, because, if they themselves have not been injured by expenses, they will have no necessity of overburdening the tribute-payers of that same our Africa. <a 534 the law issued at constantinople, our lord justinian, perpetual augustus, in year 4, and paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Iubemus ergo, ut iudices dioeceseos africanae tam civiles quam militares in nostro laterculo pro codicillorum atque chartularum promotionis suae consuetudinibus nihil ultra quam sex solidos praebeant, at vero in scrinio praefectorum non ultra duodecim solidos cogantur inferre. <a 534 emissa lex constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
We therefore order that the judges of the African diocese, both civil and military, in our roll, for the customs of their promotion in respect of codicils and chartulae, provide nothing beyond six solidi; but indeed, in the bureau of the prefects, they be compelled to pay in not more than twelve solidi. <in 534 a law was issued at constantinople, under our lord justinian, consul for the 4th time, and paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Quem modum si quis excesserit, ipse quidem iudex triginta librarum auri dispendio subiacebit, officium vero eius non solum simile dispendium, sed et capitale periculum sustinebit. nam si aliquis ex quacumque parte ausus fuerit iussiones nostras excedere et non festinaverit cum dei timore eas servare, non solum dignitatis aut substantiae periculum sustinebit, sed etiam ultimo supplicio subiacebit. <a 534 emissa lex constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
If anyone shall have exceeded this measure, the judge himself shall be liable to a penalty of thirty pounds of gold; but his office (staff) shall sustain not only a similar penalty, but also capital peril. For if anyone from whatever quarter shall have dared to exceed our injunctions and has not hastened, with fear of God, to observe them, he shall sustain not only peril to dignity or substance, but also shall be subject to the ultimate punishment. <a a law issued at Constantinople in 534, in the consulship of our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, for the fourth time, and of Paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Item officiis eius ita: in scrinio primo hominibus decem pro annonis xviiiis, pro capitu xiis, fiunt solidi cxlviis. ita: numerario pro annonis vi annona solidorum v et pro capitu iiii capitus solidorum iiii, fiunt solidi xlvi. secundo pro annonis iii annona solidorum v et pro capitu ii capitus solidorum iiii, fiunt solidi xxiii.
Likewise for its offices thus: in the first scrinium, for ten men, for the annonae 18½, for the capitus 12½, there result 147½ solidi. Thus: in cash, for the annonae 6 annonae at 5 solidi, and for the capitus 4 capita at 4 solidi, there result 46 solidi. Secondly, for the annonae 3 annonae at 5 solidi and for the capitus 2 capita at 4 solidi, there result 23 solidi.
third: for the annonae, 2 annonae at 5 solidi, and for the caput, 1.5 capita at 4 solidi, there come to 16 solidi. fourth, fifth, and sixth: toward the annonae, 1.5 annonae at 5 solidi, and toward the caput, 1 caput at 4 solidi, there come to 34.5 solidi. for the remaining four: toward the annonae, 1 annona at 5 solidi, and toward the caput, 0.5 caput at 4 solidi, there come to 28 solidi.
In scrinio primiscrinii, quod est subadiuvae, hominibus decem annonae xiiii capita xis, fiunt solidi cxvi. ita: primiscrinio pro annonis iii annona solidorum v et pro capitu ii capitus solidorum iiii, fiunt solidi xxiii. secundo pro annonis ii, annona solidorum ut supra scriptum est, et pro capitu is, capitus solidorum ut supra scriptum est, fiunt solidi xvi.
In the scrinium of the primiscrinius, which belongs to the subadiuva, for ten men, annonae 14, capitus 11, the total is 116 solidi. thus: for the primiscrinium, for 3 annonae, an annona of 5 solidi, and for 2 capitus, a capitus of 4 solidi, the total is 23 solidi. for the second, for 2 annonae, the annona of solidi as written above, and for 1 capitus, the capitus of solidi as written above, the total is 16 solidi.
to the third and the fourth, for annonae 1, the annona of solidi as has been written above, and for the head-tax 1, the head-tax of solidi as has been written above, there result 23 solidi. for the remaining six men, for the annona 1 annona of 5 solidi and for the head-tax 1 head-tax of 4 solidi, there result 54 solidi. <a 534 the law was issued at constantinople, our lord justinian, perpetual augustus, year 4, and paulinus, most illustrious man, consuls.>
In scrinio commentariensis hominibus duodecim annonae xvii capita xiiiis, fiunt solidi cxliii. ita: primo commentariensi annonae iii annona solidorum v, pro capitu ii capitus solidorum iiii, fiunt solidi xxiii. sequentes homines tres ad annonas ii annona solidorum v, pro capitu is capitus solidorum iiii, fiunt solidi xlviii.
In the scrinium of the commentariensis, for twelve men, 17 annonae and 14½ capita, the sum is 143 solidi. Thus: for the first commentariensis, 3 annonae, an annona of 5 solidi; for capitation, 2 capita of 4 solidi, the sum is 23 solidi. The following three men, for annonae, 2 annonae of 5 solidi; for capitation, 1½ capita of 4 solidi, the sum is 48 solidi.
In scrinio ab actis hominibus decem annonae xiiii capita xii, fiunt solidi cxviii. ita: primo annonae iii pro annona i solidi v, capita ii capitus solidorum iiii, fiunt solidi xxiii. secundo et tertio ad annonas ii pro annona i solidi v et ad capitum is capitus solidorum iiii, fiunt solidi xxxii.
In the scrinium from the acts: for ten men, 14 annonae and 12 capita — the sum is 118 solidi. Thus: first, 3 annonae, at 1 annona of 5 solidi; 2 capita, at 1 capitus of 4 solidi — the sum is 23 solidi. In the second and third, for 2 annonae, at 1 annona of 5 solidi, and for the capitus likewise a capitus of 4 solidi — the sum is 32 solidi.
In schola exceptorum hominibus sexaginta annonae lxxiiii capita lxii solidi dcxviii. ita: primo et secundo ad annonas iii pro annona solidi v et ad capita ii capitus solidorum iiii, fiunt solidi xlvi. aliis hominibus quinque ad annonas ii annona solidorum v et ad capitum i capitus solidorum iiii, fiunt solidi lxx.
In the school of the exceptores, for sixty men: annonae 74, capita 62, solidi 618. thus: for the first and the second, for the annonae 3, for each annona 5 solidi, and for the capita 2, for each caput 4 solidi, the result is 46 solidi. for the other five men, for the annonae 2, for each annona 5 solidi, and for the capitum 1, for each caput 4 solidi, the result is 70 solidi.
for the remaining ten men, as to the annonae: 1½ annona at 5 solidi, and as to the capitus: 1 capitus at 4 solidi, the total is 115 solidi. for the remaining forty-three men, as to the annonae: 1 annona at 5 solidi and as to the capitus: 1 capitus at 4 solidi, the total is 387 solidi. <a 534 a law issued at constantinople, our lord justinian, perpetual augustus, in his 4th consulship, and paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
In schola singulariorum hominibus quinquaginta annonae liis capita l solidi cccclxiis. ita: primo annonae ii annona solidorum v, capitus i capitus solidorum iiii, fiunt solidi xiiii. secundo tertio et quarto ad annonas is annona solidorum v et ad capitum i capitus solidorum iiii, fiunt solidi xxxiiiis.
In the schola of the Singularii, for 50 men, the annonae are 52½, the capita 50, the solidi 462½. thus: first, for the annonae, 2 annonae of 5 solidi, for the capitation, 1 capitation of 4 solidi, the sum is 14 solidi. second, third, and fourth, for the annonae, 1½ annona of 5 solidi and for the capitation, 1 capitation of 4 solidi, the sum is 34½ solidi.
for the remaining 46 men: for the annona, 1 annona of 5 solidi, and for the capitus, 1 capitus of 4 solidi, the total comes to 414 solidi. <a 534: law issued at Constantinople, in the consulship of Our Lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, for the 4th time, and Paulinus, most distinguished man, consuls.>
In schola mittendariorum hominibus quinquaginta annonae liis capita l solidi cccclxiis. ita: primo annonae ii annona solidorum v, capitus i capitus solidorum iiii, fiunt solidi xiiii. secundo tertio et quarto ad annonam is annona solidorum v et ad capitum i capitus solidorum iiii, fiunt solidi xxxiiiis.
In the school of the mittendarii (dispatch-bearers), for fifty men, rations 52, heads 50, solidi 462. thus: first, for rations 2 rations of 5 solidi, and for the capitus (head-tax) 1 capitus of 4 solidi, there result 14 solidi. second, third, and fourth, for rations 6 rations of 5 solidi and for the capitus 1 capitus of 4 solidi, there result 34 solidi.
In schola cursorum hominibus triginta annonae xxxiis capita xxx solidi cclxxxiis. ita: primo annonae ii annona solidorum v, capitus i capitus solidorum iiii, fiunt solidi xiiii. secundo et tertio et quarto ad annonam is annona solidorum v et ad capitum i capitus solidorum iiii, fiunt solidi xxxiiiis.
In the schola of the couriers, for thirty men, annonae 32½, capita 30, solidi 282.5. thus: first, for the annona, 2 annona of 5 solidi, and for the capitus, 1 capitus of 4 solidi, the sum is 14 solidi. for the second and the third and the fourth, for the annona, 1½ annona of 5 solidi and for the capitus, 1 capitus of 4 solidi, the sum is 34.5 solidi.
In schola nomenculatorum hominibus duodecim annonae xiii capita xiis solidi cxv. ita: primo annonae ii annona solidorum v, capitus is capitus solidorum iiii, fiunt solidi xvi. reliquis hominibus undecim ad annonam i annona solidorum v et ad capitum i capitus solidorum iiii, fiunt solidi xcviiii.
In the school of the nomenclators, for twelve men: 13 annonae, 12 capita, 115 solidi. thus: first, 2 annonae—an annona of 5 solidi, and 1 capitus—a capitus of 4 solidi—make 16 solidi. for the remaining eleven men, for the annona 1 annona of 5 solidi and for the caput 1 capitus of 4 solidi, there result 99 solidi.
In schola stratorum hominibus sex annonae vii capita vi solidi lviiii. ita: primo annonae ii annona solidorum v, capitus i capitus solidorum iiii, fiunt solidi xiiii. reliquis hominibus quinque ad annonas i pro annona solidos v et ad capitum i pro capitu solidos iiii, fiunt solidi xlv.
in the schola of the stratores, for 6 men, 7 annonae, 6 capita, 59 solidi. thus: first, 2 annonae at 5 solidi per annona, 1 caput at 4 solidi per caput; they come to 14 solidi. for the remaining 5 men, for 1 annona at 5 solidi per annona and for 1 caput at 4 solidi per caput, they come to 45 solidi.
In schola praeconum hominibus decem annonae xi capita xs solidi xcvii. ita: primo annonae ii pro annona solidos v, capitus is pro capitu solidos iiii, fiunt solidi xvi. reliquis hominibus novem ad annonam i pro annona solidos v et ad capitum i pro capitu solidos iiii, fiunt solidi lxxxi.
In the schola of the heralds, for ten men, annonae 11, caputs 10½, 97 solidi. thus: first, annonae 2, at 5 solidi per annona; caput 1½, at 4 solidi per caput, there result 16 solidi. for the remaining nine men, for the annona 1 at 5 solidi per annona and for the caput 1 at 4 solidi per caput, there result 81 solidi.
In schola draconariorum hominibus decem annonae xi capita xs solidi xcvii. ita: primo annonae ii pro annona solidos v, capitus is pro capitu solidos iiii, fiunt solidi xvi. reliquis hominibus novem ad annonam i pro annona solidos v et ad capitum i pro capitu solidos iiii, fiunt solidi lxxxi.
In the schola of the draconarii, for ten men: annonae 11, capita 10½, solidi 97. thus: first, annonae 2 at 5 solidi per annona, capitus 1½ at 4 solidi per capitus, there result 16 solidi. for the remaining nine men, to annona 1 at 5 solidi per annona and to capitus 1 at 4 solidi per capitus, there result 81 solidi.
In scrinio operum hominibus viginti annonae xxviii capita xxi solidi ccxxiiii. ita: primo annonae iii pro annona solidi v, capita ii pro capitu solidi iiii, fiunt solidi xxiii. reliquis hominibus tribus ad annonas ii pro annona solidi v et ad capitum i pro capitu solidi iiii, fiunt solidi xlii.
In the scrinium of works, for twenty men: annonae 28, capita 21, solidi 224. thus: first, annonae 3, at 5 solidi per annona, and capita 2, at 4 solidi per capitus, they come to 23 solidi. for the remaining three men, for annonae 2 at 5 solidi per annona and for capitus 1 at 4 solidi per capitus, they come to 42 solidi.
for the remaining other six men, to the annona 1 at 5 solidi per annona, and to the capitus 1 at 4 solidi per capitus, there result 69 solidi. for the remaining other ten men, to the annona 1 at 5 solidi per annona and to the capitus 1 at 4 solidi per capitus, there result 90 solidi. <in 534 a law was issued at Constantinople, when our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 4th consulship, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, were consuls.>
In scrinio arcae hominibus viginti annonae xxviii capita xxi solidi ccxxiiii. ita: primo annonae iii pro annona solidi v, capita ii pro capitu solidi iiii, fiunt solidi xxiii. reliquis hominibus tribus ad annonas ii pro annona solidi v et ad capitum i pro capitu solidi iiii, fiunt solidi xlii.
In the coffer of the chest: for twenty men, annonae 28, capita 21, solidi 224. thus: first, annonae 3 at 5 solidi per annona, capita 2 at 4 solidi per caput, they amount to 23 solidi. for the remaining three men, for annonae 2 at 5 solidi per annona and for capita 1 at 4 solidi per caput, they amount to 42 solidi.
for the other six men, at the annona 1½, at 5 solidi per annona, and at the caput 1, at 4 solidi per caput, the total amounts to 69 solidi. for the other ten men, at the annona 1, at 5 solidi per annona, and at the caput 1, at 4 solidi per caput, the total amounts to 90 solidi. <in 534 a law was issued at Constantinople, when our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, for the 4th time, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, were consuls.>
In schola chartulariorum hominibus quinquaginta annonae lviii capita liis solidi d. ita: primo annonae iii pro annona solidi v, capita ii pro capitu solidi iiii , fiunt solidi xxiii. reliquis hominibus tribus ad annonas ii pro annona solidi v et ad capitum is pro capitu solidi iiii, fiunt solidi xlviii. reliquis aliis hominibus sex ad annonam is pro annona solidi v et ad capitum i pro capitu solidi iiii, fiunt solidi lxviiii.
In the School of the Chartularii, for 50 men: of annonae 58, of heads 52, 500 solidi. Thus: first, of annonae 3 at 5 solidi per annona, of heads 2 at 4 solidi per head , there result 23 solidi. For the remaining 3 men, at annonae 2 at 5 solidi per annona and at heads 1 at 4 solidi per head, there result 48 solidi. For the other remaining 6 men, at annona 1 at 5 solidi per annona and at head 1 at 4 solidi per head, there result 69 solidi.
Pro tempore medicis hominibus quinque annonae xlviiii capita xviiis solidi cccxviiii. ita: primo pro annonis xv capitibus vi solidi ic. secundo pro annonis x capitibus solidi lxx. reliquis hominibus tribus ad annonas viii et ad capita iis solidi cl. <a 534 emissa lex constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
For the time being, for the physicians, five men: rations 49, head-charges 18½, solidi 399. Thus: first, for rations 15, for head-charges 6, 99 solidi. second, for rations 10, for head-charges, 70 solidi. for the remaining three men, for rations 8 and for head-charges 2½, 150 solidi. <a law issued in 534 at Constantinople by our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 4th year, and Paulinus, most distinguished man, consuls.>
Grammaticis hominibus duobus ad annonas x et ad capita v, ad solidos lxx. sophistis oratoribus hominibus duobus ad annonas x, ad capita v, ad solidos lxx. <a 534 emissa lex constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
To the grammarians, two men, for annonae 10 and for capita 5, for 70 solidi. to the sophist-orators, two men, for annonae 10, for capita 5, for 70 solidi. <in 534 a law was issued at Constantinople, under our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, consul for the 4th time, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, being consuls.>
Haec igitur, quae pro disponendis civilibus iudicibus africae eorumque officiis, id est tam scriniariis amplissimae eius praefecturae quam cohortalibus, per hanc divinam constitutionem statuimus, tua magnitudo cognoscens ex kalendis septembribus futurae tertiae decimae indictionis effectui mancipari observarique procuret atque edictis publicis omnibus innotescant: his scilicet, qui ordinati fuerint a tua sublimitate secundum praesentem divinam constitutionem, firmitatem sui status in perpetuo habituris. nam deo iuvante de militaribus iudicibus et de officiis eorum et de alio nostro exercitu per aliam sanctionem statuimus. <a 534 emissa lex constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
These things therefore, which for arranging the civil judges of Africa and their offices—that is, both the scriniarii of its most ample prefecture and the cohortales—we have established through this divine constitution, let Your Magnitude, knowing them, take care that from the Kalends of September of the forthcoming 13th indiction they be delivered to effect and observed, and that by public edicts they be made known to all: namely, that those who shall have been appointed by Your Sublimity according to the present divine constitution will have the firmness of their status in perpetuity. For, with God aiding, concerning the military judges and their offices and concerning our other army we have established by another sanction. <in the year 534 the law was issued at Constantinople, in the consulship of Our Lord Justinian, Perpetual Augustus, for the 4th time, and of Paulinus, a Most Distinguished Man, consuls.>
In nomine domini nostri ihesu christi ad omnia consilia omnesque actus semper progredimur. per ipsum enim imperii iura suscepimus, per ipsum pacem cum persis in aeternum confirmavimus, per ipsum acerbissimos hostes et fortissimos tyrannos deiecimus, per ipsum multas difficultates superavimus, per ipsum et africam defendere et sub nostrum imperium redigere nobis concessum est, per ipsum quoque, ut nostro moderamine recte gubernetur et firme custodiatur, confidimus. * iust.
In the name of our lord Jesus Christ we always proceed in all counsels and in all actions. For through him we have received the rights of the empire, through him we have confirmed peace with the Persians forever, through him we have cast down the most bitter enemies and the bravest tyrants, through him we have overcome many difficulties, through him it has been granted to us both to defend Africa and to bring it back under our empire; through him also we are confident that, under our moderation, it is rightly governed and firmly safeguarded. * iust.
Unde iam per eius gratiam civilium administrationum iudices et officia singulis africanis provinciis constituimus, attribuentes, quid emolumentorum unusquisque percipere debeat. ad eius igitur providentiam etiam nunc animum nostrum referentes et armatas militias et duces militum ordinare disponimus. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
Whence now, by His grace, we have appointed judges of the civil administrations and the staffs for each of the African provinces, assigning what emoluments each ought to receive. Therefore, referring our mind even now to His providence, we resolve to order both the armed forces and the commanders of the soldiers. <a 534 law issued on the ides of april at constantinople, our lord justinian, perpetual augustus, in his 4th year, and paulinus, most distinguished man, consuls.>
Sancimus itaque, ut dux limitis tripolitanae provinciae in leptimagnensi civitate sedes interim habeat, dux vero byzacenae provinciae in capsa et thelepte civitatibus interim sedeat, dux autem numidiae provinciae in constantinensi civitate sedes interim habeat, dux autem mauritaniae provinciae in caesariensi civitate interim sedeat. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
we decree, therefore, that the duke of the frontier of the Tripolitan province shall for the time being have his seat in the city of Leptis Magna, but the duke of the Byzacene province shall for the time being sit in the cities of Capsa and Thelepte, and the duke of the province of Numidia shall for the time being have his seat in the city of Constantina, and the duke of the province of Mauretania shall for the time being sit in the city of Caesarea. <a in the year 534 the law was issued on the Ides of April at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, for the 4th time, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Iubemus etiam, ut in traiectu, qui est contra hispaniam, quod septem dicitur, quantos providerit tua magnitudo, de militibus una cum tribuno suo, homine prudente et devotionem servante rei publicae nostrae per omnia, constituas, qui possit et ipsum traiectum semper servare et omnia, quaecumque in partibus hispaniae vel galliae seu francorum aguntur, viro spectabili duci nuntiare, ut ipse tuae magnitudini referat. in quo traiectu etiam dromones, quantos provideris, ordinari facias. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
we also order, that at the crossing which is opposite spain, which is called septem, you station, as many as your magnitude shall provide, soldiers together with their tribune, a prudent man and in all things maintaining devotion to our commonwealth, who can both always guard the crossing itself and report all things, whatever are done in the parts of spain or gaul or of the franks, to the man of spectable rank, the duke, so that he may report to your magnitude. at which crossing also you shall cause dromones, as many as you shall provide, to be arranged. <a 534 the law was issued on the ides of april at constantinople, our lord justinian, perpetual augustus, in year 4, and paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
In sardinia autem iubemus ducem ordinari et eum iuxta montes, ubi barbaricini videntur, sedere habentem milites pro custodia locorum, quantos et ubi tua magnitudo providerit. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
in sardinia, moreover, we order that a duke (dux) be appointed, and that he be stationed near the mountains, where the barbaricini are seen, having soldiers for the guarding of the places, as many and where your magnitude shall have provided. <a 534 a law issued on the ides of april at constantinople, under our lord justinian, perpetual augustus, in his 4, and paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Et omnes diligenter pro commissis suae custodiae provinciis invigilent et ab omni hostium incursione subiectos nostros tueantur illaesos et festinent, die noctuque dei invocando auxilium et diligenter laborando, usque ad illos fines provincias africanas extendere, ubi ante invasionem vvandalorum et maurorum res publica romana fines habuerat et ubi custodes antiqui servabant, sicut ex clusuris et burgis ostenditur. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
And let all diligently keep watch over the provinces committed to their custody and protect our subjects unharmed from every incursion of enemies, and make haste, by invoking the help of God by day and by night and by laboring diligently, to extend the African provinces up to those boundaries where, before the invasion of the Vandals and the Moors, the Roman commonwealth had its borders, and where the ancient guards kept watch, as is shown by the closures and the burgi. <a 534 law issued on the Ides of April at Constantinople, under our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 4th consulship, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Maxime autem civitates, quae prope clusuras et fines antea tenebantur, cum essent sub romano imperio constitutae, auxiliante divina misericordia, cum hostes per partes expelluntur, festinantes comprehendere atque manere et in illis locis duces et milies per partes accedant, ubi antea fines et clusurae provinciarum erant, quando integrae africanae servabantur sub romano imperio provinciae: <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
But especially the cities which were formerly held near the closures (barriers) and frontiers, since they were established under the Roman empire, with divine mercy assisting, as the enemies are expelled by parts, should hasten to seize and to hold; and into those places let the commanders and soldiers likewise advance by parts, where previously there were the frontiers and closures of the provinces, when the African provinces were kept intact under the Roman empire: <a 534 a law issued at Constantinople on the Ides of April, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, year 4, and Paulinus, most distinguished man, consuls.>
Quod deo adnuente, cuius auxilio nobis restitutae sunt, speramus cito nostris provenire temporibus, et ut in securitate et pace provinciae cum antiquis finibus integrae serventur et vigiliis ac laboribus devotissimorum militum et cura spectabilium pro tempore ducum custodiantur illaesae, quoniam ita convenit, ut semper custodes fines provinciae servent, ne detur hostibus licentia incurrendi aut devastandi loca, quae nostri subiecti possident. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
Which, with God assenting—by whose help they have been restored to us—we hope will come quickly in our times: namely, that the provinces may be kept whole with their ancient boundaries in security and peace, and be guarded unharmed by the watches and labors of the most devoted soldiers and by the care of the noteworthy dukes for the time being, since it is fitting that the guardians should always preserve the boundaries of the province, lest license be given to the enemies to make incursions or to devastate the places which our subjects possess. <a 534 a law issued at Constantinople on the Ides of April, by our lord Justinian, ever Augustus, in the 4th year, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Quantos autem milites sive pedestres sive equites per unumquemque limitem qui debent ad custodiendas provincias et civitates, tua magnitudo, prout consideraverit, ordinet et nobis referat, ut, si perviderimus sufficientem esse ordinationem, confirmemus eam, sin autem perspexerimus et aliquid amplius fieri, ut eam augmentemus. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
But as to how many soldiers, whether infantry or cavalry, along each several frontier, who ought to guard the provinces and cities, let Your Magnitude, as you shall consider, arrange this and report it to us, so that, if we perceive the arrangement to be sufficient, we may confirm it; but if, however, we discern that something further should be done, we may augment it. <in 534 a law issued on the Ides of April at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in year 4, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Quid autem dux stipendiorum nomine pro se suisque hominibus et quid eius officium consequatur, hoc subdita declaratur notitia. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
But what the duke, under the name of stipends, obtains for himself and his own men, and what his office secures, this is declared by the notice subjoined. <a 534 the law was issued on the ides of april at constantinople, our lord justinian, perpetual augustus (4), and paulinus, most distinguished man, consuls.>
Sicut ergo praedictum est, interim nunc duces ac milites secundum nostram dispositionem in locis seu civitatibus quibus iussimus sedeant, donec deo auxiliante nobis ac rei publicae nostrae per labores nostros in illis locis constitui possint, in quibus uniuscuiusque provinciae antiquus limes constitutus erat, quando florente romana re publica memoratae provinciae integrae tenebantur. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
Therefore, as has been aforesaid, for the meantime let the dukes and the soldiers, according to our disposition, stay stationed in the places or cities in which we have ordered, until, with God aiding us and our commonwealth, through our labors they can be established in those places in which the ancient frontier of each province had been set, when, the Roman commonwealth flourishing, the aforesaid provinces were held entire. <a 534 the law was issued on the ides of april at constantinople, our lord justinian, perpetual augustus, consul for the 4th time, and paulinus, most distinguished man, consuls.>
Pro limitaneis vero ordinandis ( quia necessarium nobis esse videtur, ut extra comitatenses milites per castra milites limitanei constituantur, qui possint et castra et civitates limitis defendere et terras colere, ut alii provinciales videntes eos per partes ad illa loca se conferant) exemplum fecimus unius numeri limitaneorum, ut secundum exemplum, quod nos misimus, per castra et loca, quae providerit tua magnitudo, eos ad similitudinem nostri exempli ordinet, sic tamen ut, si inveneris de provinciis idonea corpora, aut de illis, quos antea milites habebant, limitaneorum constituas numero in unoquoque limite, ut, si forsitan commotio aliqua fuerit, possint ipsi limitanei sine comitatensibus militibus una cum ducibus suis adiuvare loca, ubi dispositi fuerint, non longe limitem exeuntes nec ipsi limitanei nec duces eorum, ut nullum etiam dispendium a ducibus vel ducianis praedicti limitanei sustineant, nec aliquas sibi consuetudines de eorum stipendiis per fraudes ad suum lucrum convertant. haec autem non solum in limitaneos volumus observari, sed etiam in comitatenses milites. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
Indeed, for arranging the limitanei (for it seems necessary to us that, apart from the comitatenses soldiers, there be established through the camps limitanei soldiers, who can both defend the camps and the frontier cities and cultivate the lands, so that other provincials, seeing them in the regions, may betake themselves to those places), we have made a model of one numerus of limitanei, so that, according to the model which we have sent, through the camps and places which your Magnitude shall provide, you may set them in order after the likeness of our model—provided, however, that, if you find from the provinces suitable bodies, or from those whom previously they had as soldiers, you establish a number of limitanei on each frontier—so that, if perhaps any commotion should arise, those same limitanei may be able, without comitatenses soldiers, together with their dukes, to aid the places where they shall have been posted, neither the limitanei themselves nor their dukes going far beyond the frontier; and so that the aforesaid limitanei may also sustain no loss from the dukes or the ducians, nor may they, by frauds, convert any customary dues from their stipends to their own profit. We wish these things, moreover, to be observed not only in the limitanei, but also in the comitatenses soldiers. <a 534 law issued on the Ides of April at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in year 4, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Et unumquemque ducem et tribunos eorundem militum iubemus, ut semper milites ad exercitationem armorum teneant et non concedant eos divagari, ut, si quando necessitas contigerit, possint inimicis resistere: et nullum audeant duces aut tribuni commeatalem de ipsis dimittere, ne, dum sibi lucrum studeant conficere, incustoditas nostras relinquant provincias. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
And we order each duke and the tribunes of those same soldiers to keep the soldiers always to the exercitation of arms and not allow them to wander, so that, if ever necessity should occur, they may be able to resist enemies; and let neither the dukes nor the tribunes dare to send any of them on furlough, lest, while they strive to compose gain for themselves, they leave our provinces unguarded. <a A law issued in 534 on the Ides of April at Constantinople, in the consulship of our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, for the 4th time, and of Paulinus, most illustrious man, consuls.>
Nam si usurpaverint memorati duces vel officia eorum seu tribuni commeatalem de militibus relinquere aut aliquod lucrum de eorum emolumentis subripere, hoc non solum in quadruplum iubemus publico dependere, sed etiam dignitate eos privari. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
For if the aforesaid dukes or their offices or the tribunes shall usurp to release on commeatus (furlough) any of the soldiers, or to filch any profit from their emoluments, we order that this be paid not only fourfold to the public treasury, but that they also be deprived of rank. <a 534 the law issued on the Ides of April at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 4th, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, being consuls.>
Magis enim debent duces et tribuni supra deputata sibi emolumenta secundum labores suos de nostra largitate remunerationem sperare et non de commeatis militum aut de eorum stipendiis lucrum sibi adquirere, quoniam ideo ordinati sunt milites, ut per ipsos provinciae vindicentur: praecipue cum sufficienter et ipsis ducibus et officiis eorum emolumenta praestitimus et semper providimus unumquemque secundum labores suos ad meliores gradus et maiores dignitates perducere. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
For it is more fitting that the duces and tribunes, over and above the emoluments assigned to them, should hope for remuneration from our largess according to their labors, and not acquire profit for themselves from the soldiers’ rations or from their stipends, since soldiers are appointed for this very reason, that through them the provinces may be vindicated; especially since we have sufficiently furnished both to the duces themselves and to their offices emoluments, and have always provided to lead each man, according to his labors, to better grades and greater dignities. <a 534 the law was issued at Constantinople on the Ides of April, in the consulship of our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, year 4, and of Paulinus, most renowned man, consuls.>
Postquam vero deo placuerit et per tuam magnitudinem limes omnis in antiquum statum pervenerit et bene ordinatus fuerit, tunc, ubicumque necessitas emerserit, viri spectabiles duces invicem sibi, quando usus exegerit, auxilium praebeant, ut provinciae seu limites eorum vigiliis et laboribus deo iuvante illaesi custodiantur. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
After indeed it shall have pleased God and, through your Magnitude, the whole limes shall have come into its ancient state and been well ordered, then, wherever necessity shall arise, men of distinction, the duces, shall afford aid to one another, when use shall require, so that their provinces or their borders may be kept unharmed by their vigils and labors, God helping. <a 534 the law was issued on the Ides of April at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, year 4, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Sicut autem iubemus audaces et feroces contra inimicos iudices ac milites nostros esse, sic volumus eos mites et benevolos circa collatores nostros existere et nullum damnum nullamque laesionem in eos efficere. si autem quisquam de militibus ausus fuerit quamcumque laesionem tributariis nostris inferre, periculo viri spectabilis ducis seu tribuni et principis digna vindicta adficiatur et indemnes tributarii nostri custodiantur. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
Just as we command that our judges and soldiers be audacious and ferocious against enemies, so we wish them to be mild and benevolent toward our contributors, and to inflict no damage and no injury upon them. But if any one of the soldiers should dare to inflict any injury upon our tributaries, let him be subjected to fitting vengeance at the peril of the man of Spectabilis rank—the duke or the tribune and the princeps—and let our tributaries be kept unharmed. <a 534 a law was issued on the Ides of April at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in year 4, and Paulinus, most distinguished man, consuls.>
Si vero pro quibusdam causis interpellatio apud nostros iudices facta fuerit, iubemus non amplius sportularum nomine, quam nostris legibus definitum est, exsecutores accipere, poenam eisdem legibus insertam ex transgressione formidantes. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
But if in fact for certain causes an interpellation has been made before our judges, we order the executors to receive no more under the name of sportulae than has been defined by our laws, fearing the penalty inserted by the same laws for transgression. <a in the year 534 the law was issued on the Ides of April at Constantinople, in the consulship of our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 4th year, and of Paulinus, a most distinguished man (vir clarissimus). consuls.>
Cum autem deo adiuvante africanae nostrae provinciae per tuam magnitudinem secundum nostram dispositionem ordinatae et limites in antiquum statum reducti et omnis africa sic detenta fuerit, sicut erat, cum ergo haec omnia deo iuvante, praesente tua magnitudine, disposita et perfecta fuerint et per labores tuos antiquos fines omnis africa receperit, et docuerit nos de omni ordinatione totius africanae dioeceseos, id est quanti et qui milites in quibus locis vel civitatibus constituti sunt et quanti limitanei in quibus locis vel limitibus constituti sunt, tunc iubemus tuam magnitudinem ad nostram clementiam remeare. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
But when, with God aiding, our African provinces have been arranged through your Magnitude according to our disposition, and the borders have been brought back to their ancient status, and all Africa has been held thus as it was; when therefore all these things, with God aiding and with your Magnitude present, have been set in order and perfected, and through your labors all Africa has recovered its ancient bounds, and you shall have informed us about the entire ordering of the whole African diocese—that is, how many and which soldiers are established in which places or cities, and how many limitanei (frontier troops) are established in which places or borders—then we order your Magnitude to return to our Clemency. <a 534 the law was issued on the Ides of April at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 4, and Paulinus, most distinguished man, consuls.>
Interea vero si aliquas civitates seu castella per limitem constituta perviderit tua magnitudo nimiae esse magnitudinis et propter hoc non posse bene custodiri, ad talem modum eas construi disponat, ut possint per paucos bene servari. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
Meanwhile indeed, if your Magnitude should perceive that any cities or forts established along the frontier are of excessive magnitude and on this account cannot be well guarded, let him arrange to have them constructed in such a mode that they can be well kept by few. <a In 534 a law was issued on the Ides of April at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in year 4, and Paulinus, most distinguished man, consuls.>
Cum autem magnitudo tua omnibus dispositis ad nos remeare iussa fuerit, tunc duces uniuscuiusque limitis, quotiens pro componendis civitatibus aut castris et pro stipendiis suis ac pro annonis aliquid opus habuerint, celerius ad virum magnificum praefectum per africam significent, ut ipse quae necessaria fuerint festinet facere, ne aliqua protractio provinciis noceat. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
But when your Magnitude, everything having been set in order, shall have been ordered to return to us, then let the duces of each frontier, whenever they shall have need for the arranging of cities or camps and for their stipends and for rations, more swiftly signify to the Most Magnificent Prefect throughout Africa, that he may hasten to do what things shall have been necessary, lest any delay harm the provinces. <a law issued in 534 on the Ides of April at Constantinople, in the consulship of our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, 4, and of Paulinus, a most illustrious man, consuls.>
Ea vero, quae ipse fecerit vel quae adhuc necessarie procuranda sunt, postea et memoratus vir magnificus praefectus africae et viri spectabiles duces et de aliis omnibus quae ibi aguntur frequenter ad nos referant, ut bene facta confirmemus et, quae opportunius debent fieri, ex nostra dispositione peragantur. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
But as for those things which he himself has done, or which still must necessarily be procured, thereafter both the aforesaid most magnificent man, the Prefect of Africa, and the distinguished men, the dukes, should frequently report to us also concerning all other matters which are transacted there, so that we may confirm the things well done, and that those which ought more opportunely to be done may be carried out by our disposition. <in the year 534 a law was issued on the Ides of April, at Constantinople, under our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 4th consulship, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Hoc etiam decernimus, ut duces, qui ordinandi sunt per africanos limites, nihil amplius in sacratissimo palatio cuilibet personae aut dignitati vel in praetorio per africam praefecturae vel magisteriae potestati praebeant, nisi quantum subter adnexa declarat notitia. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
We also decree that the duces, who are to be appointed along the African frontiers, should provide nothing further in the most sacred palace to any person or dignity, or in the praetorium throughout Africa to the prefectoral or magisterial authority, except as much as the notice appended below declares. <a 534 law issued on the Ides of April at Constantinople, under our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 4th consulship, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Nam si quis amplius, quam in subdita notitia taxatum est, usurpaverit seu acceperit, triginta libras auri multae dependat nomine, cum et periculo indignationis nostrae serenitatis subiacebit: nulla alia qualibet persona aut dignitate aut officio accipiente aliquid ab eis praeter illos, quorum nomina in subiecta notitia continentur. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
For if anyone has usurped or received more than has been assessed in the subjoined schedule, let him pay, in the name of a fine, thirty pounds of gold, and he shall also be subject to the peril of the indignation of our Serenity: with no other person, of whatever rank or office, receiving anything from them except those whose names are contained in the schedule set below. <a 534 the law was issued on the Ides of April at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 4th, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Ad haec iubemus, ut deo iuvante unusquisque dux seu eorum officia, secundum quod notitia subter adnexa detinet, emolumenta sua ex tributis africanae provinciae ex kalendis septembribus instantis felicissimae tertiae decimae indictionis percipiant. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
Moreover, with God helping, we order that each duke, or their offices, according to what the notice appended below contains, shall receive their emoluments from the tributes of the African province from the Kalends of September of the forthcoming most fortunate 13th indiction. <in 534 the law was issued on the Ides of April at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, for the 4th time, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Et est notitia: deo volente debent delegari ducibus et eorum officiis in africa constitutis pro annonis et capitu per singulos annos praebendis ita: <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
And the notice is: God willing, there ought to be assigned to the dukes and their offices established in Africa, for the annonae and the capitus to be furnished each year, as follows: <in the year 534 the law was issued on the Ides of April at Constantinople, under our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, 4, and Paulinus, most illustrious man, consuls.>
Viro clarissimo duci tripolitanae provinciae et hominibus eius annonae cxc, singulis annonis solidi v, capita clviii, singulis capitibus solidi iiii, simul fiunt pro annonis et capitu solidi mdlxxxii. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
To the most illustrious man, the duke of the Tripolitan province, and to his men: rations (annonae) 190, at 5 solidi for each annona; heads 158, at 4 solidi for each head; together they amount, for the rations and the capitation, to 1,582 solidi. <in the year 534 a law was issued on the Ides of April at Constantinople, in the consulship of our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, for the 4th time, and of Paulinus, a most distinguished man.>
Adsessori ducis et officio eius hominibus quadraginta annonae xcvis, singulis annonis solidi v, capita xlviii, singulis capitibus solidi iiii, simul fiunt pro annonis et capitu solidi dclxxiiiis dividuntur sic: <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
To the assessor of the duke and to the men of his office, forty men, annonae 96½, with 5 solidi for each annona; heads 48, with 4 solidi for each head; together there result, for the annonae and capitation, 674½ solidi; they are divided thus: <in 534 a law was issued on the Ides of April at Constantinople, under our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, consul 4, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Adsessori uno annonae viii capita iiii. primicerio uno annonae v capita ii. numerario uno annonae iiii capita ii. ducenariis quattuor ad annonas iiis, fiunt annonae xiiii, et ad capitum is, fiunt capita vi. centenariis sex ad annonas iis, fiunt annonae xv, et ad capitum i, fiunt capita vi. biarchis octo ad annonas ii , fiunt annonae xvi, et ad capitum i, fiunt capita viii. circitoribus novem ad annonas ii, fiunt annonae xviii, et ad capitum i, fiunt capita viiii.
for one assessor, 8 rations, 4 heads. for one primicerius, 5 rations, 2 heads. for one numerarius, 4 rations, 2 heads. for four ducenarii at 3.5 rations each, there are 14 rations, and at 1.5 heads each, there are 6 heads. for six centenarii at 2.5 rations each, there are 15 rations, and at 1 head each, there are 6 heads. for eight biarchi at 2 rations each, there are 16 rations, and at 1 head each, there are 8 heads. for nine circitores at 2 rations each, there are 18 rations, and at 1 head each, there are 9 heads.
Item viro clarissimo duci byzacenae provinciae et hominibus eius annonae cxc, singulis annonis solidi v, capita clviii, singulis capitibus solidi iiii, simul fiunt pro annonis et capitu solidi mdlxxxii. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
Likewise, to the most illustrious man, the dux of the province of Byzacena, and to its men: annonae 190, for each annona 5 solidi; heads 158, for each head 4 solidi; together there come to be, for annonae and capitation, 1,582 solidi. <a 534, a law issued on the Ides of April at Constantinople, in the consulate of our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, year 4, and of Paulinus, a most distinguished man.>
Adsessori ducis et officio eius hominibus quadraginta annonae xcvis, singulis annonis solidi v, capita xlviii, singulis capitibus solidi iiii, simul fiunt pro annonis et capitu solidi dclxxiiiis. dividuntur sic: <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
To the assessor of the duke and to the men of his office: annonae 96.5, with 5 solidi for each annona; heads 48, with 4 solidi for each head; together there result for the annonae and the capitation 674.5 solidi. They are divided thus: <in 534 a law was issued at Constantinople on the Ides of April, in the consulship of our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, for the 4th time, and of Paulinus, a most distinguished man.>
Adsessori uno annonae viii capita iiii. primicerio uno annonae v capita ii. numererario uno annonae iiii capita ii. ducenariis quattuor ad annonas iiis, fiunt annonae xiiii, et ad capitum is, fiunt capita vi. centenariis sex ad annonas iis , fiunt annonae xv, et ad capitum i, fiunt capita vi. biarchis octo ad annonas ii, fiunt annonae xvi, et ad capitum i, fiunt capita viii. circitoribus novem ad annonas ii, fiunt annonae xviii, et ad capitum i, fiunt capita viiii.
to one assessor, 8 annonae, 4 capita. to one primicerius, 5 annonae, 2 capita. to one numerarius, 4 annonae, 2 capita. to four ducenarii at 3 1/2 for annonae, there result 14 annonae, and at 1 1/2 for capita, there result 6 capita. to six centenarii at 2 1/2 for annonae, there result 15 annonae, and at 1 for capita, there result 6 capita. to eight biarchs at 2 for annonae, there result 16 annonae, and at 1 for capita, there result 8 capita. to nine circitors at 2 for annonae, there result 18 annonae, and at 1 for capita, there result 9 capita.
for eleven semissales at the annona of 1½, there result annonae 16½, and at the headcount of 1, there result 11 heads. <a 534 the law was issued on the Ides of April at Constantinople, under our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, consul for the 4th time, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Item viro clarissimo duci numidiae provinciae et hominibus eius annonae cxc, singulis annonis solidi v, capita clviii, singulis capitibus solidi iiii, simul fiunt pro annonis et capitu solidi mdlxxxii. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
Likewise, to the most distinguished man, the dux of the province of Numidia, and to his men: rations 190, for each ration 5 solidi; heads 158, for each head 4 solidi; together there result for the rations and the capitation 1,582 solidi. <a 534 the law was issued on the Ides of April at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, year 4, and Paulinus, most distinguished man, consuls.>
Adsessori ducis et officio eius hominibus quadraginta annonae xcvis, singulis annonis solidi v, capita xlviii, singulis capitibus solidi iiii, simul fiunt pro annonis et capitu solidi dclxxiiiis. dividuntur sic: <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
To the assessor of the duke and to the men of his officium, forty annonae 96½, for each annona 5 solidi, heads 48, for each head 4 solidi; together there come, for annonae and capitu, 674½ solidi. They are divided thus: <a 534 a law issued on the Ides of April at Constantinople, by our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 4th year, and by Paulinus, most distinguished man, consuls.>
Adsessori uno annonae viii capita iiii. primicerio uno annonae v capita ii. numerario uno annonae iiii capita ii. ducenariis quattuor ad annonas iiis, fiunt annonae xiiii, et ad capitum is, fiunt capita vi. centenariis sex ad annonas iis, fiunt xv, et ad capitum i, fiunt capita vi. biarchis octo ad annonas ii, fiunt annonae xvi, et ad capitum i, fiunt capita viii. circitoribus novem ad annonas ii, fiunt annonae xviii, et ad capitum i, fiunt capita viiii.
For one assessor, 8 annonae 4 heads. For one primicerius, 5 annonae 2 heads. For one numerarius, 4 annonae 2 heads. For four ducenarii at 3½ annonae, there result 14 annonae, and at 1½ for the head-count, there result 6 heads. For six centenarii at 2½ annonae, there result 15, and at 1 for the head-count, there result 6 heads. For eight biarchs at 2 annonae, there result 16 annonae, and at 1 for the head-count, there result 8 heads. For nine circitores at 2 annonae, there result 18 annonae, and at 1 for the head-count, there result 9 heads.
Item viro clarissimo duci mauritaniae provinciae et hominibus eius annonae cxc, singulis annonis solidi v, capita clviii, singulis capitibus solidi iiii, simul fiunt pro annonis et capitu solidi mdlxxxii. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
Likewise to the most renowned man, the dux of the province of Mauretania, and to his men: rations 190, for each ration 5 solidi, heads 158, for each head 4 solidi; altogether there are, for rations and head-count, 1,582 solidi. <a 534 the law was issued on the Ides of April at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 4th year, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Adsessori ducis et officio eius hominibus quadraginta annonae xcvis, singulis annonis solidi v, capita xlviii, singulis capitibus solidi iiii, simul fiunt pro annonis et capitu solidi dclxxiiiis. dividuntur sic: <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
To the assessor of the duke and to the forty men of his office, 96½ annonae, for each annona 5 solidi, heads 48, for each head 4 solidi; together there come to be, for the annonae and the capitation, 674½ solidi. They are divided thus: <in 534 a law was issued on the Ides of April at Constantinople, in the consulship of our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, year 4, and of Paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Adsessori uno annonae viii capita iiii. primicerio uno annonae v capita ii. numerario uno annonae iiii capita ii. ducenariis quattuor ad annonas iiis, fiunt annonae xiiii, et ad capitum is, fiunt capita vi. centenariis sex ad annonas iis, fiunt annonae xv, et ad capitum i, fiunt capita vi. biarchis octo ad annonas ii , fiunt annonae xvi, et ad capitum i, fiunt capita viii. circitoribus novem ad annonas ii, fiunt annonae xviii, et ad capitum i, fiunt capita viiii.
To one assessor, rations 8, head-allowances 4. To one primicerius, rations 5, head-allowances 2. To one numerarius, rations 4, head-allowances 2. To four ducenarii at 3.5 rations, there result rations 14, and for head-allowance 1.5, there result head-allowances 6. To six centenarii at 2.5 rations, there result rations 15, and for head-allowance 1, there result head-allowances 6. To eight biarchs at 2 rations , there result rations 16, and for head-allowance 1, there result head-allowances 8. To nine circitors at 2 rations, there result rations 18, and for head-allowance 1, there result head-allowances 9.
for eleven semissales at annonae 1½, there amount to 16½ annonae, and at headcount 1, there amount to 11 heads. <in the year 534 the law was issued at Constantinople on the Ides of April, under our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, consul for the 4th time, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, as consuls.>
Item viro clarissimo duci sardiniae insulae et hominibus eius annonae cxc, singulis annonis solidi v, capita clviii, singulis capitibus solidi iiii, simul fiunt pro annonis et capitu solidi mdlxxxii. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
Likewise to the most distinguished man, the dux of the island of Sardinia, and his men: annonae 190, at 5 solidi for each annona; heads 158, at 4 solidi for each head; together there result, for the annonae and the heads, 1,582 solidi. <a in 534 a law was issued on the Ides of April at Constantinople, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, consul for the 4th time, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Adsessori ducis et officio eius hominibus quadraginta annonae xcvis, singulis annonis solidi v, capita xlviii, singulis capitibus solidi iiii, simul fiunt pro annonis et capitu solidi dclxxiiiis. dividuntur sic: <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
To the assessor of the duke and to the men of his office, annonae 95; for each annona 5 solidi; heads 48; for each head 4 solidi; together there result for annonae and caput 674 solidi. They are divided thus: <in 534 a law was issued on the Ides of April at Constantinople, in the consulship of our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, for the 4th time, and of Paulinus, a most distinguished man.>
Adsessori uno annonae viii capita iiii. primicerio uno annonae v capita ii. numerario uno annonae iiii capita ii. ducenariis quattuor ad annonas iiis, fiunt annonae xiiii, et ad capitum is, fiunt capita vi. centenariis sex ad annonas iis, fiunt annonae xv, et ad capitum i, fiunt capita vi. biarchis octo ad annonas ii , fiunt annonae xvi, et ad capitum i, fiunt capita viii. circitoribus novem ad annoas ii, fiunt annonae xviii, et ad capitum i, fiunt capita viiii.
To one assessor: 8 rations, 4 heads. To one primicerius: 5 rations, 2 heads. To one numerarius: 4 rations, 2 heads. For four ducenarii at 3 1/2 rations, there come to be 14 rations, and for heads at 1 1/2, there come to be 6 heads. For six centenarii at 2 1/2 rations, there come to be 15 rations, and for heads at 1, there come to be 6 heads. For eight biarchi at 2 rations, there come to be 16 rations, and for heads at 1, there come to be 8 heads. For nine circitores at 2 rations, there come to be 18 rations, and for heads at 1, there come to be 9 heads.
Item notitia consuetudinum, quas in sacro laterculo et in praetorio amplissimae praefecturae per africam, iam in officio magistri militum pro tempore dux praebere oportet uniuscuiusque limitis sic: in sacro laterculo solidi vi: in officio magisteriae militum potestatis pro insinuandis administrationis suae divinis nostrae serenitatis adfatibus solidi xii: in officio amplissimae praefecturae per africam pro insinuandis eiusdem chartis solidi xii. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
Likewise, a notice of the customary payments which, in the sacred register and in the praetorium of the most ample Prefecture through Africa, now in the office of the magister militum, the dux for the time being ought to provide for each frontier as follows: in the sacred register, 6 solidi; in the office of the magisterial power of the soldiers, for filing the divine addresses of Our Serenity concerning his administration, 12 solidi; in the office of the most ample Prefecture through Africa, for filing the same’s documents, 12 solidi. <a 534 a law issued on the Ides of April at Constantinople, under our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, in his 4th consulship, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
( 21) gloria itaque tua, quae per hanc pragmaticam sanctionem nostra statuit aeternitas, effectui mancipari observarique praecipiat. <a 534 emissa lex idibus aprilibus constantinopoli dn. iustiniano pp. a. iiii et paulino vc. conss.>
( 21) therefore let Your Glory, which our eternity has established through this pragmatic sanction, command that it be delivered to effect and observed. <A.D. 534, law issued at Constantinople on the Ides of April, our lord Justinian, perpetual Augustus, and Paulinus, a most distinguished man, consuls.>
Studentibus nobis statum urbis et annoniarum rationem aliquando firmare in animo subiit eiusdem annonae curam non omnibus deferre potestatibus. ac ne praefectura urbis abrogatum sibi aliquid putaret, si totum ad officium annonarium redundasset eidem praefecturae sollicitudinis ac diligentiae necessitatem mandamus, sed non ita, ut lateat officium annonariae praefecturae, sed ut ambae potestates, in quantum sibi negotii est, tueantur civilem annonam sitque societas muneris ita, ut inferior gradus meritum superioris agnoscat atque ita superior potestas se exserat, ut sciat ex ipso nomine, quid praefecto debeatur annonae. * valentin.
As we were applying ourselves to stabilize the status of the city and the management of the annona (grain-supply), it came into our mind not to defer the care of that same annona to all authorities. And lest the Prefecture of the City think that something has been abrogated from itself, if the whole should have devolved upon the annona office, we lay upon that same Prefecture the necessity of solicitude and diligence—but not in such a way that the office of the annona prefecture lies hidden; rather, that both powers, in so far as the business concerns them, may safeguard the civil annona, and that there be a partnership in the function such that the inferior rank acknowledges the merit of the superior, and thus the higher authority assert itself in such a way that it knows from the very name what is owed to the Prefect of the Annona. * Valentinian.
Quod promulgatis sanctionibus tua sinceritas perscriptum esse non nescit, etiam ex praecepto nostro competenter observet nec quasdam personas de provincia existimet avocandas nisi tantummodo suos officiales et homines populares huius almae urbis seditioni obnoxios. * valentin. et valens aa. ad ampelium pu. * <a 371 372 >
As your sincerity is not unaware that this has been written out in the promulgated sanctions, let your sincerity also duly observe it in accordance with our precept, and let your sincerity not suppose that certain persons are to be called away from the province, except only your own officials and men of the populace of this kindly city who are liable to sedition. * valentinian and valens, emperors, to ampelius, prefect of the city. * <a 371 372 >
Primicerius adiutorum tuae sedis officii per biennium, quod in eodem gradu ex consuetudine priscae ordinationis emeruit, curam insuper personarum usurpatione omni atque ambitione cessante suscipiat: hoc etiam adiecto, ut, si quis ex memorato ordine vel condicionis humanae fine praeventus vel alia quacumque ratione militiae gradum propriae amisisse monstrabitur, solitae ambitionis iniuria vacante locum is, qui iuxta matriculae veritatem sequitur, obtineat. * theodos. a. constantio pu. * <a 424 d. x iii k. ian.
Let the primicerius of the assistants of the office of your seat, for a biennium—which in the same grade, from the custom of ancient ordination, he has earned—furthermore assume the oversight of the personnel, with all usurpation and ambition ceasing: with this also added, that if anyone from the aforesaid order is either overtaken by the end of the human condition or will be shown for any other reason whatsoever to have lost the grade of his own service, the place, with the injury of the usual ambition absent, shall be obtained by the one who, according to the truth of the matricula (roster), follows. * Theodosius Aug. to Constantius, Urban Prefect. * <a 424 d. 13 k. Jan.
Eos, qui ultra statutos officii magisteriae per orientem potestatis militant, civilium quoque iudicum sententiis super quolibet negotio subiacere: ipsis quin etiam statutis in tributariis collationibus civilium quoque iudicum dispositionibus procul dubio parituris. * zeno a. sebastiano pp. * <a 476-485>
Those who serve under the magisterial office’s authority throughout the East shall also be subject to the sentences of the civil judges concerning any business; and, moreover, the statutes themselves regarding tributary contributions will without doubt be obeyed according to the dispositions of the civil judges as well. * Zeno Augustus to Sebastianus, Praetorian Prefect. * <a 476–485>
Milites de locis, in quibus consistunt, ad alia loca sine speciali nostrae serenitatis auctoritate nullatenus transferri praecipimus, nec eorum expensae in locis, in quibus consistunt, minuantur. sed si forte quaedam urguens et necessaria causa emerserit, utilitati ac securitati publicae tam amplissimam praetorianam praefecturam quam tuam sedem sine ulla procrastinatione prospicere protinus oportet et suggestiones ad nostras aures destinare, indicantes tam loca, de quibus milites transferendi sunt, quam ea, ad quae pervenire eos oportet, nominaque fortissimorum numerorum, in quibus idem milites referuntur, nec non quantitatem annonarum et ante omnia causam, ob quam idem milites transferendi sunt, ut post talem suggestionem a nostra auctoritate competentia procedant. * anastas.
We order that soldiers from the places in which they are stationed are by no means to be transferred to other places without the special authority of our Serenity, nor are their expenses in the places in which they are stationed to be diminished. But if by chance some urgent and necessary cause should arise, both the most ample Praetorian Prefecture and your seat ought at once, without any procrastination, to make provision for the utility and public security and to dispatch suggestions to our ears, indicating both the places from which the soldiers are to be transferred and those to which they ought to arrive, and the names of the bravest regiments in which the same soldiers are enrolled, as well as the quantity of rations, and before all the cause for which the same soldiers are to be transferred, so that after such a suggestion the things appropriate may issue from our authority. * Anastasius.
Cum propitia divinitate romanum nobis sit delatum imperium, sollicita cura cauta diligentia pertractantes perspeximus oportere etiam partibus armeniae et ponto polemoniaco et gentibus proprium magistrum militum per hanc legem constituere, tuamque magnitudinem, quae nobis ex ante gestis optime commendata est, idoneam ad talem fore dignitatem confidentes elegimus certasque provincias, id est magnam armeniam, quae interior dicebatur, et gentes ( anzetenam videlicet, ingilenam , asthianenam, sophenam, sophanenam, in qua est martyropolis, balabitenam) et primam et secundam armeniam et pontum polemoniacum tuae curae cum suis ducibus commisimus, comite armeniae penitus sublato, certosque subdidimus numeros, non m odo quos in praesenti novos constituimus, sed etiam de praesentalibus et orientalibus et aliis agminibus segregatos, non tamen quantitatem eorum agminum minuentes: sed quia plures eis addidimus sine rei publicae gravamine et sine augmento sumptuum, aliquantos subtraximus, ita tamen, ut et post hanc subtractionem ampliores remanserint, quam usque ad nostra felicia fuerant tempora. * iust. a. zetae viro illustri mag.
Since by propitious divinity the Roman empire has been conferred upon us, considering with solicitous care and cautious diligence, we have perceived that it is fitting also in the parts of Armenia and Pontus Polemoniacus and among the nations to establish by this law their own Master of Soldiers; and trusting that your Greatness, which is most excellently commended to us by former deeds, will be suitable for such a dignity, we have chosen you and have entrusted to your care certain provinces, that is Great Armenia, which was called Inner, and the nations ( namely the Anzitena, Ingilena , Asthiana, Sophena, Sophanena, in which is Martyropolis, Balabitena) and First and Second Armenia and Pontus Polemoniacus, with their dukes, the Count of Armenia being entirely removed; and we have assigned certain numbers (military units), not only those which we now establish as new, but also those separated from the praesental, the Eastern, and other formations, yet not diminishing the quantity of those formations: but because we have added more to them without burden to the commonwealth and without increase of expenses, we have subtracted some, yet in such a way that even after this subtraction they have remained more ample than they had been up to our happy times. * justinian augustus to zeta, an illustrious man, mag.
Totius minoris laterculi curam scias ad tuae sublimitatis sollicitudinem pertinere, ita ut tuo arbitratu ex scrinio memoriae totius minoris laterculi dignitates, hoc est praepositurae omnes, tribunatus et praefecturae castrorum iuxta consuetudinem priscam clementiae meae auctoritate deinceps mittantur. * theodos. a. sallustio quaest.
Know that the care of the entire lesser roster pertains to the solicitude of your Sublimity, such that, at your discretion, from the bureau of memorials the dignities of the entire lesser roster—that is, all praepositurships, tribunates, and prefectures of the camps—according to ancient custom, shall henceforth be sent by the authority of my Clemency. * theodosius augustus to sallustius, quaestor.
Omnes minoris laterculi dignitates, quae sub cura quidem ac sollicitudine viri illustris quaestoris esse antea videbantur, postea vero vel universae vel mediae ad magistrorum militum potestatem dispositionemque transierant, placuit nunc clementiae meae vetusti temporis more renovato ad prisca deinceps iura revocare. * theodos. a. helioni com.
All the dignities of the lesser roll, which indeed previously seemed to be under the care and solicitude of the illustrious man, the quaestor, but later had passed over, either as a whole or in part, to the power and arrangement of the masters of the soldiers, it has pleased my clemency, with the custom of ancient time renewed, henceforth to recall to their former rights. * Theodosius Augustus to Helio, count.
Officia et condiciones, quae pertinent ad viros devotos in sacro scrinio memoriae militantes, nemini liceat sub quacumque occasione sine ulla divinae subscriptionis liberalitate peragere: eo, quicumque in hoc fuerit postea facinore convictus, publicatione bonorum suorum multando, officio quoque rectoris provinciae, in qua non adlegato super gerenda sollicitudine sacro rescripto aliquis ausus fuerit eandem curam sibimet usurpare, trium librarum auri dispendio feriendo. * anastas. a. eusebio mag.
Let it be permitted to no one, under whatever pretext, to perform the duties and conditions which pertain to devout men serving in the sacred scrinium of Memory, without any grant of the divine subscription: therefore, whoever shall afterward be convicted in this crime, punishing him by publication of his goods; and also striking the office of the provincial rector, in the province in which, with no sacred rescript adduced concerning the management of this solicitude, someone shall have dared to usurp the same care to himself, with a loss of three pounds of gold. * anastas. a. to eusebius, magister.
Privilegiis dudum scholae vestrae indultis integris reservatis, ad ducenam etiam et centenam et biarchiam nemo suffragio, nisi labore unusquisque perveniat, principatum vero adipiscatur matricula decurrente, ita ut ad curas agendas et cursum illi exeant, quos ordo militiae vocat et laborum. * constantius a. ad agentes in rebus. * <a 359 d. et pp. romae in foro traiani k. nov.
With the privileges long ago granted to your schola reserved intact, let no one attain to the ducenary, and likewise the centenary and the biarchy, by suffrage, but let each arrive by labor; and let him indeed obtain the primacy with the matricula running down, so that those go out to manage the cares and the cursus whom the order of service and of labors calls. * Constantius Augustus to the agents in affairs. * <in the year 359, given and posted at Rome in the Forum of Trajan on the Kalends of November.
Adiutor praeterea, in quo totius scholae status et magistri securitas constituta est, idoneus probitate morum ac bonis artibus praeditus nostris per magistrum obtutibus offeratur, ut nostro ordinetur arbitrio. <a 359 d. et pp. romae in foro traiani k. nov. eusebio et hypatio conss.>
Moreover, let the assistant, in whom the standing of the whole school and the security of the master are set, fit, endowed with probity of morals and good arts, be presented to our gaze by the master, so that he may be appointed by our judgment. <a year 359, given and posted at Rome in the Forum of Trajan on the Kalends of November, Eusebius and Hypatius consuls.>
Nemo agentum in rebus ordinem militiae atque stipendia praevertat, etiamsi nostri numinis per obreptionem detulerit indultum: ac si quis formam istiusmodi docebitur obtulisse, in locum, ex quo indecenter emerserat, revertatur, ut is gradu ceteros antecedat, quem stipendia longiora vel labor prolixior fecerit anteire. * valentin. theodos.
Let no one of the agentes in rebus overleap the order of service and the stipends, even if by surreption he has procured an indult of our divinity; and if anyone shall be shown to have submitted a form of this kind, let him return to the position from which he had unseemly emerged, so that he may precede the others in grade—he whom longer stipends or more prolonged labor has made to go before. * Valentinian and Theodosius.
Scholarium nostrorum devotio, probata nostris parentibus, circa nostrae maxime serenitatis adfectionem enituit. inde quidquid ad fovenda servandaque eorum privilegia postulatur, statim credidimus admittendum. ideoque suggestionem tui culminis approbantes viris spectabilibus comitibus scholarum verberandi regradandive senatores ac ducenarios licentiam denegamus.
The devotion of our Scholae, approved by our forefathers, has shone forth in its affection toward our most Serenity. Hence, whatever is requested for the fostering and safeguarding of their privileges, we have believed must be admitted at once. Therefore, approving the suggestion of your eminence, we deny to the men of spectabilis rank, the Counts of the Scholae, the license to flog or to regrade (demote) senators and ducenarii.
Curae perpetuae tui culminis credimus iniungendum, ut super omni limite sub tua iurisdictione constituto, quemadmodum se militum numerus habeat castrorumque ac clusurarum cura procedat, quotannis significare nobis propria suggestione procuret. * theodos. et valentin.
We believe it should be enjoined to the perpetual care of your eminence, that, concerning every frontier established under your jurisdiction—how the number of soldiers stands and how the care of the camps and of the closures proceeds—you each year take care to signify to us by your own report. * theodos. et valentin.
Iubemus eum ad militiam devotissimorum scholarium de cetero pervenire, qui nostrum meruit iudicium, nec licere pro tempore tui culminis administrationem habenti sine huiusmodi probatoria aliquem inter eosdem viros devotos, scholares suis referre praeceptionibus: sed sciat is, qui sine sacro rescripto ad eandem pervenire militiam ausus fuerit, non solum ea se privari, verum etiam poenae viginti librarum auri subici. * iustinus et iust. aa. tatiano mag.
We order that he who has merited our judgment shall hereafter attain to the militia of the most devoted scholares; nor is it permitted to the one who, for the time of your eminence, holds the administration, without such a probatory document, to enroll any among those same devoted men, scholares, under his own precepts: but let him know—who should have dared to reach that same militia without a sacred rescript—that he is deprived not only of those things, but also is subjected to a penalty of twenty pounds of gold. * Justin and Just., Emperors, to Tatianus, mag.
Ad haec quadrimenstruos breves eorundem scholarium cura tuae sublimitatis et pro tempore viri excellentissimi magistri officiorum conscribi volumus et eos sacro scrinio laterculi praestari ibi deponendos, ut semper notitia eorundem scholarium certa sit neque publico damnum aliquod infligatur. <a 527 d. x k. mai. constantinopoli mavortio vc. cons.>
To this we also wish the four-monthly briefs of the same scholars to be drawn up by the care of your Sublimity and, for the time being, by the most excellent man, the Master of Offices, and that they be presented to the sacred scrinium for the register, to be deposited there, so that the knowledge of the same scholars may always be certain and no loss be inflicted upon the public. <a 527 d. x k. mai. constantinopoli mavortio vc. cons.>
Si quid negotiorum fuerit actitatum, in quibus aliquid commodi fiscalis appareat , ad officium rei privatae tua gravitas acta transmittat, ut instructione percepta, quid sibimet iuris auxilio debeatur, agnoscat. * valentin. et valens aa. ad honoratum consularem byzacii.
If any business shall have been transacted, in which any fiscal advantage appears , let Your Gravity transmit the acts to the office of the Res Privata, so that, once instruction has been received, it may recognize what is owed to itself with the aid of law. * Valentinian and Valens, Augusti, to Honoratus, consular of Byzacium.
Si quis iudicum vir illustris vel praefectus urbi cognitionem comitivae privatarum examini debitam sibimet vindicandam censuerit vel tuitionem contra eiusdem sedis statuta praestiterit, ad quinquaginta librarum auri illationem poenae nomine eius officium teneatur, quam decet in articulo exigi mansuetudinis nostrae aerario sociandam. * honor. et theodos.
If any of the judges, a man of illustrious rank, or the Prefect of the City, shall have deemed a cognition owed to the examination of the Comitiva of the Private Estates (Comitiva Privatarum) to be vindicated to himself, or shall have afforded protection in contravention of the statutes of that same seat, let his office be held to the illation of 50 pounds of gold in the name of a penalty, which it is proper to exact on the spot, to be associated with the treasury of Our Clemency. * Honorius and Theodosius.
Officium hellesponti consularis aeternae recordationis patrem serenitatis nostrae adiit et eitis suis incommodis, quibus a vicarianis apparitoribus urguebatur, oravit sub tuae sublimitatis agere potestate. cuius adlegationes humanae proclivius pium principem commoverunt: quod et nos obtinere censemus. * arcad.
The office of the Consularis of the Hellespont approached the father of our Serenity, of eternal remembrance, and, concerning its own inconveniences, by which it was being pressed by the vicarian apparitors, it petitioned to act under the power of your Sublimity. Whose humane allegations more readily moved the pious prince; and we also judge that this should be granted. * Arcadius.
Titulos, qui alytarchiae et syriarchiae muneribus in prima syria deputati sunt, per officia tam viri spectabilis comitis orientis quam viri clarissimi rectoris provinciae flagitari praecipimus. * leo a. pusaeo pp. * <a 465 d. v id. nov. constantinopoli basilisco et herminerico conss.>
We order that the registers which have been assigned to the duties of the Alytarchy and the Syriarchy in First Syria be demanded through the bureaus both of the man of spectabilis rank, the Count of the East, and of the man of clarissimus rank, the governor of the province. * Leo Augustus to Pusaeus, Praetorian Prefect. * <in the year 465, on the 5th day before the Ides of November, at Constantinople, when Basiliscus and Herminericus were consuls.>
Alytarchiae quidem ludi cura viri spectabilis comitis orientis et eius officii, syriarchiae vero sollicitudine viri clarissimi moderantis provinciam eiusque apparitionis exerceantur, nullique penitus curialium, nec si voluerint, idem munus vel honorem subeundi licentia permittatur. <a 465 d. v id. nov. constantinopoli basilisco et herminerico conss.>
Let the care of the games of the Alytarchy be exercised by the man of distinction, the Count of the East, and his officium; but let the Syriarchy be carried out by the solicitude of the most illustrious man governing the province and his apparitio; and let permission be granted to none whatsoever of the curiales, not even if they should wish it, to undergo the same munus or honor. <a 465, on the 5th day before the Ides of November, at Constantinople, in the consulship of Basiliscus and Hermenericus.>
Omnia tributa per aegyptiacam dioecesin cura et providentia claritatis tuae a moderatoribus provinciarum exigi iubemus. si qui tamen ex possessoribus sive militaribus sive non militaribus ad inferenda quae debent audaces extiterint, eos per militare etiam auxilium, si opus exegerit, ad solutionem compelli censemus. * valentin.
We order that all tributes throughout the Egyptian diocese be exacted by the governors of the provinces under the care and providence of Your Splendor. If any, however, from among the possessors, whether military or non-military, have proved defiant about paying in what they owe, we decree that they be compelled to payment even by military assistance, if need shall require it. * valentin.
In civilibus causis vicarios comitibus militum convenit anteferri, in militaribus negotiis comites vicariis anteponi, quotiensque societas in iudicando contigerit, priore loco vicarius ponderetur, comes adiunctus accedat: si quidem cum praefecturae meritum ceteris dignitatibus antestet, vicaria dignitas ipso nomine eius se trahere indicet portinem et sacrae cognitionis habeat potestatem et iudicationis nostrae soleat repraesentare reverentiam. * valens grat. et valentin.
In civil causes it is fitting that vicars be preferred to the counts of the soldiers, in military business that the counts be set before the vicars; and whenever association in judging occurs, let the vicar be weighed in the prior place, let the joined count attend: since indeed, as the merit of the Prefecture stands before the other dignities, the vicarial dignity by its very name shows that it draws to itself a portion of it, and let it have the power of sacred cognition and be wont to represent the reverence of our adjudication. * Valens, Gratian, and Valentinian.
Relationes vicariorum, si quando usus attulerit, ad nostram mansuetudinem referantur. relationes enim iudicum libenter audimus, ne administratorum decrescere videatur auctoritas, si eorum consulta veluti profanorum preces a nostris adytis repellamus. * valens grat.
The reports of the vicarii, whenever occasion shall have brought it, are to be referred to our clemency. reports of the judges we gladly hear, lest the authority of administrators seem to diminish, if we repel their counsels from our inner sanctuaries as though the prayers of the profane. * Valens, Gratian.
Praetori defertur haec iurisdictio sancientibus nobis, ut liberale negotium ipse disceptator examinet. sane interponi ab eo decreta conveniet, ut, sive in integrum restitutio deferenda est, probatis dumtaxat causis ab eodem etiam interponatur decretum, seu tutoris dandi seu ordinandi curatoris, impleatur ab eo interpositio decretorum: quippe cum apud eum quoque adipisci debeat patronorum iudicio sedula servitus libertatem. nec sane debita filiorum votis patrum vota cessabunt, ut patente copia liberos suos exuant potestate, magis propriis obsequiis mancipatos, cum sese intellegant his obsequii plus debere, a quibus sese memine runt vinculis sacris exutos.
We confer this jurisdiction upon the praetor by our sanction, to the end that he himself, as the disceptator, examine the liberal case. Indeed, it will be fitting that decrees be interposed by him, so that, whether a restitution in integrum is to be granted, only when the grounds have been approved a decree likewise be interposed by the same person; and whether for the appointment of a tutor or for the arranging of a curator, the interposition of decrees be fulfilled by him: since also before him a diligent slave ought to obtain liberty in a judgment against patrons. Nor, assuredly, will the fathers’ vows, owed to the wishes of their sons, be lacking, to the end that, the opportunity being open, they strip their children from their power—children more bound by their own dutiful services—since they understand that they owe more of obsequium to those by whom they remember themselves to have been released from sacred bonds.
Tres tantummodo praetores electae opinionis in hac urbe per singulos annos iudicio senatus praecipimus ordinari, qui competentes causas et debitos actus integre disceptare atque tractare debebunt, ut hi tamen tres ex his, qui proprium larem in hac alma urbe habeant, non ex provinciis eligantur. nec si qui forte propter aliquas causas ad hanc urbem de provinciis venerit, ad praeturae munus vocetur, sed hi tantummodo, ut dictum est, qui hic domicilium fovent, ita ut nec ipsi sumptus quosdam inferre cogantur inviti, sed habeant spontaneae liberalitatis arbitrium. * valentin.
We order that only three praetors of chosen repute in this city be appointed each year by the judgment of the senate, who must adjudicate and handle with integrity the competent cases and the due acts, with the proviso that these three be chosen from those who have their own hearth in this nurturing city, not from the provinces. Nor, if anyone should perchance have come to this city from the provinces for some reasons, shall he be called to the duty of the praetorship, but only those, as has been said, who foster domicile here, in such a way that they themselves are not compelled, unwilling, to incur certain expenses, but may have the discretion of spontaneous liberality. * Valentinian.
Praesides provinciarum oportet, si quis potentiorum extiterit insolentior et ipsi vindicare non possunt aut examinare aut pronuntiare nequeunt, de eius nomine ad nos aut certe ad praetorianae praefecturae scientiam referre : quo provideatur, qualiter publicae disciplinae et laesis tenuioribus consulatur. * const. a. ad maximum.
the governors of the provinces ought, if any of the more powerful has proved more insolent and they themselves cannot exact redress or are unable to examine or to pronounce judgment, to report his name to us or at least to the cognizance of the praetorian prefecture : whereby provision may be made how public discipline may be cared for and the poorer who have been wronged may be assisted. * constantine augustus to maximus.
Iustissimos et vigilantissimos iudices publicis adclamationibus collaudandi damus omnibus potestatem, ut honoris eis auctiores proferamus processus, et e contrario iniustos et maleficos querellarum vocibus accusandi, ut censurae nostrae vigor eos absumat. nam si verae voces sunt nec ad libidinem per clientelas effusae, diligenter investigabimus: praefectis praetorio et comitibus, qui per provincias constituti sunt, provincialium nostrorum voces ad nostram scientiam referentibus. * const.
We grant to all the power of praising with public acclamations the most just and most vigilant judges, so that we may put forward more increased advancements of honor for them; and, on the contrary, of accusing the unjust and malefactors by the voices of complaints, so that the vigor of our censure may consume them. For if the voices are true and not poured out to lust through clienteles, we will investigate diligently: the praetorian prefects and the counts, who are established through the provinces, reporting the voices of our provincials to our knowledge. * const.
Potioris gradus iudicibus ab inferioribus competens reverentia tribuatur. sed ubi publica tractatur utilitas, etsi minor iudex veritatem investigaverit, nulla maiori inrogatur iniuria. sane qui insignia dignitatis ad hoc exercet, ut indignis iniuriis existimet adficiendos eos, qui officia cum potestate moderantur, non declinabit nostrae indignationis aculeos.
Let fitting reverence be granted by inferiors to judges of superior rank. But when the public utility is under discussion, even if a lesser judge has investigated the truth, no injury is imposed upon the greater. Indeed, he who wields the insignia of dignity for this purpose—that he deems those who administer offices with authority to be subjected to unworthy injuries—will not evade the barbs of our indignation.
Civitas rhodiorum iniuriam suam non tam decenter quam sero conquesta est. unde inviolabili observatione sancimus, ut, quoniam tempore hiemis navigatio saepe periculosa est semper incerta, in illis quinque urbibus, quae potiores esse ceteris adseruntur, vicissim hiemandum sibi iudices recognoscant. quod si cuiquam tale existat ingenium, ut praecepta nostra contemnat, quinquaginta ab eo argenti librae, centum ab eius officio, si aliter factum fuerit, fisci viribus inferantur.
The commonwealth of the Rhodians has complained of its injury not so becomingly as belatedly. Whence, by inviolable observance we sanction that, since in the time of winter navigation is often perilous and always uncertain, in those five cities which are asserted to be preferable to the rest, the judges shall recognize that they must winter in turn. But if anyone should have such a disposition as to contemn our precepts, fifty pounds of silver from him, one hundred from his office, if it shall have been done otherwise, shall be brought into the fisc by its enforcement.
Ne quis iudicum in provincia sua praefectianum vel palatinum vel militem vel ex his etiam omnibus, qui antea in huiusmodi officiis fuerunt commorati, intercessorem ( id est exsecutorem) cuiusquam litigatoris petitione in quolibet seu privato seu publico negotio putet esse tribuendum. nam peccantem circa consulta caelestia cum suo officio non solum detrimentum famae, sed etiam patrimoniorum damna comitentur. * valentin.
Let no judge in his own province think that a prefectural or a palatine man or a soldier, or even from among these all those who previously were stationed in such offices, should be assigned as an intercessor ( that is, an executor) at the petition of any litigant in any matter, whether private or public. for upon the one offending against the celestial constitutions together with his office, let there attend not only a detriment of reputation, but also losses of patrimonies. * valentin.
Nullum palatinis tibi obsecundantibus cum provincialibus volumus esse commercium : sed iudices scire debebunt hoc sibi praecipue esse commissum, ut ipsi a provincialibus exigant et consueta deposcant, palatinum vero possessor non horreat, qui non sibi, sed iudicibus atque officiis praeceptus est imminere. * arcad. et honor.
We wish there to be no commerce between your palatine attendants and the provincials : but the judges must know that this has been committed to them chiefly, that they themselves should exact from the provincials and demand the customary dues, while a possessor should not dread a palatine, who has been instructed to press upon not him, but the judges and the official staffs. * arcadius and honorius.
Omnes per provincias apparitores pro inveterata auctoritate iuxta motum iudicis nudatos verberibus, si ita res tulerit, subiacere praecipimus, ut et facilis exsecutio rerum publicarum sit et officiorum insolentia comprimatur et iudicum severitati competens reddatur auctoritas. * honor. et theodos.
We command that, throughout all the provinces, the apparitors, in accordance with the judge’s motion, be subject—if the matter so requires—to being stripped and beaten, so that the enforcement of public affairs may be easy, the insolence of the official staffs may be restrained, and authority befitting the severity of judges may be rendered. * Honorius and Theodosius.
Si quis cohortalibus adhuc obsequiis obligatus regimen provinciae vel cingulum cuiuslibet militiae dignitatisve quoquo modo meruit, contra licitum usurpatis impetratisve careat, etiamsi ultronea nostra liberalitate ius gerendae provinciae vel militiae seu dignitatis cuiuspiam sibi iactaverit fuisse delatum. * leo a. constantino pp. * <a 471 d. vii id. aug. constantinopoli leone a. iiii et probiano conss.>
If anyone still bound by cohortal services has in any way deserved the governance of a province or the belt of any soldiery or of a dignity, let him be deprived of what has been usurped or obtained contrary to what is licit, even if he has boasted that by our unsolicited liberality the right of administering a province or of military service or of some dignity was conferred upon himself. * leo augustus to constantine, praetorian prefect. * <a 471 on the 7th day before the ides of august, at constantinople, leo augustus (4) and probianus, consuls.>
Nulli iudicum, qui provincias regunt, in civitatibus, in quibus sacra palatia vel praetoria sunt, liceat relictis his privatorum sibi domus ad habitandum veluti praetoria vindicare, sed sacratissima modis omnibus inhabitare palatia seu praetoria, ut hac necessitate compellantur eorum reparationi providere. * leo a. constantino pp. * <a 471 ? >
Let none of the judges who govern provinces, in the cities in which the sacred palaces or praetoria are, be permitted—abandoning these—to claim for themselves the houses of private persons for dwelling, as if (they were) praetoria; but let them by all means inhabit the most sacred palaces or praetoria, so that by this necessity they are compelled to provide for their repair. * leo a. constantino pp. * <a 471 ? >
Praefecti vigilum huius urbis nihil de capitalibus causis sua auctoritate statuere debent, sed si quid huiusmodi evenerit, culmini tuae potestatis referre, ut de memoratis causis celsiore sententia iudicetur. * valentin. theodos.
The prefects of the watch of this city ought to determine nothing concerning capital causes by their own authority; but if anything of this kind should occur, to refer it to the summit of your power, so that concerning the aforementioned causes it may be judged by a loftier judgment. * valentin. theodos.
Si quis pro publicis functionibus, quae flagitantur, aliquo se defendere temptet munimine, adeat iudicem et promat, quae duxerit adserenda: quem si iudex, quod non arbitramur, minus audire maluerit, ipse quidem administrator triginta librarum auri, apparitio vero eius quinquaginta feriatur dispendio. * honor. et theodos.
If anyone, for the public functions that are being demanded, should attempt to defend himself by some muniment, let him approach the judge and bring forth what he has deemed ought to be asserted: but if the judge—which we do not suppose—should prefer to give him less of a hearing, the administrator himself shall be struck with a loss of 30 pounds of gold, but his apparitorial staff shall be smitten with a forfeiture of 50. * Honorius and Theodosius.
Praecipimus, ne quando curiales vel privatae condicionis homines ad militare exhibeantur iudicium vel contra se agentum actiones excipiant vel litigare in eo cogantur. interminationem autem quinquaginta librarum auri adversus comitianum officium proponi decernimus, si quid contra haec aliquando temptaverit. * honor.
We order that curials or men of private condition are not ever produced before the military court, nor receive the actions of those proceeding against them, nor be compelled to litigate in it. Moreover, we decree that a threat of fifty pounds of gold be set forth against the comital office, if it should ever attempt anything contrary to these. * Honorius.
Nemo de his, qui in virorum spectabilium ducum officiis militaverint, scholae agentum in rebus quacumque subreptione post completam militiam societur, ne agendi vices viri clarissimi principis accipiat facultatem. si quis autem adversus haec nostrae perennitatis decreta venire conetur, militia spoliatus proscriptionis poena pro parte bonorum tertia constringatur. * theodos.
Let no one of those who have served in the offices of duces who are men of spectabilis rank be, by any surreptitious means, after completed service, associated to the schola of the Agents in Affairs, lest he obtain the ability to assume the functions of acting in the stead of the man of clarissimus rank who is chief. But if anyone should attempt to come against these decrees of Our Perpetuity, let him, stripped of his service, be constrained by the penalty of proscription to a third part of his goods. * theodos.
Duces limitum et praecipue, quibus gentes quae maxime cavendae sunt appropinquant, in ipsis limitibus commorari et milites ad proprium redigere numerum imminentibus magisteriis potestatibus diuturnisque eorum exercitationibus inhaerere praecipimus. * theodos. et valentin.
We command that the commanders of the frontiers, and especially those to whom the peoples most to be guarded against draw near, remain on the borders themselves, bring the soldiers back to their proper number, and adhere to the authorities of the overseeing Masters and to their long-standing exercises. * theodosius and valentinian.
Omnem inquietudinem a curiis et civitatibus praecipimus prohiberi nec ulla privata ab his succendi balnea ad tribunorum vel ducum aliorumve militarium comitum usus nec adaerationem aliquam pro hac causa profligari. illustribus enim tantum viris comitibus ac magistris militum ( si tamen id voluerint) hoc ministerium indulgemus: dupli poena violatoribus huius sanctionis imminente. * arcad.
We command that all disturbance be prohibited from the curiae and the cities, and that no private baths be heated by them for the use of tribunes or dukes or other military counts, nor that any money-commutation be exacted for this cause. For to illustrious men only, the counts and the masters of soldiers ( if, however, they should wish it ), we grant this service: with the penalty of the double impending upon violators of this sanction. * Arcadius.
Nemo iudex officialem ad eam domum, in qua mater familias agit, cum aliquo praecepto existimet esse mittendum, ut eandem in publicum protrahat, cum certum sit debita eius, quae intra domum considerato sexu semet contineat, domus eius vel cuiuscumque rei habita distractione, publicis necessitatibus posse servari. quod si quis in publicum matrem familias posthac crediderit protrahendam, inter maximos reos citra ullam indulgentiam capitali poena plectetur. * const.
Let no judge think that an officer is to be sent, with some precept, to that house in which a materfamilias resides, to drag her forth into public, since it is certain that the debts of her who, with her sex taken into consideration, keeps herself within the house, can be served for public necessities by a sale held of her house or of any property whatsoever. But if anyone hereafter shall have supposed that a materfamilias must be dragged into public, he shall, among the greatest offenders and without any indulgence, be punished with capital penalty. * Const.
Singuli quique iudices sciant celsioribus viris et his, quorum nonnumquam iudicio provehuntur, honorificentiam esse debitam praestandam, nec in subscriptionibus suis fratres audeant nominare, apparitione multanda, cuius haec cura est. * valentin. theodos.
Let each and every judge know that honorific respect is owed to be rendered to men of higher rank and to those by whose judgment they are sometimes promoted, and let them not dare in their subscriptions to name them “brothers,” the apparitorial staff—whose concern this is—being subject to a fine. * valentinian, theodosius.
Sciant principes et cornicularii et primates officiorum, iudices etiam, ternas libras auri a suis facultatibus eruendas, si honoratis viris, quibus etiam consistorium nostrum ingrediendi facultas praebetur, secretarii iudicum non patuerit ingressus aut reverentia non fuerit in salutatione delata aut sedendi cum iudice societas denegata. * valentin. theodos.
Let the principes and the cornicularii and the primates of the offices, and the judges as well, know that three pounds of gold are to be extracted from their own means, if to honored men—to whom even the faculty of entering our Consistory is afforded—entrance to the judges’ Secretariat shall not have been open, or reverence shall not have been rendered in the salutation, or the fellowship of sitting with the judge shall have been denied. * Valentinian, Theodosius.
Nemo ex viris clarissimis praesidibus provinciarum vel consularibus aut correctoribus neve qui administrationis maioris infulas meruerint, id est viri spectabiles proconsules vel praefectus augustalis aut comes orientis aut cuiuslibet tractus vicarius aut quicumque dux vel comes cuiuslibet limitis vel divinarum comes domorum, postquam sibi successum fuerit, audeat excedere de locis, quae rexisse noscitur, antequam quinquaginta dierum constitutus numerus finiatur. * zeno a. sebastiano pp. * <a 479 d. v id. oct. constantinopoli zenone a. ii cons.>
Let none of the men of most illustrious rank—presidents of provinces or consulars or correctors—nor those who have merited the insignia of higher administration, that is, men of distinguished rank: the proconsuls or the Augustal prefect or the count of the East or the vicar of any tract, or whatever duke (dux) or count of any frontier (limes) or the count of the divine houses, after a successor has been given to him, dare to depart from the places which he is known to have governed before the appointed number of fifty days is completed. * Zeno Augustus to Sebastianus, praetorian prefect. * <Given at Constantinople on the 5th day before the Ides of October, 479, in the 2nd consulship of Zeno Augustus.>
Sed per id tempus praesides quidem et consulares nec non correctores in metropoli, spectabiles vero iudices tam civiles quam militares in civitatibus administratae dioeceseos illustrioribus publice, nec domi vel intra sancrosanctos terminos vel regiones aut potentes domos latitantes, sed in celeberrimis locis ante omnium quos nuper gubernaverant ora versentur, ut pateat omnibus facultas libera super furtis aut criminibus querimoniam commovendi, ita ut ab omni defensus iniuria provisione post eum administrantis ac periculo officii nec minus curialium et defensoris civitatis, iuratoriae tantum cautioni commissus, postquam fuerit in querimoniam devocatus, pulsare volentibus ( ut dictum est) pro legum ratione respondeat: <a 479 d. v id. oct. constantinopoli zenone a. ii cons.>
But during that time, the governors and consulars, and likewise the correctors, shall be in the metropolis, while the Spectabiles judges, both civil and military, shall be publicly in the more illustrious cities of the administered diocese, not lurking at home or within sacrosanct boundaries or regions or powerful houses, but in the most celebrated places, before the faces of all whom they have lately governed, so that a free faculty may be open to all of setting a complaint in motion concerning thefts or crimes, such that, defended from every injury by the provision of the one administering after him and by the liability of the office, and likewise of the curials and the defender of the city, committed only to an oath-bound security, once he has been called into a complaint, he shall answer those wishing to prosecute (as said) according to the tenor of the laws: <a 479, on the 5th day before the Ides of October, at Constantinople, Zeno, Augustus, 2nd consulship.>
Nec ullam ante praefinitum tempus de provincia discedendi excusationem ei tribuat vel divina revocatoria vel codicilli alterius administrationis oblati vel praeceptum amplissimae tuae sedis, ut alterius provinciae moderatoris vices obtineat, aut praeceptum praefatae vel alterius civilis seu militaris cuiuscumque potestatis, ut quamcumque sollicitudinem publicam gerat aut exhibeatur vel deducatur, aut postremum cuiuslibet artis astutia, cuiuscumque occasionis excogitata calliditas excludatur, ut modis omnibus, quae pro universarum provinciarum salute sancimus, sortiantur effectum. <a 479 d. v id. oct. constantinopoli zenone a. ii cons.>
Nor let any excuse for departing from the province before the pre-defined time be granted to him either by an imperial writ of recall, or by codicils proffered for another administration, or by a precept of your most ample see, that he might obtain the vicarious functions of moderator of another province; or by a precept of the aforesaid or of any other civil or military authority whatsoever, that he might carry whatever public charge or be produced or conducted; or, finally, let the craft of any art, the cleverness devised on whatever occasion, be excluded, so that by all means the things which we sanction for the safety of all the provinces may take effect. <a 479 on the 5th day before the ides of october at constantinople, zeno augustus, 2nd cons.>
Quod si quis temeritate punienda saluberrimam legem circumscribendam vel violandam crediderit, licet et maiestatis reus non immerito iudicetur, attamen quinquaginta librarum auri multam publicis calculis inferre cogetur: simili poena plectendo, qui post eum administratione suscepta minime eum curaverit honeste retinendum aut super eius fuga protinus referendum. <a 479 d. v id. oct. constantinopoli zenone a. ii cons.>
But if anyone, with punishable temerity, has believed that the most salutary law is to be circumvented or violated, although he may not undeservedly be judged a defendant for treason, nevertheless he shall be compelled to pay to the public accounts a fine of fifty pounds of gold: to be punished with a similar penalty is he who, after him, upon assuming the administration, has in no way taken care that he be properly retained, or that report be made forthwith concerning his flight. <a 479 d. v id. oct. constantinopoli zenone a. ii cons.>
Administrationem autem deponere non volumus decessorem, antequam successor ad provinciae fines pervenerit, licet litteris ad eum seu programmate vel edicto ad officium et provinciales usus fuerit. <a 479 d. v id. oct. constantinopoli zenone a. ii cons.>
However, we do not wish the predecessor to lay down the administration before the successor has arrived at the borders of the province, although letters to him, or a programma or edict to the officium and the provincials, shall have been employed. <a 479 d. v id. oct. constantinopoli zenone a. ii cons.>
Ipse autem, qui praesentem fugiens non observaverit legem, ubicumque repertus fuerit, licet in hac florentissima civitate, ad provinciam sine ullo penitus obstaculo praeceptione tui culminis, cura etiam viri clarissimi rectoris provinciae , in qua repertus fuerit, deducetur, per sex mensuum curricula ibidem moraturus, quatenus interea minime crimina possint vel furta celari. <a 479 d. v id. oct. constantinopoli zenone a. ii cons.>
But the very man who, by avoiding appearance, shall not have observed the present law, wherever he may be found, even in this most flourishing city, shall be conducted to the province, by the precept of your eminence and with the care also of the most illustrious man, the governor of the province in which he shall have been found, without any hindrance whatsoever, to remain there for the course of six months, in order that in the meantime crimes or thefts may by no means be concealed. <year 479, on the 5th day before the Ides of October, at Constantinople, Zeno Augustus, consul for the 2nd time.>
Quod si intra quinquaginta dierum numerum fuerit forte pulsatus et praefato elapso tempore necdum finita lis fuerit, civiliter quidem super furtorum sceleribus pulsatus dato procuratore instructo post quinquaginta dies protinus habeat licentiam discedendi: accusatione vero super criminibus facta per inscriptionum laqueos inretitus usque ad terminum causae ibidem necessario perdurabit. <a 479 d. v id. oct. constantinopoli zenone a. ii cons.>
But if within the number of fifty days he should happen to be sued, and when the aforesaid time has elapsed the suit has not yet been finished, then—if sued civilly on account of theft-offenses—having a given and instructed procurator, after fifty days he shall immediately have license to depart; but if an accusation has been made on crimes, ensnared by the snares of indictments he shall necessarily remain there until the end of the case. <a 479 on the 5th day before the Ides of October, at Constantinople, Zeno Augustus, 2nd consulship.>
Sciant autem universi iudices, apud quos vel administrationis iure vel ex praecepto amplissimae tuae sedis huiusmodi controversiae civiliter vel criminaliter ventilantur, intra viginti dierum spatium debere se praefata litigia, postquam orta fuerint, terminare. nam si supersederint, ipsos quidem decem librarum auri condemnationem subire censemus, accusationem vero seu civilem intentionem semel in iudicium deductam praefato modo legitime terminari. <a 479 d. v id. oct.
Let all judges, however, know—before whom, either by right of administration or by the precept of your most ample seat, such controversies are ventilated civilly or criminally—that within a span of twenty days they must terminate the aforesaid litigations after they have arisen. For if they shall have superseded, we judge that they themselves incur a condemnation of ten pounds of gold; but the accusation, or the civil intention, once led into judgment, is to be legitimately terminated in the aforesaid manner. <a 479 d. v id. oct.
In causa quae spectat ad utilitatem rei publicae eum qui vice praesidis provinciae administrat potuisse cognoscere in dubium non venit. sane si in aliquo captum est ius rei publicae, iuxta scita divorum principum defensores rei publicae ( si modo adesse fiduciam negotio putant) restitutionis auxilium possunt flagitare. * gord.
In a cause which looks to the utility of the commonwealth, it does not come into doubt that he who administers in the stead of the governor of the province could take cognizance. Indeed, if in any respect the right of the commonwealth has been impaired, according to the enactments of the deified princes the defenders of the commonwealth ( if only they think that confidence attends the matter) can demand the aid of restitution. * Gordian.
Suggerente magnificentia vestra docta imperialis aeternitas debere eos, qui praeceptione principali seu vestrae sedis amplissimae tueri locum rectorum provinciarum noscuntur, auctoritatem habere tutores seu curatores petentibus dare, decretum etiam interponere ad alienandas minorum similiumque eis personarum seu curalium facultates, emancipationes quoque legibus celebrare et omnia quae ad iurisdictionem rectoris provinciae pertinent actitare, praecipere dignata est pro dispositione vestrae celsitudinis praefatas huiusmodi sollicitudines peragendi habere licentiam. * theodos. et valentin.
With your Magnificence suggesting, our learned Imperial Eternity has deigned to prescribe that those who, by principal precept or by that of your most ample See, are known to hold the place of provincial rectors, are to have authority to grant tutors or curators to petitioners, to interpose a decree as well for the alienation of the resources of minors and of persons similar to them, or of curials, to celebrate emancipations according to the laws, and to conduct all things that pertain to the jurisdiction of a provincial rector; and, by the disposition of your Highness, to have license for performing the aforesaid responsibilities. * theodosius and valentinian.
Studiorum labor meretur, ut hi, qui in publicis administrationibus constitui sociari sibi consiliorum participes cupiunt, spe praemiorum atque honorificentia sua provocent eos, quorum prudentiam sibi putant esse necessariam, non metu terribili et necessitate incongrua libertati. * diocl. et maxim.
The labor of studies deserves that those who, being appointed in public administrations, wish to associate to themselves participants in counsel, should, by the hope of rewards and by their own honorific distinction, invite those whose prudence they deem necessary to themselves, not by terrible fear and by a necessity incongruous with liberty. * Diocletian and Maximian.
Praesides non per adsessores, sed per se subscribant libellis. quod si quis adsessori subscriptionem inconsultis nobis permiserit, mox adsessor qui subscripsit exilio puniatur: praesidis vero nomen ad nos referri iubemus, ut in eum severius vindicetur. * const.
Let governors subscribe (sign) petitions not through assessors, but by themselves. But if anyone shall have allowed an assessor the subscription without our being consulted, then at once let the assessor who subscribed be punished with exile: as for the governor, we order his name to be reported to us, so that he may be proceeded against more severely. * const.
Pro confesso autem tenebitur, qui accusatus huiusmodi personam subtraxerit: eaque in quadruplum restitui iubemus, quae desiderantur ablata, ut duplum spoliatus accipiat, duplum noster fiscus adquirat. <a 399 d. vi k. ian. mediolani theodoro cons.>
But he shall be held as having confessed who, when accused, has concealed a person of this sort; and we order that what is missing as having been carried off be restored fourfold, so that the despoiled may receive double and our fisc may acquire double. <a 399 on the 6th day before the Kalends of January at Milan, in the consulship of Theodorus.>
Nemo de domesticis ducum vel comitum militarium, officiis eorum connumeratus, post completum sui temporis actum ad eandem rursus sollicitudinem audeat adspirare: decem auri librarum condemnatione proposita, si quis hanc violare voluerit sanctionem: eadem poena officio quoque coercendo, si per ambitionem vel avaritiam ex his aliquid temerari concesserit. * honor. et theodos.
Let no one of the domestics of the dukes or of the military counts, counted among their offices, after the completion of the performance of his own term, dare to aspire again to the same charge: with a condemnation of ten pounds of gold set forth, if anyone should wish to violate this sanction: with the same penalty also constraining the office, if through ambition or avarice it shall have rashly granted any of these. * honorius and theodosius.
Nullus iudicum ad provinciam sibi commissam quemquam secum ducere audeat, cui domestici vel cancellarii nomen imponat, nec profectum ad se undecumque suscipiat , ne famae nota cum bonorum publicatione plectatur. periculo enim primatum officii cancellarios, sub fide gestorum ex eodem officio electos iudicibus applicari iubemus, ita ut post depositam administrationem nec militiam deserant et provincialibus praesentiam sui exhibeant, quo volentibus sit accusandi eos facultas, si enim idonea causa exegerit, ad detegenda iudicis flagitia et quaestioni eos subdi oportet. * honor.
Let none of the judges dare to take with him into the province entrusted to him anyone upon whom he may impose the name of domestics or chancellors, nor let him receive anyone who has come to him from anywhere , lest he be punished with a mark upon his reputation together with the confiscation of his goods. For at the peril of the primates of the office we order that chancellors, chosen from that same office under the faith of the records, be attached to judges, in such a way that, after their administration has been laid down, they neither desert their military service and present their presence to the provincials, so that there may be for those willing the faculty of accusing them; for if an adequate cause shall demand it, they must be subjected to the question, to uncover the judge’s crimes. * HONORIUS.
Si post depositam administrationem iudicum praesentiam vel exhibitionem domesticorum querimonia provincialium aut curalium vel aliqua publica necessitas postulaverit, per eosdem administratores, quorum domestici fuerint, iudicio legibusque tradantur. * theodos. et valentin.
If, after the administration has been laid down, the presence of the judges or the exhibition of the domestici shall be demanded by the querimony of provincials or curials or by some public necessity, let them be delivered to judgment and to the laws through those same administrators, whose domestici they were. * theodosius and valentinian.
In consiliariis observari censemus, ut in eum, qui in sua provincia ultra quattuor menses moderatoribus adsederit adversus leges antiquas et divorum retro principum scita, proscriptio bonorum et accusatio publici criminis immineat, nisi per caeleste oraculum vel amplissimae tuae sedis praeceptionem sese defendat. * theodos. et valentin.
We judge that it be observed concerning councillors, that upon him who in his own province has sat as assessor to governors beyond four months, against the ancient laws and the enactments of former deified princes, there shall hang the proscription of goods and an accusation of a public crime, unless he defend himself by a celestial oracle or by a precept of your most ample seat. * theodosius and valentinian.
Non parum adsessoribus magistratuum maiorum quam ipsis iudicibus nostrae benivolentiae liberalitas tribuenda est. ideoque consiliarios virorum illustrium praefectorum tam praetorio quam huius inclitae urbis eminentissimorumque magistrorum militum nec non etiam viri illustris magistri officiorum, sive praedicto officio iam functi sunt seu fungentur in posterum, post depositum etiam officium ab omni indictionis onere seu civilium seu militarium iudicum prorsus immunes esse praecipimus, ut nec ab amplissima quidem sede tui culminis eis ulla molestia super suscipiendo quolibet gravamine penitus iniungatur: quinquaginta librarum auri officio tui culminis damnatione multando, si quid adversus statuta clementiae nostrae innovari concesserit. * theodos.
No small measure of the liberality of our benevolence is to be bestowed upon the assessors of the higher magistrates as well as upon the judges themselves. And therefore we command that the counselors of the illustrious men, the prefects both of the Praetorium and of this renowned city, and of the most eminent masters of the soldiers, and likewise also of the most illustrious man, the Master of the Offices—whether they have already discharged the aforesaid office or will discharge it hereafter—after the office has been laid down, be absolutely immune from every burden of the indiction, whether of civil or of military judges, so that not even from the most ample seat of your eminence shall any trouble at all be imposed upon them regarding the undertaking of any burden whatsoever: imposing upon the office of your eminence a condemnation in the amount of 50 pounds of gold, if anything shall be permitted to be innovated against the statutes of our clemency. * THEODOSIUS.
Liceat omnibus iudicibus illustri praeditis potestate consiliarios sibi eosdem secundo ac tertio et saepius iniungere, quia qui semel recte cognitus est, ob hoc solum non debet, quod iam probatus est, improbari. * valentin. et marcian.
Let it be permitted to all judges endowed with illustrious power to attach to themselves the same counselors a second and a third time and more often, because he who has once been rightly recognized ought not, for this reason alone—that he has already been approved—to be disapproved. * Valentinian and Marcian.
Nemo ex his, qui advocati causarum constituti sunt vel fuerint et in hac regia urbe in quocumque iudicio deputati et in aliis omnibus provinciis nostro subiectis imperio, audeat in uno eodemque tempore tam advocatione uti quam consiliarii cuiuscumque magistratus, quibus res publica gerenda committitur, curam adripere , cum sat abundeque sufficit vel per advocationem causis perfectissime patrocinari vel adsessoris officio fungi, ne, cum in utrumque festinet, neutrum bene peragat: sed sive advocatus esse maluerit, hoc cum debita sollertia implere possit , vel si adsessionem elegerit, in ea videlicet permaneat, ita tamen, ut post consiliarii sollicitudinem depositam liceat ei ad munus advocationis reverti. * i ust. a. demostheni pp. * <a 529 d. v k. oct.
Let no one among those who are or shall have been appointed advocates of causes and who are assigned in this royal city to any court, and in all the other provinces subject to our empire, dare at one and the same time both to practice advocacy and to take up the care of a counsellor of any magistrate to whom the commonwealth is committed for administration, since it is quite and more than sufficient either to champion causes most perfectly through advocacy or to perform the office of assessor, lest, when he hastens to both, he do neither well: but whether he should prefer to be an advocate, let him be able to fulfill this with due diligence , or if he has chosen an assessorship, let him, namely, remain in it, yet in such a way that, after the counsellor’s solicitude has been laid aside, it is permitted to him to return to the function of advocacy. * i ust. a. demostheni pp. * <in the year 529, on the 5th day before the Kalends of October.
Nec sit concessum cuidam duobus magistratibus adsidere et utriusque iudicii curam peragere ( neque enim facile credendum est duabus etiam necessariis rebus unum sufficere: nam cum uni iudicio adfuerit, altero abstrahi necesse est sicque nulli eorum idoneum in totum inveniri), sed altera adsessione penitus semota unius magistratus esse contentum iudicio. <a 529 d. v k. oct. chalcedone decio vc. cons.>
Nor let it be granted to anyone to sit as assessor to two magistrates and to carry on the care of both courts (for it is not readily to be believed that one man suffices even for two necessary affairs: for when he has been present at one court, it is necessary that he be drawn away from the other, and thus he is found wholly unsuitable to either of them), but with the other assessorship entirely removed, let him be content with the court of one magistrate. <a 529 on the 5th day before the Kalends of October at Chalcedon, Decius, a most distinguished man, consul.>
Nec callidis machinationibus huiusmodi legem putet quis esse circumscribendam et , si non consilarii signum quod solitum est chartis imponat, sed alias quasdam litteras excogitatas adsimulaverit, existimari ei licere fungi quidem memorato officio, sub huiusmodi tamen umbra latere, cum in legem committunt hi, qui vigorem eius scrupulosis et excogitatis artibus eludere festinant. <a 529 d. v k. oct. chalcedone decio vc. cons.>
Nor let anyone think that a law of this kind is to be circumscribed by crafty machinations, and , if he should not impose upon the documents the sign of the counsellor which is customary, but should counterfeit certain other devised letters, let him not suppose it to be permitted to him indeed to discharge the aforementioned office, yet to lurk under such a shadow, since they commit against the law who hasten to elude its vigor by scrupulous and contrived arts. <a 529 d. v k. oct. chalcedone decio vc. cons.>
Neque sibi blandiri quemquam oportet, quod et praesentis legis aculeos possit evadere, quemadmodum et anteriores leges super hac re positas deludebat. si quis etenim in tali commisso fuerit inventus, sciat se de matriculis advocatorum penitus esse delendum et decem librarum auri multam nostris privatis largitionibus illaturum, per virum illustrem comitem rerum privatarum exigendam, et aliam maiorem regalis culminis subiturum offensam, cum nec ipse iudex, qui hoc fieri passus est et sciens prudensque hoc commiserit, sine imperiali commitione remanebit : <a 529 d. v k. oct. chalcedone decio vc. cons.>
Nor ought anyone to flatter himself that he can also evade the stings of the present law, just as he was deluding the earlier laws set on this matter. For if anyone shall be found in such a transgression, let him know that he is to be utterly erased from the rolls of advocates and will pay a fine of ten pounds of gold into our Private Largesses, to be exacted through the illustrious man, the Count of the Private Estate, and that he will incur another, greater displeasure of the royal eminence, since not even the judge himself, who allowed this to be done and has committed this knowingly and advisedly, will remain without imperial censure: <a 529 d. v k. oct. chalcedone decio vc. cons.>
Eadem poena subiciendo etiam eo vel eis, qui in his causis, quarum patrocinium adepti sunt quibusque advocationem suam praestiterint, adsessionis cuiuscumque magistratus colore audeat vel audeant iudicare, ne adfectionis suae advocationis memor incorrupti iudicis non possit nomen perferre. <a 529 d. v k. oct. chalcedone decio vc. cons.>
Subjecting likewise to the same penalty also him or those who, in the causes whose patronage they have obtained and to which they have furnished their advocacy, should dare to judge under the color of the assession of any magistrate, lest, mindful of the bias of his own advocacy, he cannot carry the name of an incorrupt judge. <a 529 d. v k. oct. chalcedone decio vc. cons.>
Omnibus tam viris spectabilibus quam viris clarissimis iudicibus, qui per provincias sive militarem sive civilem administrationem gerunt, nec non comiti commerciorum, magistro aeris sive privatae rei, rationali per ponticam atque asianam dioecesin et adsessoribus iudicum singulorum in praebendis solaciis annonarum hic fixus ac stabilis servabitur modus, ut ea pro annonis et capitu dignitati suae debitis pretia consequantur, quae particularibus delegationibus soleant contineri. * theodos. et valentin.
For all judges both men of Spectabilis rank and men of Clarissimus rank, who conduct either military or civil administration through the provinces, and likewise for the Count of the Trades, the Master of the Treasury or of the Private Estate, the Rationalis over the Pontic and Asiatic diocese, and the assessors of each of the judges, in furnishing the reliefs of the grain-supply (annonae), a fixed and stable method shall here be observed, namely, that they may obtain those prices for the grain-allowances and head-money due to their dignity which are wont to be contained in particular delegations. * theodos. et valentin.
Quicumque administrationem in hac florentissima urbe gerunt, emere quidem mobiles vel immobiles res vel domus extruere non aliter possint, nisi specialem nostri numinis hoc eis permittentem divinam rescriptionem meruerint. * iust. a. menae pp. * <a 528 d. v id. dec.
Whoever conduct an administration in this most flourishing city may not buy movable or immovable property, or erect houses, otherwise than if they have merited a special divine rescript of our Majesty permitting this to them. * Justinian Augustus to Mena, Praetorian Prefect. * <year 528, given 5 days before the Ides of December.
Donationes vero omnimodo recusent, scientes non esse validas eas in quibuscumque rebus et quacumque aestimatione, nisi post administrationem depositam vel specialiter in scriptis donator eandem donationem ratam habuerit vel tempus quinquennale praeterierit, in quo nulla querella super isdem donationibus vel ab ipso donatore vel ab successoribus eius facta sit. <a 528 d. v id. dec. constantinopoli dn. iustiniano a. ii cons.>
But let them in every way refuse donations, knowing that those are not valid in whatever matters and at whatever valuation, unless after the administration has been laid down, or the donor has specifically in writing held the same donation as ratified, or a five-year period has elapsed, in which no complaint concerning the same donations has been made either by the donor himself or by his successors. <in the year 528, on the 5th day before the Ides of December, at Constantinople, under our lord Justinian, Augustus, in his 2nd consulship.>
Provincias vero moderantibus non solum donationes, sed etiam emptiones quarumcumque mobilium vel immobilium rerum praeter eas, quae ad alimonias vel vestem pertinent, et aedificationes, licet sacri apices aliquid eorum permiserint, penitus interdicimus. nec ratum sit, quod his donatione vel venditione datum est, licet quinquennale tempus post depositam administrationem excesserit vel consensus donatoris vel venditoris post eandem administrationem adiectus sit. <a 528 d. v id. dec.
But to those governing the provinces we utterly forbid not only donations, but also purchases of whatever movable or immovable things—except those which pertain to sustenance or clothing—and constructions, although the sacred mandates may have permitted some of these. Nor shall that stand valid which has been given to them by donation or sale, even if the five-year period after the laying down of the administration has elapsed, or the consent of the donor or seller has been added after the same administration. <a 528, the 5th day before the Ides of December
Haec autem etiam ad domesticos et consiliarios eorum trahi necessarium duximus, illud etiam adicientes, ut nec per interpositam personam aliquid eorum sine periculo possit perpetrari. <a 528 d. v id. dec. constantinopoli dn. iustiniano a. ii cons.>
Moreover, we have deemed it necessary that these provisions also be extended to their domestics and counselors, adding this as well: that not even through an interposed person can any of these things be perpetrated without penalty. <in the year 528, on December 9, at Constantinople, our lord Justinian Augustus, in his 2nd consulship.>
Multarum severa compendia aerario nostro protinus esse quaerenda nullus ignoret, nisi ipse iudex id, quod ad poenam admissi facinoris exculpitur, vel publicis operibus vel cursui publico vel aliis necessariis causis specialiter deputaverit. * valentin. theodos.
Let no one be ignorant that the strict proceeds of many fines must straightway be sought for our treasury, unless the judge himself shall have specially deputed that which is excused from the penalty of the committed crime to public works or to the public post or to other necessary causes. * valentinian. theodosius.
Proconsularem vero potestatem, si multandi necessitas imminebit, senarum unciarum auri summa cohibebit: in qua forma etiam comes orientis atque praefectus augustalis erit. <a 399 d. xii k. sept. theodoro cons.>
But the proconsular authority, if the necessity of imposing a fine shall threaten, shall be confined to the sum of six ounces of gold; under the same rule shall also be the Count of the East and the Augustal Prefect. <a 399 on the twelfth day before the Kalends of September, in the consulship of Theodorus.>
Id quoque observandum a moderatore esse censemus, ut in unius correptione personae, si ad id continuatio peccati impulerit, trinae tantum in annum condemnationis sub praestituta summa severitas exseratur. <a 399 d. xii k. sept. theodoro cons.>
We also judge that this must be observed by the moderator: that, in the correction of a single person, if the continuation of the offense has driven to it, severity be exerted only for a threefold condemnation in a year, under the pre‑stipulated sum. <a 399 on the 12th day before the Kalends of September, in the consulship of Theodorus.>
Nec tamen ad huiusmodi legis moderationem pertinere se credant, qui in peculatibus aut manubiis, id est depraedationibus concussionibus furtis atque aliis flagitiis, quae coerceri severius convenit, fuerint deprehensi, scilicet ut scripta per iudices memoratos, in cuiuslibet fuerit dirigenda dispendium, sententia proferatur. <a 399 d. xii k. sept. theodoro cons.>
Nor yet let those believe that they pertain to the moderation of a law of this sort who shall have been apprehended in peculations or in manubiae—that is, in depredations, concussions (extortions), thefts, and other flagitious acts, which it is fitting to be repressed more severely—namely, that writings be directed by the aforesaid judges to whomever the loss shall have pertained, and that sentence be pronounced. <a 399 d. xii k. sept. theodoro cons.>
Nec putent factu facile esse, ut aut praecipiti persuasione condemnet quem culpa non ingravat, aut erubescenda varietate iudicii pro arbitrio proprio immutandum esse quod lex iusserit, nisi paupertas condemnati hoc persuaserit. <a 399 d. xii k. sept. theodoro cons.>
Nor let them think it easy to do, that either by headlong persuasion he should condemn one whom guilt does not burden, or that by a blush-worthy variability of judgment what the law has ordered should be changed by his own arbitrary will, unless the poverty of the condemned has persuaded this. <a 399 d. xii k. sept. theodoro cons.>
Si quis de tenuioribus ac minusculariis rebus interpellandum te esse crediderit, in minoribus causis, id est usque ad quinquaginta solidorum summam, acta iudicialia conficias, scilicet ut, si quando quis vel debitum iustum vel servum, qui per fugam fuerit elapsus, vel quod ultra delegationem dederit postulaverit vel quodlibet huiusmodi, tua disceptatione restituas. ceteras vero, quae dignae forensi magnitudine videbuntur, ordinario insinuato rectori. * valentin.
If anyone should believe that you ought to be interpellated concerning slighter and minuscule matters, in lesser causes—namely up to the sum of fifty solidi—you shall draw up the judicial acts, to wit, that, if at any time someone shall have demanded either a just debt, or a slave who has slipped away by flight, or what he has given beyond the delegation, or anything of this sort, you restore it by your adjudication. But the rest, which will seem worthy of forensic magnitude, after notification to the Ordinary, to the Rector. * valentin.
In defensoribus universarum provinciarum erit administrationis haec forma et tempus quinquennii spatii metiendum: scilicet ut imprimis parentis vicem plebi exhibeas, descriptionibus rusticos urbanosque non patiaris adfligi, officialium insolentiae, iudicum procacitati salva reverentia pudoris occurras, ingrediendi, cum voles, ad iudicem liberam habeas facultatem, superexigendi damna vel spolia plus petentium ab his, quos liberorum loco tueri debes, excludas, nec patiaris quicquam ultra delegationem solitam ab his exigi, quos certum est nisi tali remedio non posse reparari. * grat. valentin.
In the defenders of all the provinces, this shall be the form of administration, and the time a span to be measured of five years: namely, that first of all you exhibit to the people the part of a parent; you do not allow country-dwellers and townsmen to be afflicted by assessments; you meet, with the reverence of modesty preserved, the insolence of the officials and the impudence of the judges; you have the free faculty of entering to the judge whenever you wish; you exclude, on the part of those who seek more, the over-exacting of losses or despoilings from those whom you ought to protect as in the place of children; and you do not permit anything beyond the customary delegation to be exacted from those who, it is certain, cannot be restored except by such a remedy. * gratian, valentinian.
Defensores nihil sibi insolenter, nihil indebitum vindicantes nominis sui tantum fungantur officio: nullas infligant multas, severiores non exerceant quaestiones, plebem vel decuriones ab omni improborum insolentia et temeritate tueantur, ut id tantum, quod esse dicuntur, esse non desinant. * valentin. theodos.
Let the Defenders, claiming nothing for themselves insolently, nothing undue, discharge only the duty of their name: let them inflict no fines, let them not exercise harsher inquisitions, let them protect the plebs or the decurions from every insolence and temerity of the wicked, so that they may not cease to be only that which they are said to be. * Valentinian, Theodosius.
Per omnes regiones, in quibus fera et periculi sui nescia latronum feruet insania, probatissimi quique et districtissimi defensores adsint disciplinae et quotidianis actibus praesint, qui non sinant crimina impunita coalescere: removeantur patrocinia, quae feruorem reis et auxilium scelerosis impertiendo maturari scelera fecerunt. * valentin. theodos.
Through all the regions in which the wild insanity of brigands, unaware of its own danger, seethes, let the most approved and most strict defenders be present for discipline and preside over daily actions, who will not allow crimes to coalesce with impunity: let patronages be removed, which, by imparting fervor to the accused and aid to the criminal, have caused crimes to ripen. * valentinian. theodosius.
Defensores civitatum oblatos sibi reos in ipso latrocinio vel congressu violentiae aut perpetrato homicidio stupro vel raptu vel adulterio deprehensos et actis publicis sibi traditos expresso crimine cum his, a quibus fuerint accusati, mox sub idonea prosecutione ad iudicium dirigant. * arcad. et honor.
The Defenders of the cities shall at once, under suitable prosecution, direct to judgment the defendants presented to them, who have been apprehended in the very act of banditry or in an encounter of violence, or when homicide, stupration, abduction, or adultery has been perpetrated, and who have been handed over to them with the public records, the crime expressly stated, together with those by whom they have been accused. * Arcadius and Honorius.
Defensores ita praecipimus ordinari, ut sacris orthodoxae religionis imbuti mysteriis reverentissimorum episcoporum nec non clericorum et honoratorum ac possessorum et curialium decreto constituantur: de quorum ordinatione referendum est ad illustrissimam praetorianam potestatem, ut litteris eiusdem magnificae sedis eorum solidetur auctoritas. * honor. et theodos.
We thus order that Defenders be appointed, so that, imbued with the sacred mysteries of the orthodox religion, they be established by decree of the most reverend bishops, and likewise of the clergy and the honorati and the possessores and the curiales: concerning whose ordination, report must be made to the most illustrious Praetorian authority, so that by the letters of that same magnificent seat their authority may be made solid. * honorius and theodosius.
Quod si quid a qualibet persona contra publicam disciplinam in laesionem possessorum fieri cognoverint defensores, referendi habeant potestatem ad illustres et magnificos viros praefectos praetorio et illustres viros magistros equitum et peditum, magistros etiam officiorum et comites tam sacrarum largitionum quam rerum privatarum. <a 409 d. xii k. febr. ravennae honorio viii et theodosio iii aa. conss.>
But if the defenders should learn that anything by any person against public discipline is being done to the injury of the possessors, they shall have the power of reporting to the illustrious and magnificent men, the Praetorian Prefects, and to the illustrious Masters of Cavalry and of Infantry, to the Masters of the Offices also, and to the Counts both of the Sacred Largesses and of the Private Estate. <a 409 on the 12th day before the Kalends of February, at Ravenna, in the consulship of Honorius for the 8th time and Theodosius for the 3rd, Augusti, consuls.>
Illud etiam fieri permittimus, ut, si provincialibus nostris contestari iniurias seu laesiones suas cupientibus actorum confectio a defensoribus denegetur, licentia eis tribuatur querellae propriae libellum conscriptum eo tenore, quo fuerat contestandum, in frequentioribus civitatum locis proponendi conveniendique scribas, tabularios et cetera officia publica commonenda, per quae libellum colligi oportebit atque invitis supra memoratis personis sub actorum confectione ingerendi, quorum quaestione fides possit inquiri: qua probata in eos, quos gestorum petitam confectionem negasse constiterit, vigor iudiciarius exseratur. <a 409 d. xii k. febr. ravennae honorio viii et theodosio iii aa.Conss.>
We also permit this to be done: that, if to our provincials, when they desire to attest their injuries or lesions, the confection of the acts is denied by the Defenders, license be granted to them to post a libellus of their own complaint, written in the tenor in which it ought to have been contested, in the more frequented places of the cities, and to convene, with admonition given to, the scribes, the record-keepers (tabularii), and the other public offices—through which the libellus ought to be collected and, the above-mentioned persons being unwilling, to be inserted under the confection of the acts—upon whose examination the credibility can be inquired; and, this being proved, judicial vigor shall be exerted against those whom it has been established to have denied the requested confection of the proceedings. <in the year 409, on the 12th day before the Kalends of February, at Ravenna, with Honorius for the 8th and Theodosius for the 3rd time as consuls.>
Nulli defensorum licere decernimus, si de publica sollicitudine voluerit se liberare, nisi divinos adfatus intimaverit tuae sublimitatis iudicio, triginta librarum auri poenam tam moderatoribus provinciarum quam ceteris iudicibus vel temeratoribus sacri nostri oraculi subituris, si neglecta fuerit auctoritas principalis. * theodos. et valentin.
We decree that it be permitted to none of the defenders, if he should wish to free himself from public solicitude, unless he has made known the divine addresses to the judgment of your Sublimity, with a penalty of 30 pounds of gold to be undergone both by the governors of the provinces and by the other judges or the profaners of our sacred oracle, if the imperial authority has been neglected. * theodos. et valentin.
Iubemus eos tantummodo ad defensorum curam peragendam ordinari, qui sacrosanctis orthodoxae religionis imbuti mysteriis hoc imprimis sub gestorum testificatione , praesente quoque religiosissimo fidei orthodoxae antistite, per depositiones cum sacramenti religione celebrandas patefecerint. ita enim eos praecipimus ordinari, ut reverentissimorum episcoporum nec non clericorum et honoratorum ac possessorum et curialium decreto constituantur. * anastas.
We command that only those be appointed to carry out the care of the Defenders who, imbued with the sacrosanct mysteries of the orthodox religion, shall have made this manifest especially under the attestation of the official acts , and with the most religious prelate of the orthodox faith also present, through depositions to be celebrated with the religion of an oath. For thus we order them to be appointed, that they be established by the decree of the most reverend bishops, and also of the clerics and the honorati and the possessores and the curials. * anastas.
Decuriones ad magistratum vel exactionem annonarum ante tres menses vel amplius nominari debent, ut, si querimonia eorum iusta videatur, sine impedimento in absolvendi locum alius subrogetur. * const. a. ad florentium pp. * <a 323 d. id. april.
Decurions ought to be nominated to a magistracy or to the exaction of the annona at least three months beforehand or more, so that, if their complaint seems just, another may be substituted without impediment in the place of the one to be absolved. * constitution of the Augustus to Florentius, Praetorian Prefect. * <a 323 on the Ides of April.
Iubemus apud alexandrinae dumtaxat clarissimae civitatis iuridicum licitum et concessum esse singulis quibusque volentibus donationis conscriptae sollemniter instrumenta reserare, eisdemque robur adiciet gestorum series apud eundem virum confecta, tamquam si apud virum clarissimum moderatorem provinciae vel magistratus vel defensorem plebis habita fuisse diceretur. * leo et anthem. aa. alexandro duci et praef.
We order that before the juridicus of the most illustrious city of Alexandria only, it be lawful and permitted for any and all who wish to unseal the instruments of a donation solemnly drawn up; and the series of acts composed before that same man shall add force to the same, as if it were said that they had been held before the vir clarissimus, the governor of the province, or the magistrates, or the defender of the plebs. * Leo and Anthemius, Augusti, to Alexander, dux and prefect.